POS AMI

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 12, 2011

File No. 811-21638

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940	x
AMENDMENT No. 17

JPMORGAN INSTITUTIONAL TRUST

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

245 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10167

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code 800-343-1113

Frank J. Nasta, Esq.

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

245 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10167

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

Jessica K. Ditullio, Esq.

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

1111 Polaris Parkway, Mail Code OH1-0152

Columbus, Ohio 43240

EXPLANATORY NOTE

This Amendment is filed by JPMorgan Institutional Trust (the “Registrant”). This Registration Statement has been filed by the Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. However, shares of beneficial interest in the Registrant are not being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), because such shares are issued solely in private placement transactions that do not involve a “public offering” within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The shares have not been registered under any state securities laws in reliance upon various exemptions provided by those laws. Investments in the shares of the Registrant may be made only by “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act. This Registration Statement does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any shares of the Registrant.

Part A & B

This filing supplements the Confidential Offering Memorandum Supplement dated June 28, 2010 and filed as Amendment 16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (SEC File No. 811- 21638).

CONFIDENTIAL OFFERING MEMORANDUM SUPPLEMENT

JPMORGAN INSTITUTIONAL TRUST

JPMORGAN INTERMEDIATE BOND TRUST (THE “INTERMEDIATE BOND TRUST”)

JPMORGAN CORE BOND TRUST (THE “CORE BOND TRUST”)

JPMORGAN EQUITY INDEX TRUST (THE “EQUITY INDEX TRUST”)

(EACH A “FUND,” AND COLLECTIVELY THE “FUNDS”)

June 28, 2010, as Supplemented January 12, 2011

This Confidential Offering Memorandum Supplement (the “Supplement”) should be read in conjunction with the Confidential Offering Memorandum of JPMorgan Institutional Trust, dated June 28, 2010, as amended or supplemented from time to time. Each Fund issues its shares only in private placement transactions in accordance with Regulation D or other applicable exemptions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). This Supplement is not an offer to sell, or a solicitation of any offer to buy, any security to the public within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Shares of the Funds may be purchased only by certain clients of J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM”) and its affiliates who maintain one or more separately managed private accounts, and who are also “accredited investors,” as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act. Eligible investors are institutional investors such as corporations, pension and profit sharing plans, financial institutions, endowments, and foundations. The Funds are not intended for individuals or accounts established for the benefit of individuals (other than certain pension and profit-sharing plans sponsored by employers or unions for the benefit of individual plan participants). Subscriptions may be accepted or rejected, in whole or in part, in the sole discretion of JPMIM. Shares of the Funds may also be purchased by certain investors outside of the United States consistent with applicable regulatory requirements.

Shares of the Funds are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale and may not be transferred or resold except as permitted under the Securities Act. Shares may be redeemed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Confidential Offering Memorandum.

This Supplement is intended for use only by the person to whom it has been issued. Reproduction of this Supplement is prohibited.

There shall be no sale of the shares referred to herein in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction.

SAI-INSTT-0111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE TRUST	1
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES	1
Asset-Backed Securities	1
Bank Obligations	2
Commercial Paper	3
Convertible Securities	4
Custodial Receipts	4
Debt Instruments	4
Corporate Debt Securities	4
Inflation-Linked Debt Securities	4
Variable and Floating Rate Instruments	5
Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Deferred Payment Securities	7
Demand Features	7
Equity Securities, Warrants and Rights	8
Common Stock	8
Common Stock Warrants and Rights	8
Preferred Stock	8
Initial Public Offerings	8
Foreign Investments	9
Obligations of Supranational Entities	10
Sovereign Obligations	10
Inverse Floaters and Interest Rate Caps	11
Investment Company Securities and Exchange Traded Funds	11
Investment Company Securities	11
Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs)	12
Index Investing by the Equity Index Trust	13
Loan Assignments and Participations	13
Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks	17
Borrowings	17
Exchange-Traded Notes	18
New Financial Products	18
Private Placements, Restricted Securities and Other Unregistered Securities	18
Securities Issued in Connection with Reorganizations and Corporate Restructuring	20
Temporary Defensive Positions	20
Mortgage-Related Securities	20
Mortgages (Directly Held)	20
Mortgage-Backed Securities (CMOs and REMICs)	21
Mortgage Dollar Rolls	23
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities	24
Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans	25
Risk Factors of Mortgage-Related Securities	26
Municipal Securities	28
Risk Factors in Municipal Securities	31
Limitations on the use of Municipal Securities	33
Options and Futures Transactions	33
Purchasing Put and Call Options	34
Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options	34
Engaging in Straddles and Spreads	35
Options on Indexes	36
Exchange-Traded and OTC Options	36
Futures Contracts	36

i

Cash Equitization	37
Options on Futures Contracts	37
Combined Positions	38
Correlation of Price Changes	38
Liquidity of Options and Futures Contracts	38
Position Limits	38
Asset Coverage for Futures Contracts and Options Positions	39
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)	39
Recent Events Relating to the Overall Economy	40
Repurchase Agreements	40
Reverse Repurchase Agreements	41
Securities Lending	42
Short-Term Funding Agreements	42
Structured Investments	43
Swaps and Related Swap Products	44
Credit Default Swaps	46
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) Securities	47
Treasury Receipts	47
Trust Preferred Securities	47
U.S. Government Obligations	48
When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments	48
Impact of Large Redemption and Purchases of Fund Shares	49
Government Intervention in Financial Markets	50
QUALITY DESCRIPTION FOR THE CORE BOND TRUST AND INTERMEDIATE BOND TRUST	50
INVESTMENT POLICIES	51
FUNDAMENTAL POLICIES	51
NON-FUNDAMENTAL POLICIES	52
Portfolio Turnover	52
DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAX MATTERS	53
Capital Loss Carryforwards	63
VALUATION	63
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE CALCULATION OF PER SHARE NET ASSET VALUE	64
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION	65
Purchases-in-Kind	65
Redemptions-in-Kind	65
Redemptions	65
Cut-Off Times for Purchase and Redemption Orders	67
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST	67
TRUSTEES	67
OFFICERS	78
THE ADVISER	80
CODES OF ETHICS	85
Portfolio Transactions	85
Administrator	90
Placement Agent	91
Custodian, Transfer Agent, Accounting Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent	92
Securities Lending Agent	93
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	94
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures	94
Description of Shares	95
Shareholder and Trustee Liability	97
Miscellaneous	99

ii

Financial Statements	101
APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS	A-1

iii

THE TRUST

JPMorgan Institutional Trust is an open-end management investment company. The Trust was formed as a Delaware statutory trust on September 14, 2004. The Trust consists of three series of units of beneficial interest (“Shares”) each representing interests in one of the following separate investment portfolios (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”):

Equity Fund: The JPMorgan Equity Index Trust (this Fund is referred to as the “Equity Fund”).

Bond Funds: The JPMorgan Intermediate Bond Trust and the JPMorgan Core Bond Trust (these two Funds are collectively referred to as the “Bond Funds”).

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The following policies supplement each Fund’s investment objective and policies as set forth in the Confidential Offering Memorandum. The Funds are advised by J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM” or the “Adviser”).

Asset-Backed Securities

Asset-backed securities consist of securities secured by company receivables, home equity loans, truck and auto loans, leases, or credit card receivables. Asset-backed securities also include other securities backed by other types of receivables or other assets, including collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. Such assets are generally securitized through the use of trusts or special purpose corporations. Asset-backed securities are backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations often of a number of different parties. Certain of these securities may be illiquid.

Asset-backed securities are generally subject to the risks of the underlying assets. In addition, asset-backed securities, in general, are subject to certain additional risks including depreciation, damage or loss of the collateral backing the security, failure of the collateral to generate the anticipated cash flow or in certain cases more rapid prepayment because of events affecting the collateral, such as accelerated prepayment of loans backing these securities or destruction of equipment subject to equipment trust certificates. In addition, the underlying assets (for example, the underlying credit card debt) may be refinanced or paid off prior to maturity during periods of declining interest rates. Changes in prepayment rates can result in greater price and yield volatility. If asset-backed securities are pre-paid, a Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds from the securities at a lower rate. Potential market gains on a security subject to prepayment risk may be more limited than potential market gains on a comparable security that is not subject to prepayment risk. Under certain prepayment rate scenarios, a Fund may fail to recover additional amounts paid (i.e., premiums) for securities with higher interest rates, resulting in an unexpected loss.

A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) which is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present and may fail to protect a Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs

1

may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this Supplement. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of a Fund.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO or CLO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, downgrades of the underlying collateral by rating agencies, forced liquidation of the collateral pool due to a failure of coverage tests, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind or deferred and capitalized (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities and asset-backed securities generally discussed elsewhere in this Supplement, CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the risk that the collateral may default or decline in value or be downgraded, if rated, by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”); (iii) a Fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the structure and complexity of the security transaction and the legal documents could lead to disputes among investors regarding the characterization of proceeds; (v) the investment return achieved by the Fund could be significantly different than those predicted by financial models; (vi) the lack of a readily available secondary market for CDOs; (vii) risk of forced “fire sale” liquidation due to technical defaults such as coverage test failures; and (viii) The CDO’s manager may perform poorly.

Total Annual Operating Expenses set forth in the fee table section of the Confidential Offering Memorandum do not include any expenses associated with investments in certain structured or synthetic products that may rely on exceptions to the definition of “investment company” provided by section 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”).

Bank Obligations

Bank obligations consist of bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit, and time deposits.

Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange typically drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. To be eligible for purchase by a Fund, a bankers’ acceptance must be guaranteed by a domestic or foreign bank or savings and loan association having, at the time of investment, total assets in excess of $1 billion (as of the date of its most recently published financial statements).

2

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank or a savings and loan association for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Certificates of deposit may also include those issued by foreign banks outside the United States of America (“United States” or “U.S.”) with total assets at the time of purchase in excess of the equivalent of $1 billion. Such certificates of deposit include Eurodollar and Yankee certificates of deposits. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit issued by branches of foreign and domestic banks located outside the U.S. Yankee certificates of deposit are certificates of deposit issued by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank denominated in U.S. dollars and held in the U.S. Certain Funds may also invest in obligations (including banker’s acceptances and certificates of deposit) denominated in foreign currencies (see “Foreign Investments” herein). To be eligible for purchase by a Fund, a certificate of deposit must be issued by (i) a domestic or foreign branch of a U.S. commercial bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System or the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or (ii) a domestic savings and loan association, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation provided that, in each case, at the time of purchase, such institution has total assets in excess of $1 billion (as of the date of their most recently published financial statements).

Time deposits are interest-bearing non-negotiable deposits at a bank or a savings and loan association that have a specific maturity date. A time deposit earns a specific rate of interest over a definite period of time. Time deposits cannot be traded on the secondary market and those exceeding seven days and with a withdrawal penalty are considered to be illiquid. Time deposits will be maintained only at banks or savings and loan associations from which a Fund could purchase certificates of deposit. All of the Funds may utilize demand deposits in connection with their day-to-day operations.

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper is defined as short-term obligations with maturities from 1 to 270 days issued by banks or bank holding companies, corporations and finance companies. Although commercial paper is generally unsecured, the Funds may also purchase secured commercial paper. In the event of a default of an issuer of secured commercial paper, a Fund may hold the securities and other investments that were pledged as collateral even if it does not invest in such securities or investments. In such a case, the Fund would take steps to dispose of such securities or investments in a commercially reasonable manner. Commercial paper includes master demand obligations. See “Variable and Floating Rate Instruments” below. The Funds only purchase commercial paper that meets the following criteria:

Bond Funds. The Bond Funds may purchase commercial paper consisting of issues rated at the time of purchase in the highest or second highest rating category by at least one NRSRO (such as A-2 or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service (“S&P”), Prime-2 or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), F2 or better by Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), or R-2 or better by Dominion Bond Rating Service (“DBRS”)) or if unrated, determined by JPMIM to be of comparable quality.

Equity Fund. The Equity Fund may purchase commercial paper consisting of issues rated at the time of purchase in the highest or second highest rating category by at least one NRSRO (such as A-2 or better by S&P, Prime-2 or better by Moody’s, F-2 or better by Fitch or R-2 or better by DBRS) or if unrated, determined by JPMIM to be of comparable quality.

Certain Funds may also invest in Canadian commercial paper, which is commercial paper issued by a Canadian corporation or a Canadian counterpart of a U.S. corporation, and in Europaper which is U.S. dollar denominated commercial paper of a foreign issuer. See “Risk Factors of Foreign Investments” below.

3

Convertible Securities

The Funds may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include any debt securities or preferred stock which may be converted into common stock or which carry the right to purchase common stock. Generally, convertible securities entitle the holder to exchange the securities for a specified number of shares of common stock, usually of the same company, at specified prices within a certain period of time.

The terms of any convertible security determine its ranking in a company’s capital structure. In the case of subordinated convertible debentures, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of other creditors, and are senior to the claims of preferred and common shareholders. In the case of convertible preferred stock, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of all creditors and are senior to the claims of common shareholders.

Convertible securities have characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. Due to the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to move together with the market value of the underlying common stock. As a result, selection of convertible securities, to a great extent, is based on the potential for capital appreciation that may exist in the underlying stock. The value of convertible securities is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer, and any call provisions. In some cases, the issuer may cause a convertible security to convert to common stock. In other situations, it may be advantageous for a Fund to cause the conversion of convertible securities to common stock. If a convertible security converts to common stock, a Fund may hold such common stock in its portfolio even if it does not ordinarily invest in common stock.

Custodial Receipts

Certain Funds may acquire securities in the form of custodial receipts that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain U.S. Treasury notes or bonds in connection with programs sponsored by banks and brokerage firms. These are not considered U.S. government securities and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. These notes and bonds are held in custody by a bank on behalf of the owners of the receipts.

Debt Instruments

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities may include bonds and other debt securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including obligations of industrial, utility, banking and other corporate issuers. All debt securities are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligation and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as fluctuation of market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

Inflation-Linked Debt Securities. Inflation-linked securities include fixed and floating rate debt securities of varying maturities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, such as Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“TIPS”), as well as securities issued by other entities such as corporations, municipalities, foreign governments and foreign issuers, including foreign issuers from emerging markets. See also “Foreign Investments.” Typically, such securities are structured as fixed income investments whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The following two structures are common: (i) the U.S. Treasury and some other issuers issue inflation-linked securities that accrue inflation into the principal value of the security and (ii) other issuers may pay out the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”)

4

accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon. Other types of inflation-linked securities exist which use an inflation index other than the CPI.

Inflation-linked securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, such as TIPS, have maturities of approximately five, ten, or twenty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. Typically, TIPS pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and the rate of inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation of 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of TIPS, even during a period of deflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal received could be less than the inflation-adjusted principal that had accrued to the bond at the time of purchase. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. Other inflation-related bonds exist which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-linked securities is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-linked securities.

While inflation-linked securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-linked securities is tied to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is not seasonably adjusted and which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-linked securities issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or a foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-linked security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Variable and Floating Rate Instruments. Certain obligations purchased by the Funds may carry variable or floating rates of interest, may involve a conditional or unconditional demand feature and may include variable amount master notes. Variable and floating rate instruments are issued by a wide variety of issuers and may be issued for a wide variety of purposes, including as a method of reconstructing cash flows.

5

Subject to their investment objective policies and restrictions, certain Funds may acquire variable and floating rate instruments. A variable rate instrument is one whose terms provide for the adjustment of its interest rate on set dates and which, upon such adjustment, can reasonably be expected to have a market value that approximates its par value. The Funds may purchase extendable commercial notes. Extendable commercial notes are variable rate notes which normally mature within a short period of time (e.g., 1 month) but which may be extended by the issuer for a maximum maturity of thirteen months.

A floating rate instrument is one whose terms provide for the adjustment of its interest rate whenever a specified interest rate changes and which, at any time, can reasonably be expected to have a market value that approximates its par value. Floating rate instruments are frequently not rated by credit rating agencies; however, unrated variable and floating rate instruments purchased by a Fund will be determined by the Fund’s Adviser to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase to rated instruments eligible for purchase under the Fund’s investment policies. In making such determinations, a Fund’s Adviser will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuers of such instruments (such issuers include financial, merchandising, bank holding and other companies) and will continuously monitor their financial condition. There may be no active secondary market with respect to a particular variable or floating rate instrument purchased by a Fund. The absence of such an active secondary market could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of the variable or floating rate instrument involved in the event the issuer of the instrument defaulted on its payment obligations, and the Fund could, for this or other reasons, suffer a loss to the extent of the default. Variable or floating rate instruments may be secured by bank letters of credit or other assets. A Fund may purchase a variable or floating rate instrument to facilitate portfolio liquidity or to permit investment of the Fund’s assets at a favorable rate of return.

As a result of the floating and variable rate nature of these investments, the Funds’ yields may decline, and they may forego the opportunity for capital appreciation during periods when interest rates decline; however, during periods when interest rates increase, the Funds’ yields may increase, and they may have reduced risk of capital depreciation.

Past periods of high inflation, together with the fiscal measures adopted to attempt to deal with it, have seen wide fluctuations in interest rates, particularly “prime rates” charged by banks. While the value of the underlying floating or variable rate securities may change with changes in interest rates generally, the nature of the underlying floating or variable rate should minimize changes in value of the instruments. Accordingly, as interest rates decrease or increase, the potential for capital appreciation and the risk of potential capital depreciation is less than would be the case with a portfolio of fixed rate securities. A Fund’s portfolio may contain floating or variable rate securities on which stated minimum or maximum rates, or maximum rates set by state law limit the degree to which interest on such floating or variable rate securities may fluctuate; to the extent it does, increases or decreases in value may be somewhat greater than would be the case without such limits. Because the adjustment of interest rates on the floating or variable rate securities is made in relation to movements of the applicable banks’ “prime rates” or other short-term rate securities adjustment indices, the floating or variable rate securities are not comparable to long-term fixed rate securities. Accordingly, interest rates on the floating or variable rate securities may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed rate obligations of comparable quality with similar maturities.

Variable Amount Master Notes. Variable amount master notes are notes, which may possess a demand feature, that permit the indebtedness to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate according to the terms of the instrument. Variable amount master notes may not be secured by collateral.

6

Because master notes are direct lending arrangements between a Fund and the issuer, they are not normally traded. Although there is no secondary market in such notes, a Fund may demand payment of principal and accrued interest. If the Fund is not repaid such principal and accrued interest, the Fund may not be able to dispose of the notes due to the lack of a secondary market. To the extent that variable amount master notes are secured by collateral, they are subject to the risks described in the section “Loan Assignments and Participations – Collateral and Subordination Risk.”

While master notes are not typically rated by credit rating agencies, issuers of variable amount master notes (which are normally manufacturing, retail, financial, brokerage, investment banking and other business concerns) must satisfy the same criteria as those set forth with respect to commercial paper, if any. A Fund’s Adviser will consider the credit risk of the issuers of such notes, including its earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of the issuers of such notes and will continuously monitor their financial status and ability to meet payment on demand. In determining average weighted portfolio maturity, a variable amount master note will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period of time remaining until the principal amount can be recovered from the issuer.

Limitations on the Use of Variable and Floating Rate Notes. Variable and floating rate instruments for which no readily available market exists (e.g., illiquid securities) will be purchased in an amount which, together with securities with legal or contractual restrictions on resale or for which no readily available market exists (including repurchase agreements providing for settlement more than seven days after notice), exceeds 15% of a Fund’s net assets only if such instruments are subject to a demand feature that will permit the Fund to demand payment of the principal within seven days after demand by the Fund. There is no limit on the extent to which a Fund may purchase demand instruments that are not illiquid or deemed to be liquid in accordance with the Adviser’s liquidity determination procedures. If not rated, such instruments must be found by the Fund’s Adviser to be of comparable quality to instruments in which the Fund may invest. A rating may be relied upon only if it is provided by a NRSRO that is not affiliated with the issuer or guarantor of the instruments.

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Deferred Payment Securities. Zero-coupon securities are securities that are sold at a discount to par value and on which interest payments are not made during the life of the security. Upon maturity, the holder is entitled to receive the par value of the security. Pay-in-kind securities are securities that have interest payable by delivery of additional securities. Upon maturity, the holder is entitled to receive the aggregate par value of the securities. A Fund accrues income with respect to zero-coupon and pay-in-kind securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero-coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals. While interest payments are not made on such securities, holders of such securities are deemed to have received “phantom income.” Because a Fund will distribute “phantom income” to shareholders, to the extent that shareholders elect to receive dividends in cash rather than reinvesting such dividends in additional shares, the applicable Fund will have fewer assets with which to purchase income-producing securities. Zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred payment securities may be subject to greater fluctuation in value and lesser liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities paying cash interest at regular interest payment periods.

Demand Features

Some of the Funds may acquire securities that are subject to puts and standby commitments (“Demand Features”) to purchase the securities at their principal amount (usually with accrued interest) within a fixed period (usually seven days) following a demand by the Fund. The Demand Feature may be issued by the issuer of the underlying securities, a dealer in the securities or by another third party, and

7

may not be transferred separately from the underlying security. The underlying securities subject to a put may be sold at any time at market rates. The Funds expect that they will acquire puts only where the puts are available without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration. However, if advisable or necessary, a premium may be paid for put features. A premium paid will have the effect of reducing the yield otherwise payable on the underlying security.

Under a “stand-by commitment,” a dealer would agree to purchase, at a Fund’s option, specified securities at a specified price. A Fund will acquire these commitments solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity and does not intend to exercise its rights thereunder for trading purposes. Stand-by commitments may also be referred to as put options. A Fund will generally limit its investments in stand-by commitments to 25% of its total assets.

The purpose of engaging in transactions involving puts is to maintain flexibility and liquidity to permit the Fund to meet redemption requests and remain as fully invested as possible.

Equity Securities, Warrants and Rights

Common Stock. Common stock represents a share of ownership in a company and usually carries voting rights and may earn dividends. Unlike preferred stock, common stock dividends are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors. Common stock occupies the most junior position in a company’s capital structure. As with all equity securities, the price of common stock fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and on overall market and economic conditions.

Common Stock Warrants and Rights. Common stock warrants entitle the holder to buy common stock from the issuer of the warrant at a specific price (the “strike price”) for a specific period of time. The market price of warrants may be substantially lower than the current market price of the underlying common stock, yet warrants are subject to similar price fluctuations. As a result, warrants may be more volatile investments than the underlying common stock. If a warrant is exercised, a Fund may hold common stock in its portfolio even if it does not ordinarily invest in common stock.

Rights are similar to warrants but normally have a shorter duration and are typically distributed directly by the issuers to existing shareholders, while warrants are typically attached to new debt or preferred stock issuances.

Warrants and rights generally do not entitle the holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying common stock and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer company. Warrants and rights will expire if not exercised on or prior to the expiration date.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock is a class of stock that generally pays dividends at a specified rate and has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and liquidation. Preferred stock generally does not carry voting rights. As with all equity securities, the price of preferred stock fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and on overall market and economic conditions.

Initial Public Offerings. The Funds may purchase securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). These securities are subject to many of the same risks as investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for very limited periods. The prices of securities sold in IPOs may be highly volatile. At any particular time or from time to time, a Fund may

8

not be able to invest in securities issued in IPOs, or invest to the extent desired, because, for example, only a small portion of the securities being offered in an IPO may be made available to the Fund. In addition, under certain market conditions, a relatively small number of companies may issue securities in IPOs. Similarly, as the number of Funds to which IPO securities are allocated increases, the number of securities issued to any one Fund may decrease. The investment performance of a Fund during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the Fund is able to do so. In addition, as a Fund increases in size, the impact of IPOs on the Fund’s performance will generally decrease.

Foreign Investments

Some of the Funds may invest in certain obligations or securities of foreign issuers. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies and unless described in the Fund’s Confidential Offering Memorandum, an issuer of a security will be deemed to be located in a particular country if: (i) the principal trading market for the security is in such country, (ii) the issuer is organized under the laws of such country or (iii) the issuer derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from such country or has at least 50% of its total assets situated in such country. Possible investments include equity securities and debt securities (e.g., bonds and commercial paper) of foreign entities, obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks, including, without limitation, Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit, Eurodollar Time Deposits, Eurodollar Bankers’ Acceptances, Canadian Time Deposits and Yankee Certificates of Deposit, and investments in Canadian Commercial Paper, and Europaper. Securities of foreign issuers may include sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). Sponsored ADRs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange; unsponsored ADRs are not. Therefore, there may be less information available about the issuers of unsponsored ADRs than the issuers of sponsored ADRs. Unsponsored ADRs are restricted securities. EDRs and GDRs are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, it may be difficult to obtain information about EDRs and GDRs.

Risk Factors of Foreign Investments. The following is a summary of certain risks associated with foreign investments.

Political and Exchange Risks. Foreign investments may subject a Fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Such risks include potential future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest or other income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source, greater fluctuations in value due to changes in exchange rates, or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on such obligations.

Higher Transaction Costs. Foreign investments may entail higher custodial fees and sales commissions than domestic investments.

Accounting and Regulatory Differences. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting treatment and engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. In addition, foreign issuers are usually not subject to the same degree of regulation as domestic issuers, and their securities may trade on relatively small markets, causing their securities to experience potentially higher volatility and more limited liquidity than securities of domestic issuers. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks are not regulated by U.S. banking authorities and may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks. In addition, foreign banks generally are not bound by accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to U.S. banks. Dividends and interest paid by foreign

9

issuers may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes which may decrease the net return on foreign investments as compared to dividends and interest paid to a Fund by domestic companies.

Currency Risk. Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies, although foreign issuers may also issue securities denominated in U.S. dollars. The value of a Fund’s investments denominated in foreign currencies and any funds held in foreign currencies will be affected by changes in currency exchange rates, the relative strength of those currencies and the U.S. dollar, and exchange-control regulations.

Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by a Fund. The exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies are determined by the forces of supply and demand in foreign exchange markets. Accordingly, the ability of a Fund that invests in foreign securities as part of its principal investment strategy to achieve its investment objective may depend, to a certain extent, on exchange rate movements.

In addition, while the volume of transactions effected on foreign stock exchanges has increased in recent years, in most cases it remains appreciably below that of domestic securities exchanges. Accordingly, a Fund’s foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than comparable investments in securities of U.S. companies. Moreover, the settlement periods for foreign securities, which are often longer than those for securities of U.S. issuers, may affect Fund liquidity. In buying and selling securities on foreign exchanges, purchasers normally pay fixed commissions that are generally higher than the negotiated commissions charged in the United States. In addition, there is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and issuers located in foreign countries than in the United States.

Limitations on the Use of Foreign Investments. Investments in all types of foreign obligations or securities will not exceed 25% of the net assets of the Core Bond Trust.

Obligations of Supranational Entities. Obligations of supranational entities include securities designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development of international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Each supranational entity’s lending activities are limited to a percentage of its total capital (including “callable capital” contributed by its governmental members at the entity’s call), reserves and net income. There is no assurance that participating governments will be able or willing to honor their commitments to make capital contributions to a supranational entity.

Sovereign Obligations. Sovereign debt includes investments in securities issued or guaranteed by a foreign sovereign government or its agencies, authorities or political subdivisions. An investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. The issuer of the sovereign debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and a Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt, and the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”), may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations. In the past, certain emerging markets have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts.

10

A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange, the relative size of the debt service burden, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and local political constraints. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and other entities to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The failure of a sovereign debtor to implement economic reforms, achieve specified levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of third-party commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts.

Inverse Floaters and Interest Rate Caps

Inverse floaters are instruments whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. The market value of an inverse floater will vary inversely with changes in market interest rates and will be more volatile in response to interest rate changes than that of a fixed rate obligation. Interest rate caps are financial instruments under which payments occur if an interest rate index exceeds a certain predetermined interest rate level, known as the cap rate, which is tied to a specific index. These financial products will be more volatile in price than securities which do not include such a structure.

Investment Company Securities and Exchange Traded Funds

Investment Company Securities. A Fund may acquire the securities of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and consistent with its investment objective and strategies. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses that a Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations. Except as described below, the 1940 Act’s limits currently require that, as determined immediately after a purchase is made, (i) not more than 5% of the value of a fund’s total assets will be invested in the securities of any one investment company, (ii) not more than 10% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the aggregate in securities of investment companies as a group and (iii) not more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company will be owned by a fund.

Effective July 31, 2006, under Rule 12d1-1 under the 1940 Act, any of the Funds may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated money market funds without limit subject to the acquiring Fund’s investment policies and restrictions and the conditions of the rule.

Pursuant to Rule 12d1-2 under the 1940 Act effective as of July 31, 2006, funds of funds that previously were permitted only to invest in affiliated funds, government securities and short-term paper are now permitted under certain circumstances to invest in: (1) unaffiliated investment companies (subject to certain limits), (2) other types of securities (such as stocks, bonds and other securities) not issued by an investment company that are consistent with the fund’s investment policies and (3) affiliated or unaffiliated money market funds as part of “cash sweep” arrangements. One consequence of these new rules is that any fund, whether or not previously designated as a fund of funds, may invest without limit in affiliated funds if the acquisition is consistent with the investment policies of the fund and the restrictions of the rules. A Fund investing in affiliated funds under these new rules could not invest in a Fund that did not have a policy prohibiting it from investing in shares of other funds in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) and (G) of the 1940 Act.

11

The Funds may not rely on Rule 12d1-2 because they themselves have a policy prohibiting them from investing in shares of other Funds in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) and (G)  of the 1940 Act.

Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”). ETFs are ownership interests in unit investment trusts, depositary receipts, and other pooled investment vehicles that hold a portfolio of securities or stocks designed to track the price performance and dividend yield of a particular broad-based, sector or international index. Broad based ETFs typically track a broad group of stocks from different industries and market sectors. For example, iShares S&P 500 Index Fund and Standard and Poor’s Depositary Receipts are ETFs that track the S&P 500 Index. Sector ETFs track companies represented in related industries within a sector of the economy. International ETFs track a group of stocks from a specific country.

ETFs also may hold a portfolio of debt securities. For example, iShares Barclays 1-3 Year Treasury Bond Fund invests in a portfolio of publicly issued, U.S. Treasury securities designed to track the Barclays Capital 1-3 Year Treasury Bond Index. Similarly, iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond Fund is designed to track a segment of the U.S. investment grade corporate bond market as defined by the iBoxx $ Liquid Investment Grade Index.

ETFs invest in a securities portfolio that includes substantially all of the securities (in substantially the same weights) as the securities included in the designated index. ETFs are traded on an exchange and, in some cases may not be redeemed. The results of ETFs will not match the performance of the designated index due to reductions in the performance attributable to transaction and other expenses, including fees paid by the ETF to service providers. ETFs are subject to risks specific to the performance of a few component securities if such securities represent a highly concentrated weighting in the designated index. ETFs are eligible to receive their portion of dividends, if any, accumulated on the securities held in trust, less fees and expenses of the trust.

The investment vehicles issuing ETFs may not be actively managed. Rather, the investment vehicle’s objective is to track the performance of a specified index. Therefore, securities may be purchased, retained and sold at times when an actively managed fund would not do so. As a result, you can expect greater risk of loss (and a correspondingly greater prospect of gain) from changes in the value of securities that are heavily weighted in the index than would be the case if the investment vehicle was not fully invested in such securities.

Select sector ETFs and other types of ETFs continue to be developed. As new products are developed, the Funds may invest in them to the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions.

Unless permitted by the 1940 Act or an order or rule issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) (see “Investment Company Securities” for more information), the Fund’s investments in unaffiliated ETFs are subject to certain percentage limitations of the 1940 Act regarding investments in other investment companies. As a general matter, these percentage limitations currently require a Fund to limit its investments in any one issue of ETFs to 5% of the Fund’s total assets and 3% of the outstanding voting securities of the ETF issue. Moreover, a Fund’s investments in all ETFs may not currently exceed 10% of the Fund’s total assets under the 1940 Act, when aggregated with all other investments in investment companies.

SEC exemptive orders granted to various iShares funds (which are ETFs) and other ETFs and their investment advisers permit the Funds to invest beyond the 1940 Act limits, subject to certain terms and conditions, including a finding of the Board of Trustees that the advisory fees charged by the adviser

12

are for services that are in addition to, and not duplicative of, the advisory services provided to those ETFs.

Index Investing by the Equity Index Trust

The Equity Index Trust attempts to track the performance of the S&P 500 Index (the “Index”) to achieve a correlation between the performance of the Fund and that of the Index of at least 0.95, without taking into account expenses. A correlation of 1.00 would indicate perfect correlation, which would be achieved when the Fund’s net asset value, including the value of its dividend and capital gains distributions, increases or decreases in exact proportion to changes in the Index. The Fund’s ability to correlate its performance with the Index, however, may be affected by, among other things, changes in securities markets, the manner in which the Index is calculated by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) and the timing of purchases and redemptions. In the future, the Trustees of the Trust, subject to the approval of Shareholders, may select another index if such a standard of comparison is deemed to be more representative of the performance of common stocks.

S&P chooses the stocks to be included in the Index largely on a statistical basis. Inclusion of a stock in the Index in no way implies an opinion by S&P as to its attractiveness as an investment. The Index is determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the Equity Index Trust. S&P is neither a sponsor of, nor in any way affiliated with the Equity Index Trust, and S&P makes no representation or warranty, expressed or implied on the advisability of investing in the Equity Index Trust or as to the ability of the Index to track general stock market performance. S&P disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to the Index or any data included in the Index. “S&P 500” is a service mark of S&P.

The weights of stocks in the Index are based on each stock’s relative total market value, i.e., market price per share times the number of Shares outstanding. Because of this weighting, approximately 50% of the Index is currently composed of the 50 largest companies in the Index, and the Index currently represents over 65% of the market value of all U.S. common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Typically, companies included in the Index are the largest and most dominant firms in their respective industries.

JPMIM generally selects stocks for the Equity Index Trust in the order of their weights in the Index beginning with the heaviest weighted stocks. The percentage of the Equity Index Trust’s assets to be invested in each stock is approximately the same as the percentage it represents in the Index. No attempt is made to manage the Equity Index Trust in the traditional sense using economic, financial and market analysis. The Equity Index Trust is managed using a computer program to determine which stocks are to be purchased and sold to replicate the Index to the extent feasible. From time to time, administrative adjustments may be made in the Fund because of changes in the composition of the Index, but such changes should be infrequent.

Loan Assignments and Participations

Some of the Funds may invest in fixed and floating rate loans (“Loans”). Loans may include senior floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”) and secured and unsecured loans, second lien or more junior loans and bridge loans (“Junior Loans”). Loans are typically arranged through private negotiations between borrowers in the U.S. or in foreign or emerging markets which may be corporate issuers or issuers of sovereign debt obligations (“Obligors”) and one or more financial institutions and other lenders

13

(“Lenders”). Generally, the Funds invest in Loans by purchasing assignments of all or a portion of Loans (“Assignments”) or Loan participations (“Participations”) from third parties.

A Fund has direct rights against the Obligor on the Loan when it purchases an Assignment. Because Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, however, the rights and obligations acquired by a Fund as the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Lender. With respect to Participations, typically, a Fund will have a contractual relationship only with the Lender and not with the Obligor. The agreement governing Participations may limit the rights of a Fund to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of a Participation will generally have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate. Participations may entail certain risks relating to the creditworthiness of the parties from which the Participations are obtained.

A Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a group of Loan investors. The Agent typically administers and enforces the Loan on behalf of the other Loan investors in the syndicate. The Agent’s duties may include responsibility for the collection of principal and interest payments from the Obligor and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all Loan investors. The Agent is also typically responsible for monitoring compliance with the covenants contained in the Loan agreement based upon reports prepared by the Obligor. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan investors. In the event of a default by the Obligor, it is possible, though unlikely, that the Fund could receive a portion of the borrower’s collateral. If the Fund receives collateral other than cash, any proceeds received from liquidation of such collateral will be available for investment as part of the Fund’s portfolio.

In the process of buying, selling and holding Senior Loans, a Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When a Fund buys or sells a Loan it may pay a fee. In certain circumstances, a Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon prepayment of a Loan.

Additional Information concerning Senior Loans. Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the Obligor, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Obligor that is senior to that held by subordinated debtholders and shareholders of the Obligor. Collateral for Senior Loans may include (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights; and/or (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries or affiliates.

Additional Information concerning Junior Loans. Junior Loans include secured and unsecured loans including subordinated loans, second lien and more junior loans, and bridge loans. Second lien and more junior loans (“Junior Lien Loans”) are generally second or further in line in terms of repayment priority. In addition, Junior Lien Loans may have a claim on the same collateral pool as the first lien or other more senior liens or may be secured by a separate set of assets. Junior Lien Loans generally give investors priority over general unsecured creditors in the event of an asset sale.

Junior Loans that are bridge loans or bridge facilities (“Bridge Loans”) are short-term loan arrangements (e.g., 12 to 18 months) typically made by an Obligor in anticipation of intermediate-term or long-term permanent financing. Most Bridge Loans are structured as floating-rate debt with step-up provisions under which the interest rate on the Bridge Loan rises the longer the Loan remains outstanding. In addition, Bridge Loans commonly contain a conversion feature that allows the Bridge Loan investor to

14

convert its Loan interest to senior exchange notes if the Loan has not been prepaid in full on or prior to its maturity date. Bridge Loans may be subordinate to other debt and may be secured or undersecured.

Additional Information concerning Unfunded Commitments. Unfunded Commitments are contractual obligations pursuant to which the Fund agrees to invest in a Loan at a future date. Typically, the Fund receives a commitment fee for entering into the Unfunded Commitment.

Additional Information concerning Synthetic Letters of Credit. Loans include synthetic letters of credit. In a synthetic letter of credit transaction, the Lender typically creates a special purpose entity or a credit-linked deposit account for the purpose of funding a letter of credit to the borrower. When a Fund invests in a synthetic letter of credit, the Fund is typically paid a rate based on the Lender’s borrowing costs and the terms of the synthetic letter of credit. Synthetic letters of credit are typically structured as Assignments with the Fund acquiring direct rights against the Obligor.

Limitations on Investments in Loan Assignments and Participations. If a government entity is a borrower on a Loan, the Fund will consider the government to be the issuer of a Participation or Assignment for purposes of a Fund’s fundamental investment policy that it will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry (i.e., foreign government).

Risk Factors of Loan Assignments and Participations. Loans are subject to the risks associated with debt obligations in general including interest rate risk, credit risk, and market risk. The credit risk when a Loan is acquired from a Lender includes the credit risk associated with the Obligor of the underlying Loan. The Fund may incur additional credit risk when the Fund acquires a participation in a Loan from another lender because the Fund must assume the risk of insolvency or bankruptcy of the other lender from which the Loan was acquired. To the extent that Loans involve Obligors in foreign or emerging markets, such Loans are subject to the risks associated with foreign investments or investments in emerging markets in general. The following outlines some of the additional risks associated with Loan Assignments and Participations.

High Yield Securities Risk. The Loans that a Fund invests in may not be rated by a NRSRO, will not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. To the extent that such high yield Loans are rated, they typically will be rated below investment grade and are subject to an increased risk of default in the payment of principal and interest as well as the other risks described under “High Yield/High Risk Securities/Junk Bonds.” Loans are vulnerable to market sentiment such that economic conditions or other events may reduce the demand for Loans and cause their value to decline rapidly and unpredictably.

Liquidity Risk. Although the Funds limit their investments in illiquid securities to no more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets at the time of purchase, Loans that are deemed to be liquid at the time of purchase may become illiquid or less liquid. No active trading market may exist for certain Loans and certain Loans may be subject to restrictions on resale or have a limited secondary market. Certain Loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. The inability to dispose of certain Loans in a timely fashion or at a favorable price could result in losses to a Fund.

Collateral and, Subordination Risk. With respect to Loans that are secured, a Fund is subject to the risk that collateral securing the Loan will decline in value or have no value or that the Fund’s lien is or will become junior in payment to other liens. A decline in value of the collateral, whether as a result of market value declines, bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise,

15

could cause the Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In such event, the Fund may have the ability to require that the Obligor pledge additional collateral. The Fund, however, is subject to the risk that the Obligor may not pledge such additional collateral or a sufficient amount of collateral. In some cases, there may be no formal requirement for the Obligor to pledge additional collateral. In addition, collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy an Obligor’s obligation on a Loan. If the Fund were unable to obtain sufficient proceeds upon a liquidation os such assets, this could negatively affect Fund performance.

If an Obligor becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may restrict the ability of the Fund to demand immediate repayment of the Loan by Obligor or otherwise liquidate the collateral. A court may also invalidate the Loan or the Fund’s security interest in collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under a Senior Loan or Junior Loan to the interest of the Obligor’s other creditors, including unsecured creditors, or cause interest or principal previously paid to be refunded to the Obligor. If a court required interest or principal to be refunded, it could negatively affect Fund performance. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the Obligor did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the Loan collateral to a Fund. For Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of the Loan were not received or retained by the Obligor, but were instead paid to other persons (such as shareholders of the Obligor) in an amount which left the Obligor insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of a Fund’s security interest in Loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in Loan collateral is invalidated or the Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of an Obligor in bankruptcy or other proceedings, the Fund would have substantially lower recovery, and perhaps no recovery on the full amount of the principal and interest due on the Loan, or the Fund could have to refund interest.

Lenders and investors in Loans can be sued by other creditors and shareholders of the Obligors. Losses can be greater than the original Loan amount and occur years after the principal and interest on the Loan have been repaid.

Agent Risk. Selling Lenders, Agents and other entities who may be positioned between a Fund and the Obligor will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Investments in Loans may be more impacted by a single economic, political, or regulatory occurrence affecting such industries than other types of investments. Entities engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Open Market Committee’s monetary policy, government regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally. An Agent, Lender or other entity positioned between a Fund and the Obligor may become insolvent or enter Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership or bankruptcy. The Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest if assets or interests held by the Agent, Lender or other party positioned between the Fund and the Obligor are determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s, Lender’s or such other party’s creditors.

Regulatory Changes. To the extent that legislation or state or federal regulators that regulate certain financial institutions impose additional requirements or restrictions with respect to the ability of such institutions to make Loans, particularly in connection with highly leveraged

16

transactions, the availability of Loans for investment may be adversely affected. Furthermore, such legislation or regulation could depress the market value of Loans held by the Fund.

Inventory Risk. Affiliates of the Adviser may participate in the primary and secondary market for Loans. Because of limitations imposed by applicable law, the presence of the Adviser’s affiliates in the Loan market may restrict a Fund’s ability to acquire some Loans, affect the timing of such acquisition or affect the price at which the Loan is acquired.

Information Risk. There is typically less publicly available information concerning Loans than other types of fixed income investments. As a result, a Fund generally will be dependent on reports and other information provided by the Obligor, either directly or through an Agent, to evaluate the Obligor’s creditworthiness or to determine the Obligor’s compliance with the covenants and other terms of the Loan Agreement. Such reliance may make investments in Loans more susceptible to fraud than other types of investments. In addition, because the Adviser may wish to invest in the publicly traded securities of an Obligor, it may not have access to material non-public information regarding the Obligor to which other investors have access.

Junior Loan Risk. Junior Loans are subject to the same general risks inherent to any Loan investment. Due to their lower place in the Obligor’s capital structure and possible unsecured status, Junior Loans involve a higher degree of overall risk than Senior Loans of the same Obligor. Junior Loans that are Bridge Loans generally carry the expectation that the Obligor will be able to obtain permanent financing in the near future. Any delay in obtaining permanent financing subjects the Bridge Loan investor to increased risk. An Obligor’s use of Bridge Loans also involves the risk that the Obligor may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the Bridge Loan, which may impair the Obligor’s perceived creditworthiness.

Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks

Borrowings. A Fund may borrow for temporary purposes and/or for investment purposes. Such a practice will result in leveraging of a Fund’s assets and may cause a Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. This borrowing may be secured or unsecured. If a Fund utilizes borrowings, for investment purposes or otherwise, it may ordinarily pledge up to 33 ¹/3% of its total assets to secure such borrowings. Provisions of the 1940 Act require a Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary administrative or emergency purposes. Any borrowings for temporary administrative purposes in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets must maintain continuous asset coverage. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, a Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that time. Borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs which may or may not be recovered by appreciation of the securities purchased. A Fund may also be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with such borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.

Certain types of investments are considered to be borrowings under precedents issued by the SEC. Such investments are subject to the limitations as well as asset segregation requirements.

17

Exchange-Traded Notes (“ETNs”) are senior, unsecured notes linked to an index. Like ETFs, they may be bought and sold like shares of stock on an exchange. However, ETNs have a different underlying structure. While ETF shares represent an interest in a portfolio of securities, ETNs are structured products that are an obligation of the issuing bank, whereby the bank agrees to pay a return based on the target index less any fees. Essentially, these notes allow individual investors to have access to derivatives linked to commodities and assets such as oil, currencies and foreign stock indexes. ETNs combine certain aspects of bonds and ETFs. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are traded on a major exchange (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange) during normal trading hours. However, investors can also hold the ETN until maturity. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to principal amount, subject to the day’s index factor. ETN returns are based upon the performance of a market index minus applicable fees. ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments and provide no principal protection. The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying commodities markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced commodity. The value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying index remaining unchanged. The timing and character of income and gains derived from ETNs is under consideration by the U.S. Treasury and Internal Revenue Service and may also be affected by future legislation.

New Financial Products. New options and futures contracts and other financial products, and various combinations thereof, including over-the-counter (“OTC”) products, continue to be developed. These various products may be used to adjust the risk and return characteristics of certain Funds’ investments. These various products may increase or decrease exposure to security prices, interest rates, commodity prices, or other factors that affect security values, regardless of the issuer’s credit risk. If market conditions do not perform as expected, the performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these products were not used. In addition, losses may occur if counterparties involved in transactions do not perform as promised. These products may expose the Fund to potentially greater return as well as potentially greater risk of loss than more traditional fixed income investments.

Private Placements, Restricted Securities and Other Unregistered Securities. Subject to its policy limitation, a Fund may acquire investments that are illiquid or have limited liquidity, such as commercial obligations issued in reliance on the so-called “private placement” exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act, and cannot be offered for public sale in the United States without first being registered under the Securities Act. An illiquid investment is any investment that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the normal course of business at approximately the amount at which it is valued by a Fund. The price a Fund pays for illiquid securities or receives upon resale may be lower than the price paid or received for similar securities with a more liquid market. Accordingly the valuation of these securities will reflect any limitations on their liquidity.

A Fund is subject to a risk that should the Fund decide to sell illiquid securities when a ready buyer is not available at a price the Fund deems representative of their value, the value of the Fund’s net assets could be adversely affected. Where an illiquid security must be registered under the Securities Act before it may be sold, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses, and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, a Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell.

18

The Funds may invest in commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and other restricted securities (i.e., other securities subject to restrictions on resale). Section 4(2) commercial paper (“4(2) Paper”) is restricted as to disposition under federal securities law and is generally sold to institutional investors, such as the Funds, that agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment purposes and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an exempt transaction. 4(2) Paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in 4(2) Paper, thus providing liquidity. The Funds believe that 4(2) Paper and possibly certain other restricted securities which meet the criteria for liquidity established by the Trustees are quite liquid. The Funds intend, therefore, to treat restricted securities that meet the liquidity criteria established by the Board of Trustees, including 4(2) Paper and Rule 144A securities, as determined by the Fund’s Adviser, as liquid and not subject to the investment limitation applicable to illiquid securities.

The ability of the Trustees to determine the liquidity of certain restricted securities is permitted under an SEC Staff position set forth in the adopting release for Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”). Rule 144A is a nonexclusive safe-harbor for certain secondary market transactions involving securities subject to restrictions on resale under federal securities laws. Rule 144A provides an exemption from registration for resales of otherwise restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers. Rule 144A was expected to further enhance the liquidity of the secondary market for securities eligible for resale. The Funds believe that the Staff of the SEC has left the question of determining the liquidity of all restricted securities to the Trustees. The Trustees have directed each Fund’s Adviser to consider the following criteria in determining the liquidity of certain restricted securities:

• the frequency of trades and quotes for the security;

• the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential buyers:

• dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and

• the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades.

Certain 4(2) Paper programs cannot rely on Rule 144A because, among other things, they were established before the adoption of the rule. However, the Trustees may determine for purposes of the Trust’s liquidity requirements that an issue of 4(2) Paper is liquid if the following conditions, which are set forth in a 1994 SEC no-action letter, are met:

• The 4(2) Paper must not be traded flat or in default as to principal or interest;

• The 4(2) Paper must be rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs, or if only one NRSRO rates the security, by that NRSRO, or if unrated, is determined by a Fund’s Adviser to be of equivalent quality;

• The Fund’s Adviser must consider the trading market for the specific security, taking into account all relevant factors, including but not limited to, whether the paper is the subject of a commercial paper program that is administered by an issuing and paying agent bank and for which there exists a dealer willing to make a market in that paper, or is administered by a direct issuer pursuant to a direct placement program;

19

• The Fund’s Adviser shall monitor the liquidity of the 4(2) Paper purchased and shall report to the Board of Trustees promptly if any such securities are no longer determined to be liquid if such determination causes a Fund to hold more than 10% of its net assets in illiquid securities in order for the Board of Trustees to consider what action, if any, should be taken on behalf of the Trust, unless the Fund’s Adviser is able to dispose of illiquid assets in an orderly manner in an amount that reduces the Fund’s holdings of illiquid assets to less than 10% of its net assets; and

• The Fund’s Adviser shall report to the Board of Trustees on the appropriateness of the purchase and retention of liquid restricted securities under these guidelines no less frequently than quarterly.

Securities Issued in Connection with Reorganizations and Corporate Restructuring. Debt securities may be downgraded and issuers of debt securities including investment grade securities may default in the payment of principal or interest or be subject to bankruptcy proceedings. In connection with reorganizing or restructuring of an issuer, an issuer may issue common stock or other securities to holders of its debt securities. A Fund may hold such common stock and other securities even though it does not ordinarily invest in such securities.

Temporary Defensive Positions. To respond to unusual market conditions, certain of the Funds may invest their assets in cash or cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are highly liquid, high quality instruments with maturities of three months or less on the date they are purchased (“Cash Equivalents”) for temporary defensive purposes. These investments may result in a lower yield than lower-quality or longer term investments and may prevent the Funds from meeting their investment objectives. The percentage of Fund assets that a Fund may invest in cash or cash equivalents is described in the Fund’s Confidential Offering Memorandum. They include securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, repurchase agreements with maturities of 7 days or less (other than equity repurchase agreements), certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper (rated in one of the two highest rating categories), variable rate master demand notes, money market mutual funds (including affiliated money market funds), and bank money market deposit accounts.

Mortgage-Related Securities

Mortgages (Directly Held). Mortgages are debt instruments secured by real property. Unlike mortgage-backed securities, which generally represent an interest in a pool of mortgages, direct investments in mortgages involve prepayment and credit risks of an individual issuer and real property. Consequently, these investments require different investment and credit analysis by a Fund’s Adviser.

Directly placed mortgages may include residential mortgages, multifamily mortgages, mortgages on cooperative apartment buildings, commercial mortgages, and sale-leasebacks. These investments are backed by assets such as office buildings, shopping centers, retail stores, warehouses, apartment buildings and single-family dwellings. In the event that a Fund forecloses on any non-performing mortgage, and acquires a direct interest in the real property, such Fund will be subject to the risks generally associated with the ownership of real property. There may be fluctuations in the market value of the foreclosed property and its occupancy rates, rent schedules and operating expenses. There may also be adverse changes in local, regional or general economic conditions, deterioration of the real estate market and the financial circumstances of tenants and sellers, unfavorable changes in zoning, building, environmental and other laws, increased real property taxes, rising interest rates, reduced availability and increased cost of mortgage borrowings, the need for unanticipated renovations, unexpected increases in the cost of

20

energy, environmental factors, acts of God and other factors which are beyond the control of a Fund or the Fund’s Adviser. Hazardous or toxic substances may be present on, at or under the mortgaged property and adversely affect the value of the property. In addition, the owners of property containing such substances may be held responsible, under various laws, for containing, monitoring, removing or cleaning up such substances. The presence of such substances may also provide a basis for other claims by third parties. Costs of clean up or of liabilities to third parties may exceed the value of the property. In addition, these risks may be uninsurable. In light of these and similar risks, it may be impossible to dispose profitably of properties in foreclosure.

Mortgage-Backed Securities (CMOs and REMICs). Mortgage-backed securities include collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”). (A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and invests in certain mortgages principally secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments).

Mortgage-backed securities represent pools of mortgage loans assembled for sale to investors by:

• various governmental agencies such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”);

• government-related organizations such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”); and

• non-governmental issuers such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, and private mortgage insurance companies. (Non-governmental mortgage securities cannot be treated as U.S. government securities for purposes of investment policies).

There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-related securities and among the securities that they issue.

Ginnie Mae Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by Ginnie Mae include Ginnie Mae Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae. Ginnie Mae’s guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Ginnie Mae certificates also are supported by the authority of Ginnie Mae to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.

Fannie Mae Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by Fannie Mae include Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates which are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States. Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored organization owned entirely by private stockholders. Fannie Mae Certificates are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by Fannie Mae.

Freddie Mac Securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by Freddie Mac include Freddie Mac Mortgage Participation Certificates. Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States, created pursuant to an Act of Congress, which is owned by private stockholders. Freddie Mac Certificates are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Bank and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Mac Certificates entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When

21

Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.

For more information on recent events impacting Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities, see “Recent Events Regarding Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Securities” under the heading “Risk Factors of Mortgage-Related Securities” below.

CMOs and guaranteed REMIC pass-through certificates (“REMIC Certificates”) issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and private issuers are types of multiple class pass-through securities. Investors may purchase beneficial interests in REMICs, which are known as “regular” interests or “residual” interests. The Funds do not currently intend to purchase residual interests in REMICs. The REMIC Certificates represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC Trust, generally consisting of mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates (the “Mortgage Assets”). The obligations of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae under their respective guaranty of the REMIC Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, respectively.

Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates. Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute the principal balance of each class of REMIC Certificates in full, whether or not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

Freddie Mac REMIC Certificates. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest, and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”). PCs represent undivided interests in specified residential mortgages or participation therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or deduction. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal on certain PCs referred to as “Gold PCs.”

Ginnie Mae REMIC Certificates. Ginnie Mae guarantees the full and timely payment of interest and principal on each class of securities (in accordance with the terms of those classes as specified in the related offering circular supplement). The Ginnie Mae guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America.

REMIC Certificates issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae are treated as U.S. Government securities for purposes of investment policies.

CMOs and REMIC Certificates provide for the redistribution of cash flow to multiple classes. Each class of CMOs or REMIC Certificates, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its final distribution date. This reallocation of interest and principal results in the redistribution of prepayment risk across different classes. This allows for the creation of bonds with more or less risk than the underlying collateral exhibits. Principal prepayments on the mortgage loans or the Mortgage Assets underlying the CMOs or REMIC Certificates may cause some or all of the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates to be retired substantially earlier than their final distribution dates. Generally, interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates on a monthly basis.

The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in various ways. In certain structures (known as “sequential pay” CMOs

22

or REMIC Certificates), payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets generally are applied to the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

Additional structures of CMOs and REMIC Certificates include, among others, principal only structures, interest only structures, inverse floaters and “parallel pay” CMOs and REMIC Certificates. Certain of these structures may be more volatile than other types of CMO and REMIC structures. Parallel pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates are those which are structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets to two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class.

A wide variety of REMIC Certificates may be issued in the parallel pay or sequential pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as “Z-Bonds”), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (“PAC”) certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates which generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes of REMIC Certificates (the “PAC Certificates”), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount of principal payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying Mortgage Assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than the PAC classes. The Z-Bonds in which the Funds may invest may bear the same non-credit-related risks as do other types of Z-Bonds. Z-Bonds in which the Fund may invest will not include residual interest.

Total Annual Operating Expenses set forth in the fee table section of the Confidential Offering Memorandum do not include any expenses associated with investments in certain structured or synthetic products that may rely on the exception for the definition of “investment company” provided by section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act.

Limitations on the use of Mortgage-Backed Securities

Bond Funds. The Bond Funds invest in mortgage-backed securities may invest in mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers including Guaranteed CMOs and REMIC pass-through securities. The Bond Funds may also invest in mortgage-backed securities that are rated in one of the four highest rating categories by at least one NRSRO at the time of investment or, if unrated, determined by JPMIM to be of comparable quality.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. When a Fund enters into mortgage dollar rolls, it sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date. When a Fund enters into mortgage dollar rolls, the Fund earmarks and reserves until the settlement date Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the forward purchase price. The Fund benefits to the extent of:

23

• any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”); or

• fee income plus the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward purchase.

Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation or gains on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the investment performance of a Fund will be less than what the performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls. The benefits of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon JPMIM’s ability to predict mortgage prepayments and interest rates. There is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. The Funds currently intend to enter into mortgage dollar rolls that are accounted for as a financing transaction. For purposes of diversification and investment limitations, mortgage dollar rolls are considered to be mortgage-backed securities.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (“SMBS”) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities issued outside the REMIC or CMO structure. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions from a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving all of the interest from the mortgage assets (“IOs”), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“POs”). Mortgage IOs receive monthly interest payments based upon a notional amount that declines over time as a result of the normal monthly amortization and unscheduled prepayments of principal on the associated mortgage POs.

In addition to the risks applicable to Mortgage-Related Securities in general, SMBS are subject to the following additional risks:

Prepayment/Interest Rate Sensitivity. SMBS are extremely sensitive to changes in prepayments and interest rates. Even though these securities have been guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government, under certain interest rate or prepayment rate scenarios, the Funds may lose money on investments in SMBS.

Interest Only SMBS. Changes in prepayment rates can cause the return on investment in IOs to be highly volatile. Under extremely high prepayment conditions, IOs can incur significant losses.

Principal Only SMBS. POs are bought at a discount to the ultimate principal repayment value. The rate of return on a PO will vary with prepayments, rising as prepayments increase and falling as prepayments decrease. Generally, the market value of these securities is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates.

Yield Characteristics. Although SMBS may yield more than other mortgage-backed securities, their cash flow patterns are more volatile and there is a greater risk that any premium paid will not be fully recouped. JPMIM will seek to manage these risks (and potential benefits) by investing in a variety of such securities and by using certain analytical and hedging techniques.

The Bond Funds may invest in SMBS to enhance revenues or hedge against interest rate risk. The Funds invest in SMBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“Agency SMBS”). To the extent that Non Agency SMBS are issued, the Funds may buy them to the extent such investment is consistent with the applicable Fund’s investment objective, strategies and policies.

24

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans. The Bond Funds may invest in adjustable rate mortgage loans (“ARMs”). ARMs eligible for inclusion in a mortgage pool will generally provide for a fixed initial mortgage interest rate for a specified period of time. Thereafter, the interest rates (the “Mortgage Interest Rates”) may be subject to periodic adjustment based on changes in the applicable index rate (the “Index Rate”). The adjusted rate would be equal to the Index Rate plus a gross margin, which is a fixed percentage spread over the Index Rate established for each ARM at the time of its origination.

Adjustable interest rates can cause payment increases that some borrowers may find difficult to make. However, certain ARMs may provide that the Mortgage Interest Rate may not be adjusted to a rate above an applicable lifetime maximum rate or below an applicable lifetime minimum rate for such ARM. Certain ARMs may also be subject to limitations on the maximum amount by which the Mortgage Interest Rate may adjust for any single adjustment period (the “Maximum Adjustment”). Other ARMs (“Negatively Amortizing ARMs”) may provide instead or as well for limitations on changes in the monthly payment on such ARMs. Limitations on monthly payments can result in monthly payments which are greater or less than the amount necessary to amortize a Negatively Amortizing ARM by its maturity at the Mortgage Interest Rate in effect in any particular month. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on a Negatively Amortizing ARM, any such excess interest is added to the principal balance of the loan, causing negative amortization and will be repaid through future monthly payments. It may take borrowers under Negatively Amortizing ARMs longer periods of time to achieve equity and may increase the likelihood of default by such borrowers. In the event that a monthly payment exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable Mortgage Interest Rate and the principal payment which would have been necessary to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess (or “accelerated amortization”) further reduces the principal balance of the ARM. Negatively Amortizing ARMs do not provide for the extension of their original maturity to accommodate changes in their Mortgage Interest Rate. As a result, unless there is a periodic recalculation of the payment amount (which there generally is), the final payment may be substantially larger than the other payments. These limitations on periodic increases in interest rates and on changes in monthly payments protect borrowers from unlimited interest rate and payment increases.

Certain ARMs may provide for periodic adjustments of scheduled payments in order to amortize fully the mortgage loan by its stated maturity. Other ARMs may permit their stated maturity to be extended or shortened in accordance with the portion of each payment that is applied to interest as affected by the periodic interest rate adjustments.

There are two main categories of indices which provide the basis for rate adjustments on ARMs: those based on U.S. Treasury securities and those derived from a calculated measure such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year, three-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury bill rates, the three-month Treasury bill rate, the 180-day Treasury bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median Cost of Funds, the one-month, three-month, six-month or one-year London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index, tend to lag behind changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile. The degree of volatility in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio and therefore in the net asset value of the Fund’s shares will be a function of the length of the interest rate reset periods and the degree of volatility in the applicable indices.

In general, changes in both prepayment rates and interest rates will change the yield on Mortgage-Backed Securities. The rate of principal prepayments with respect to ARMs has fluctuated in recent years.

25

As is the case with fixed mortgage loans, ARMs may be subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest rate environment. For example, if prevailing interest rates fall significantly, ARMs could be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest rates remain constant because the availability of fixed rate mortgage loans at competitive interest rates may encourage mortgagors to refinance their ARMs to “lock-in” a lower fixed interest rate. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise significantly, ARMs may prepay at lower rates than if prevailing rates remain at or below those in effect at the time such ARMs were originated. As with fixed rate mortgages, there can be no certainty as to the rate of prepayments on the ARMs in either stable or changing interest rate environments. In addition, there can be no certainty as to whether increases in the principal balances of the ARMs due to the addition of deferred interest may result in a default rate higher than that on ARMs that do not provide for negative amortization.

Other factors affecting prepayment of ARMs include changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgage properties and servicing decisions.

Risk Factors of Mortgage-Related Securities. The following is a summary of certain risks associated with Mortgage-Related Securities.

Guarantor Risk. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac if necessary in the future. Although certain mortgage-related securities are guaranteed by a third party or otherwise similarly secured, the market value of the security, which may fluctuate, is not so secured.

Interest Rate Sensitivity. If a Fund purchases a mortgage-related security at a premium, that portion may be lost if there is a decline in the market value of the security whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments in the underlying mortgage collateral. As with other interest-bearing securities, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates. Although the value of a mortgage-related security may decline when interest rates rise, the converse is not necessarily true since in periods of declining interest rates the mortgages underlying the securities are prone to prepayment. For this and other reasons, a mortgage-related security’s stated maturity may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments on the underlying mortgages and, therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the security’s return to the Fund. In addition, regular payments received in respect of mortgage-related securities include both interest and principal. No assurance can be given as to the return a Fund will receive when these amounts are reinvested.

Market Value. The market value of the Fund’s adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities may be adversely affected if interest rates increase faster than the rates of interest payable on such securities or by the adjustable rate mortgage loans underlying such securities. Furthermore, adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities or the mortgage loans underlying such securities may contain provisions limiting the amount by which rates may be adjusted upward and downward and may limit the amount by which monthly payments may be increased or decreased to accommodate upward and downward adjustments in interest rates. When the market value of the properties underlying the Mortgage-Backed Securities suffer broad declines on a regional or national level, the values of the corresponding Mortgage-Backed Securities or Mortgage-Backed Securities as a whole, may be adversely affected as well.

Prepayments. Adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities have less potential for capital appreciation than fixed rate Mortgage-Backed Securities because their coupon rates will decline in response to market interest rate declines. The market value of fixed rate Mortgage-Backed Securities may be adversely affected as a result of increases in interest rates and, because of the risk of unscheduled principal prepayments, may benefit less than other fixed rate securities of similar maturity from declining interest rates. Finally, to the extent Mortgage-Backed Securities are purchased at a premium, mortgage

26

foreclosures and unscheduled principal prepayments may result in some loss of the Fund’s principal investment to the extent of the premium paid. On the other hand, if such securities are purchased at a discount, both a scheduled payment of principal and an unscheduled prepayment of principal will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income.

Recent Events Regarding Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Securities. On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and of any stockholder, officer or director of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with respect to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the assets of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced three additional steps taken by it in connection with the conservatorship. First, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury will purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise. This agreement contains various covenants that severely limit each enterprise’s operations. In exchange for entering into these agreements, the U.S. Treasury received $1 billion of each enterprise’s senior preferred stock and warrants to purchase 79.9% of each enterprise’s common stock. Second, the U.S. Treasury announced the creation of a new secured lending facility which is available to each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as a liquidity backstop. Third, the U.S. Treasury announced the creation of a temporary program to purchase mortgage-backed securities issued by each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Both the liquidity backstop and the mortgage-backed securities purchase program expired in December 2009. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities. The liquidity backstop and the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement were both intended to enhance each of Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s ability to meet its obligations.

Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver. FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s assets available therefor. In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders. Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party,

27

holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to replace Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac as trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed securities holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed. The Reform Act also provides that no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare an event of default under certain contracts to which Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac is a party, or obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or affect any contractual rights of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, without the approval of FHFA, as conservator or receiver, for a period of 45 or 90 days following the appointment of FHFA as conservator or receiver, respectively.

Yield Characteristics. The yield characteristics of Mortgage-Backed Securities differ from those of traditional fixed income securities. The major differences typically include more frequent interest and principal payments, usually monthly, and the possibility that prepayments of principal may be made at any time. Prepayment rates are influenced by changes in current interest rates and a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors and cannot be predicted with certainty. As with fixed rate mortgage loans, adjustable rate mortgage loans may be subject to a greater prepayment rate in a declining interest rate environment. The yields to maturity of the Mortgage-Backed Securities in which the Funds invest will be affected by the actual rate of payment (including prepayments) of principal of the underlying mortgage loans. The mortgage loans underlying such securities generally may be prepaid at any time without penalty. In a fluctuating interest rate environment, a predominant factor affecting the prepayment rate on a pool of mortgage loans is the difference between the interest rates on the mortgage loans and prevailing mortgage loan interest rates taking into account the cost of any refinancing. In general, if mortgage loan interest rates fall sufficiently below the interest rates on fixed rate mortgage loans underlying mortgage pass-through securities, the rate of prepayment would be expected to increase. Conversely, if mortgage loan interest rates rise above the interest rates on the fixed rate mortgage loans underlying the mortgage pass-through securities, the rate of prepayment may be expected to decrease.

Municipal Securities

Municipal Securities are issued to obtain funds for a wide variety of reasons. For example, municipal securities may be issued to obtain funding for the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as:

1. bridges,

2. highways,

3. roads,

4. schools,

28

5. waterworks and sewer systems, and

6. other utilities.

Other public purposes for which Municipal Securities may be issued include:

1. refunding outstanding obligations,

2. obtaining funds for general operating expenses, and

3. obtaining funds to lend to other public institutions and facilities.

In addition, certain debt obligations known as “Private Activity Bonds” may be issued by or on behalf of municipalities and public authorities to obtain funds to provide:

1. water, sewage and solid waste facilities,

2. qualified residential rental projects,

3. certain local electric, gas and other heating or cooling facilities,

4. qualified hazardous waste facilities,

5. high-speed intercity rail facilities,

6. governmentally-owned airports, docks and wharves and mass transportation facilities,

7. qualified mortgages,

8. student loan and redevelopment bonds, and

9. bonds used for certain organizations exempt from Federal income taxation.

Certain debt obligations known as “Industrial Development Bonds” under prior Federal tax law may have been issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide:

1. privately operated housing facilities,

2. sports facilities,

3. industrial parks,

4. convention or trade show facilities,

5. airport, mass transit, port or parking facilities,

6. air or water pollution control facilities,

7. sewage or solid waste disposal facilities, and

8. facilities for water supply.

29

Other private activity bonds and industrial development bonds issued to fund the construction, improvement, equipment or repair of privately-operated industrial, distribution, research, or commercial facilities may also be Municipal Securities, however, the size of such issues is limited under current and prior Federal tax law. The aggregate amount of most private activity bonds and industrial development bonds is limited (except in the case of certain types of facilities) under Federal tax law by an annual “volume cap.” The volume cap limits the annual aggregate principal amount of such obligations issued by or on behalf of all governmental instrumentalities in the state.

The two principal classifications of Municipal Securities consist of “general obligation” and “limited” (or revenue) issues. General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from the issuer’s general unrestricted revenues and not from any particular fund or source. The characteristics and method of enforcement of general obligation bonds vary according to the law applicable to the particular issuer, and payment may be dependent upon appropriation by the issuer’s legislative body. Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Private activity bonds and industrial development bonds generally are revenue bonds and thus not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. The credit and quality of such bonds is generally related to the credit of the bank selected to provide the letter of credit underlying the bond. Payment of principal of and interest on industrial development revenue bonds is the responsibility of the corporate user (and any guarantor).

The Funds may also acquire “moral obligation” issues, which are normally issued by special purpose authorities, and in other tax-exempt investments including pollution control bonds and tax-exempt commercial paper. Each Fund that may purchase municipal bonds may purchase:

1. Short-term tax-exempt General Obligations Notes,

2. Tax Anticipation Notes,

3. Bond Anticipation Notes,

4. Revenue Anticipation Notes,

5. Project Notes, and

6. Other forms of short-term tax-exempt loans.

Such notes are issued with a short-term maturity in anticipation of the receipt of tax funds, the proceeds of bond placements, or other revenues. Project Notes are issued by a state or local housing agency and are sold by the Department of Housing and Urban Development. While the issuing agency has the primary obligation with respect to its Project Notes, they are also secured by the full faith and credit of the United States through agreements with the issuing authority which provide that, if required, the Federal government will lend the issuer an amount equal to the principal of and interest on the Project Notes.

There are, of course, variations in the quality of Municipal Securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications. Also, the yields on Municipal Securities depend upon a variety of factors, including:

• general money market conditions,

30

• coupon rate,

• the financial condition of the issuer,

• general conditions of the municipal bond market,

• the size of a particular offering,

• the maturity of the obligations, and

• the rating of the issue.

The ratings of Moody’s and S&P represent their opinions as to the quality of Municipal Securities. However, ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Municipal Securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while Municipal Securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issue of Municipal Securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Fund. JPMIM will consider such an event in determining whether the Fund should continue to hold the obligations.

Municipal Securities may include obligations of municipal housing authorities and single-family mortgage revenue bonds. Weaknesses in Federal housing subsidy programs and their administration may result in a decrease of subsidies available for payment of principal and interest on housing authority bonds. Economic developments, including fluctuations in interest rates and increasing construction and operating costs, may also adversely impact revenues of housing authorities. In the case of some housing authorities, inability to obtain additional financing could also reduce revenues available to pay existing obligations.

Single-family mortgage revenue bonds are subject to extraordinary mandatory redemption at par in whole or in part from the proceeds derived from prepayments of underlying mortgage loans and also from the unused proceeds of the issue within a stated period which may be within a year from the date of issue.

Municipal leases are obligations issued by state and local governments or authorities to finance the acquisition of equipment and facilities. Municipal leases may be considered to be illiquid. They may take the form of a lease, an installment purchase contract, a conditional sales contract, or a participation interest in any of the above. The Board of Trustees is responsible for determining the credit quality of unrated municipal leases, on an ongoing basis, including an assessment of the likelihood that the lease will not be canceled.

Premium Securities. During a period of declining interest rates, many Municipal Securities in which the Funds may invest likely will bear coupon rates higher than current market rates, regardless of whether the securities were initially purchased at a premium.

Risk Factors in Municipal Securities. The following is a summary of certain risks associated with Municipal Securities:

Tax Risk. The Code imposes certain continuing requirements on issuers of tax-exempt bonds regarding the use, expenditure and investment of bond proceeds and the payment of rebates to the United States of America. Failure by the issuer to comply subsequent to the issuance of tax-exempt bonds with

31

certain of these requirements could cause interest on the bonds to become includable in gross income retroactive to the date of issuance.

Housing Authority Tax Risk. The exclusion from gross income for federal income tax purposes for certain housing authority bonds depends on qualification under relevant provisions of the Code and on other provisions of federal law. These provisions of federal law contain requirements relating to the cost and location of the residences financed with the proceeds of the single-family mortgage bonds and the income levels of tenants of the rental projects financed with the proceeds of the multi-family housing bonds. Typically, the issuers of the bonds, and other parties, including the originators and servicers of the single-family mortgages and the owners of the rental projects financed with the multi-family housing bonds, covenant to meet these requirements. However, there is no assurance that the requirements will be met. If such requirements are not met:

• the interest on the bonds may become taxable, possibly retroactively from the date of issuance;

• the value of the bonds may be reduced;

• you and other Shareholders may be subject to unanticipated tax liabilities;

• a Fund may be required to sell the bonds at the reduced value;

• it may be an event of default under the applicable mortgage;

• the holder may be permitted to accelerate payment of the bond; and

• the issuer may be required to redeem the bond.

In addition, if the mortgage securing the bonds is insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), the consent of the FHA may be required before insurance proceeds would become payable.

Information Risk. Information about the financial condition of issuers of Municipal Securities may be less available than that of corporations having a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Securities Exchange Act”).

State and Federal Laws. An issuer’s obligations under its Municipal Securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. These laws may extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or restrict the Fund’s ability to collect payments due on Municipal Securities. In addition, recent amendments to some statutes governing security interests (e.g., Revised Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”)) change the way in which security interests and liens securing Municipal Securities are perfected. These amendments may have an adverse impact on existing Municipal Securities (particularly issues of Municipal Securities that do not have a corporate trustee who is responsible for filing UCC financing statements to continue the security interest or lien).

Litigation and Current Developments. Litigation or other conditions may materially adversely affect the power or ability of an issuer to meet its obligations for the payment of interest on and principal of its Municipal Securities. Such litigation or conditions may from time to time have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for tax-exempt obligations, or may materially affect the credit risk with respect to particular bonds or notes. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of a Fund’s Municipal Securities in the same manner.

32

New Legislation. From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on tax exempt bonds, and similar proposals may be introduced in the future. The Supreme Court has held that Congress has the constitutional authority to enact such legislation. It is not possible to determine what effect the adoption of such proposals could have on (i) the availability of Municipal Securities for investment by the Funds, and (ii) the value of the investment portfolios of the Funds.

Limitations on the Use of Municipal Securities

The Funds may invest in Municipal Securities if JPMIM determines that such Municipal Securities offer attractive yields. The Funds may invest in Municipal Securities either by purchasing them directly or by purchasing certificates of accrual or similar instruments evidencing direct ownership of interest payments or principal payments, or both, on Municipal Securities, provided that, in the opinion of counsel to the initial seller of each such certificate or instrument, any discount accruing on such certificate or instrument that is purchased at a yield not greater than the coupon rate of interest on the related Municipal Securities will to the same extent as interest on such Municipal Securities be exempt from federal income tax and state income tax (where applicable) and not treated as a preference item for individuals for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax.

The Funds may also invest in Municipal Securities by purchasing from banks participation interests in all or part of specific holdings of Municipal Securities. Such participation interests may be backed in whole or in part by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of the selling bank. The selling bank may receive a fee from a Fund in connection with the arrangement. A Fund will not purchase participation interests unless it receives an opinion of counsel or a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service that interest earned by it on Municipal Securities in which it holds such participation interest is exempt from federal income tax and state income tax (where applicable) and not treated as a preference item for individuals for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax. Each Fund will limit its investment in municipal leases to no more than 5% of its total assets.

Options and Futures Transactions

A Fund may purchase and sell (a) exchange traded and OTC put and call options on securities, indexes of securities and futures contracts on securities and indexes of securities and (b) futures contracts on securities and indexes of securities. Each of these instruments is a derivative instrument as its value derives from the underlying asset or index.

Subject to its investment objective and policies, a Fund may use futures contracts and options for hedging and risk management purposes and to seek to enhance portfolio performance. A Fund may not use futures contracts and options for speculation.

Options and futures contracts may be used to manage a Fund’s exposure to changing interest rates and/or security prices. Some options and futures strategies, including selling futures contracts and buying puts, tend to hedge a Fund’s investments against price fluctuations. Other strategies, including buying futures contracts and buying calls, tend to increase market exposure. Options and futures contracts may be combined with each other or with forward contracts in order to adjust the risk and return characteristics of a Fund’s overall strategy in a manner deemed appropriate by the Fund’s Adviser and consistent with the Fund’s objective and policies. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

33

The use of options and futures is a highly specialized activity which involves investment strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions, and there can be no guarantee that their use will increase a Fund’s return. While the use of these instruments by a Fund may reduce certain risks associated with owning its portfolio securities, these techniques themselves entail certain other risks. If a Fund’s Adviser applies a strategy at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions or trends incorrectly, options and futures strategies may lower a Fund’s return. Certain strategies limit a Fund’s possibility to realize gains, as well as its exposure to losses. A Fund may also experience losses if the prices of its options and futures positions were poorly correlated with its other investments, or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid secondary market. In addition, the Fund will incur transaction costs, including trading commissions and option premiums, in connection with its futures and options transactions, and these transactions could significantly increase the Fund’s turnover rate.

The Funds have filed a 4.5 notice under the Commodity Exchange Act and are operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, who is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Purchasing Put and Call Options. By purchasing a put option, a Fund obtains the right (but not the obligation) to sell the instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, a Fund pays the current market price for the option (known as the option premium). Options have various types of underlying instruments, including specific securities, indexes of securities, indexes of securities prices, and futures contracts. A Fund may terminate its position in a put option it has purchased by allowing it to expire or by exercising the option. A Fund may also close out a put option position by entering into an offsetting transaction, if a liquid market exists. If the option is allowed to expire, a Fund will lose the entire premium it paid. If a Fund exercises a put option on a security, it will sell the instrument underlying the option at the strike price. If a Fund exercises an option on an index, settlement is in cash and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. If an option is American style, it may be exercised on any day up to its expiration date. A European style option may be exercised only on its expiration date.

The buyer of a typical put option can expect to realize a gain if the value of the underlying instrument falls substantially. However, if the price of the instrument underlying the option does not fall enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer can expect to suffer a loss (limited to the amount of the premium paid, plus related transaction costs).

The features of call options are essentially the same as those of put options, except that the purchaser of a call option obtains the right to purchase, rather than sell, the instrument underlying the option at the option’s strike price. A call buyer typically attempts to participate in potential price increases of the instrument underlying the option with risk limited to the cost of the option if security prices fall. At the same time, the buyer can expect to suffer a loss if security prices do not rise sufficiently to offset the cost of the option.

Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options. When a Fund writes a put option, it takes the opposite side of the transaction from the option’s purchaser. In return for the receipt of the premium, a Fund assumes the obligation to pay the strike price for the instrument underlying the option if the other party to the option chooses to exercise it. A Fund may seek to terminate its position in a put option it writes before exercise by purchasing an offsetting option in the market at its current price. If the market is not liquid for a put option a Fund has written, however, it must continue to be prepared to pay the strike price while the option is outstanding, regardless

34

of price changes, and must continue to post margin as discussed below. If the market value of the underlying securities does not move to a level that would make exercise of the option profitable to its holder, the option will generally expire unexercised, and the Fund will realize as profit the premium it received.

If the price of the underlying instrument rises, a put writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received. If security prices remain the same over time, it is likely that the writer will also profit, because it should be able to close out the option at a lower price. If security prices fall, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss. This loss should be less than the loss from purchasing and holding the underlying instrument directly, however, because the premium received for writing the option should offset a portion of the decline.

Writing a call option obligates a Fund to sell or deliver the option’s underlying instrument in return for the strike price upon exercise of the option. The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing put options, except that writing calls generally is a profitable strategy if prices remain the same or fall. Through receipt of the option premium a call writer offsets part of the effect of a price decline. At the same time, because a call writer must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument in return for the strike price, even if its current value is greater, a call writer gives up some ability to participate in security price increases.

The writer of an exchange traded put or call option on a security, an index of securities or a futures contract is required to deposit cash or securities or a letter of credit as margin and to make mark to market payments of variation margin as the position becomes unprofitable.

Certain Funds may sell covered options. A call option is covered if the writer either owns the underlying security (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of the securities exchanges) or has the right to acquire such securities. A put option is covered if the writer segregates cash, high-grade short-term debt obligations, or other permissible collateral equal to the exercise price. As the writer of a covered call option, the Fund foregoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation, but may terminate its position by entering into an offsetting option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect an offsetting transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.

When the Fund writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Fund received when it wrote the option. While the Fund’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.

Engaging in Straddles and Spreads. In a straddle transaction, a Fund either buys a call and a put or sells a call and a put on the same security. In a spread, a Fund purchases and sells a call or a put. A Fund will sell a straddle when the Fund’s Adviser believes the price of a security will be stable. The Fund will receive a premium on the sale of the put and the call. A spread permits a Fund to make a hedged investment that the price of a security will increase or decline.

35

Options on Indexes. Options on securities indexes are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options is settled by cash payment and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, these options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. A Fund, in purchasing or selling index options, is subject to the risk that the value of its portfolio securities may not change as much as an index because a Fund’s investments generally will not match the composition of an index.

For a number of reasons, a liquid market may not exist and thus a Fund may not be able to close out an option position that it has previously entered into. When a Fund purchases an OTC option (as defined below), it will be relying on its counterparty to perform its obligations and the Fund may incur additional losses if the counterparty is unable to perform.

Exchange-Traded and OTC Options. All options purchased or sold by a Fund will be traded on a securities exchange or will be purchased or sold by securities dealers (“OTC options”) that meet the Fund’s creditworthiness standards. While exchange-traded options are obligations of the Options Clearing Corporation, in the case of OTC options, a Fund relies on the dealer from which it purchased the option to perform if the option is exercised. Thus, when a Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the dealer from which it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying securities. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by a Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction.

Provided that a Fund has arrangements with certain qualified dealers who agree that a Fund may repurchase any option it writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula, a Fund may treat the underlying securities used to cover written OTC options as liquid. In these cases, the OTC option itself would only be considered illiquid to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

Futures Contracts. When a Fund purchases a futures contract, it agrees to purchase a specified quantity of an underlying instrument at a specified future date or, in the case of an index futures contract, to make a cash payment based on the value of a securities index. When a Fund sells a futures contract, it agrees to sell a specified quantity of the underlying instrument at a specified future date or in the case of an index futures contract, to receive a cash payment based on the value of a securities index. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when a Fund enters into the contract. Futures can be held until their delivery dates or the position can be (and normally is) closed out before then. There is no assurance, however, that a liquid market will exist when the Fund wishes to close out a particular position.

When a Fund purchases a futures contract, the value of the futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase a Fund’s exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When a Fund sells a futures contract, by contrast, the value of its futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the value of the underlying instrument. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold.

The purchaser or seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver or pay for the underlying instrument unless the contract is held until the delivery date. However, when a Fund buys or sells a futures contract it will be required to deposit “initial margin” with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”). Initial margin deposits are typically equal to a small percentage of the contract’s value. If the

36

value of either party’s position declines, that party will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments equal to the change in value on a daily basis. The party that has a gain may be entitled to receive all or a portion of this amount. A Fund may be obligated to make payments of variation margin at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so. Furthermore, it may not always be possible for a Fund to close out its futures positions. Until it closes out a futures position, a Fund will be obligated to continue to pay variation margin. Initial and variation margin payments do not constitute purchasing on margin for purposes of a Fund’s investment restrictions. In the event of the bankruptcy of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of a Fund, the Fund may be entitled to return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Fund. Each Fund will earmark and reserve Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, in connection with its use of options and futures contracts to the extent required by the staff of the SEC. Each Fund will earmark and reserve liquid assets in an amount equal to the current mark-to-market exposure, on a daily basis, of a futures contract that is contractually required to cash settle. Such assets cannot be sold while the futures contract or option is outstanding unless they are replaced with other suitable assets. By setting aside assets equal only to its net obligation under cash-settled futures, a Fund will have the ability to have exposure to such instruments to a greater extent than if a Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the full notional value of such contracts. There is a possibility that earmarking and reservation of a large percentage of a Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or a Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The Funds only invest in futures contracts to the extent they could invest in the underlying instrument directly.

Cash Equitization. The objective where equity futures are used to “equitize” cash is to match the notional value of all futures contracts to a Fund’s cash balance. The notional values of the futures contracts and of the cash are monitored daily. As the cash is invested in securities and/or paid out to participants in redemptions, the Adviser simultaneously adjusts the futures positions. Through such procedures, a Fund not only gains equity exposure from the use of futures, but also benefits from increased flexibility in responding to client cash flow needs. Additionally, because it can be less expensive to trade a list of securities as a package or program trade rather than as a group of individual orders, futures provide a means through which transaction costs can be reduced. Such non-hedging risk management techniques involve leverage and thus, present, as do all leveraged transactions, the possibility of losses as well as gains that are greater than if these techniques involved the purchase and sale of the securities themselves rather than their synthetic derivatives.

Options on Futures Contracts. Futures contracts obligate the buyer to take and the seller to make delivery at a future date of a specified quantity of a financial instrument or an amount of cash based on the value of a securities index. Currently, futures contracts are available on various types of securities, including but not limited to U.S. Treasury bonds, notes and bills, Eurodollar certificates of deposit and on indexes of securities. Unlike a futures contract, which requires the parties to buy and sell a security or make a cash settlement payment based on changes in a financial instrument or securities index on an agreed date, an option on a futures contract entitles its holder to decide on or before a future date whether to enter into such a contract. If the holder decides not to exercise its option, the holder may close out the option position by entering into an offsetting transaction or may decide to let the option expire and forfeit the premium thereon. The purchaser of an option on a futures contract pays a premium for the option but makes no initial margin payments or daily payments of cash in the nature of “variation margin” payments to reflect the change in the value of the underlying contract as does a purchaser or seller of a futures contract.

The seller of an option on a futures contract receives the premium paid by the purchaser and may be required to pay initial margin. Amounts equal to the initial margin and any additional collateral

37

required on any options on futures contracts sold by a Fund are earmarked by a Fund and set aside by the Fund, as required by the 1940 Act and the SEC’s interpretations thereunder.

Combined Positions. Certain Funds may purchase and write options in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument, in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Correlation of Price Changes. Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized options and futures contracts available will not match a Fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. A Fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities with different issuers, maturities, or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the options or futures position will not track the performance of a Fund’s other investments.

Options and futures contracts prices can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the Fund’s investments well. Options and futures contracts prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures and securities are traded, or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. A Fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in a Fund’s options or futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

Liquidity of Options and Futures Contracts. There is no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular option or futures contract at any particular time even if the contract is traded on an exchange. In addition, exchanges may establish daily price fluctuation limits for options and futures contracts and may halt trading if a contract’s price moves up or down more than the limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt is imposed, it may be impossible for a Fund to enter into new positions or close out existing positions. If the market for a contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions, and could potentially require a Fund to continue to hold a position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a result, a Fund’s access to other assets held to cover its options or futures positions could also be impaired. (See “Exchange-Traded and OTC Options” above for a discussion of the liquidity of options not traded on an exchange.)

Position Limits. Futures exchanges can limit the number of futures and options on futures contracts that can be held or controlled by an entity. If an adequate exemption cannot be obtained, a Fund or the Fund’s Adviser may be required to reduce the size of its

38

futures and options positions or may not be able to trade a certain futures or options contract in order to avoid exceeding such limits.

Asset Coverage for Futures Contracts and Options Positions. A Fund will comply with guidelines established by the SEC with respect to coverage of options and futures contracts by mutual funds, and if the guidelines so require, will set aside or earmark appropriate liquid assets in the amount prescribed. Such assets cannot be sold while the futures contract or option is outstanding, unless they are replaced with other suitable assets. As a result, there is a possibility that the reservation of a large percentage of a Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or a Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

Certain of the Funds may invest in equity interests or debt obligations issued by REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interest. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling property that has appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Similar to regulated investment companies, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with several requirements of the Code. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses incurred by REITs in which a Fund invests in addition to the expenses incurred directly by a Fund.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills and on cash flows, are not diversified and are subject to default by borrowers and self-liquidation. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investment in such loans will gradually align themselves to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

Investment in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. These risks include:

• limited financial resources;

• infrequent or limited trading; and

• more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.

39

In addition, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, historically have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500 Index.

Recent Events Relating to the Overall Economy

The U.S. Government, the Federal Reserve, the Treasury, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and other governmental and regulatory bodies have recently taken or are considering taking actions to address the financial crisis. These actions include, but are not limited to, the enactment by the United States Congress of the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act”, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010 and imposes a new regulatory framework over the U.S. financial services industry and the consumer credit markets in general, and proposed regulations by the SEC. Given the broad scope, sweeping nature, and relatively recent enactment of some of these regulatory measures, the potential impact they could have on securities held by the Funds is unknown. There can be no assurance that these measures will not have an adverse effect on the value or marketability of securities held by the Funds. Furthermore, no assurance can be made that the U.S. Government or any U.S. regulatory body (or other authority or regulatory body) will not continue to take further legislative or regulatory action in response to the economic crisis or otherwise, and the effect of such actions, if taken, cannot be known.

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements may be entered into with brokers, dealers or banks that meet the Adviser’s credit guidelines. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with member banks of the Federal Reserve System and securities dealers believed by the Adviser to be creditworthy. In a repurchase agreement, a Fund buys a security from a seller that has agreed to repurchase the same security at a mutually agreed upon date and price. The resale price normally is in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed upon interest rate. This interest rate is effective for the period of time a Fund is invested in the agreement and is not related to the coupon rate on the underlying security. A repurchase agreement may also be viewed as a fully collateralized loan of money by a Fund to the seller. Except in the case of a tri-party agreement, the maximum maturity of a repurchase agreement will be seven days. In the case of a tri-party agreement, the maximum maturity of a repurchase agreement will be 95 days, or as limited by the specific repurchase agreement. The securities which are subject to repurchase agreements, however, may have maturity dates in excess of 95 days from the effective date of the repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are treated as illiquid for purposes of the Fund’s restrictions on purchases of illiquid securities. A Fund will always receive securities as collateral during the term of the agreement whose market value is at least equal to 100% of the dollar amount invested by the Fund in each agreement plus accrued interest. The repurchase agreements further authorize the Fund to demand additional collateral in the event that the dollar value of the collateral falls below 100%. A Fund will make payment for such securities only upon physical delivery or upon evidence of book entry transfer to the account of the custodian. Repurchase agreements are considered under the 1940 Act to be loans collateralized by the underlying securities.

All of the Funds that are permitted to invest in repurchase agreements may engage in repurchase agreement transactions that are collateralized fully as defined in Rule 5b-3 of the 1940 Act, which has the effect of enabling a Fund to look to the collateral, rather than the counterparty, for determining whether its assets are “diversified” for 1940 Act purposes. Certain Funds may, in addition, engage in repurchase agreement transactions that are collateralized by money market instruments, debt securities, loan participations, equity securities or other securities including securities that are rated below investment grade by the requisite NRSROs or unrated securities of comparable quality. For these types of repurchase

40

agreement transactions, the Fund would look to the counterparty, and not the collateral, for determining such diversification.

A repurchase agreement is subject to the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security. In the event of default by the seller under a repurchase agreement construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities would not be owned by the Fund, but would only constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price. Therefore, a Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs in connection with the disposition of the collateral. The collateral underlying repurchase agreements may be more susceptible to claims of the seller’s creditors than would be the case with securities owned by the Fund.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements.

In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a security and agrees to repurchase the same security at a mutually agreed upon date and price reflecting the interest rate effective for the term of the agreement. For purposes of the 1940 Act, a reverse repurchase agreement is considered borrowing by a Fund and, therefore, a form of leverage. Leverage may cause any gains or losses for a Fund to be magnified. The Funds will invest the proceeds of borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements. In addition, except for liquidity purposes, a Fund will enter into a reverse repurchase agreement only when the expected return from the investment of the proceeds is greater than the expense of the transaction. A Fund will not invest the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement for a period which exceeds the duration of the reverse repurchase agreement. A Fund would be required to pay interest on amounts obtained through reverse repurchase agreements, which are considered borrowings under federal securities laws. The repurchase price is generally equal to the original sales price plus interest. Reverse repurchase agreements are usually for seven days or less and cannot be repaid prior to their expiration dates. Each Fund will earmark and reserve Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, in an amount at least equal to its purchase obligations under its reverse repurchase agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the portfolio securities transferred may decline below the price at which a Fund is obliged to purchase the securities. All forms of borrowing (including reverse repurchase agreements) are limited in the aggregate and may not exceed 33 ¹/3% of a Fund’s total assets, except as permitted by law.

41

Securities Lending

To generate additional income, the Funds may lend up to 33  ¹/3% of such Fund’s total assets pursuant to an agreement requiring that the loan be continuously secured by collateral equal to at least 100% of the market value plus accrued interest on the securities lent. Pursuant to a securities lending agreement approved by the Board of Trustees between JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Trust on behalf of the Funds (the “Securities Lending Agreement”), JPMorgan Chase Bank serves as securities lending agent.

Under the Securities Lending Agreement, collateral for loans will consist only of cash. The Funds receive payments from the borrowers equivalent to the dividends and interest that would have been earned on the securities lent. The Funds seek to earn interest on the investment of cash collateral in investments permitted by the applicable securities lending agreement. Cash collateral is invested in Capital Shares of the JPMorgan Prime Money Market Fund.

Under the Securities Lending Agreement, JPMorgan Chase Bank performs a daily mark to market of the loaned security and requests additional cash collateral if the amount of cash received from the borrower is less than 102% of the value of the loaned security in the case of securities denominated in U.S. dollars and 105% of the value of the loaned security in the case of securities denominated in non-U.S. dollars subject to certain de minimis guidelines. Such de minimis guidelines provide that for a loan of U.S. dollar denominated securities, the aggregate value of cash collateral for such loan may be less than 102% but in no event less than 101.51% and for a loan of non-U.S. dollar denominated securities, the aggregate value of cash collateral held for such loan may be less than 105% but in no event less than 104.51%. Loans are subject to termination by a Fund or the borrower at any time, and are therefore not considered to be illiquid investments. A Fund does not have the right to vote proxies for securities on loan. However, a Fund’s Adviser may terminate a loan if the vote is considered material with respect to an investment.

Securities lending involves counterparty risk, including the risk that the loaned securities may not be returned or returned in a timely manner and/or a loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower or the lending agent defaults or fails financially. This risk is increased when a Fund’s loans are concentrated with a single or limited number of borrowers. The earnings on the collateral invested may not be sufficient to pay fees incurred in connection with the loan. Also, the principal value of the collateral invested may decline and may not be sufficient to pay back the borrower for the amount of collateral posted. There are no limits on the number of borrowers a Fund may use and a Fund may lend securities to only one or a small group of borrowers. Funds participating in securities lending bear the risk of loss in connection with investments of the cash collateral received from the borrowers, which do not trigger additional collateral requirements from the borrower.

To the extent that the value or return of a Fund’s investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower, the Fund may incur losses that exceed the amount it earned on lending the security. In situations where the Adviser does not believe that it is prudent to sell the cash collateral investments in the market, a Fund may borrow money to repay the borrower the amount of cash collateral owed to the borrower upon return of the loaned securities. This will result in financial leverage, which may cause the Fund to be more volatile because financial leverage tends to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

Short-Term Funding Agreements

Short-term funding agreements issued by insurance companies are sometimes referred to as Guaranteed Investment Contracts (“GICs”), while those issued by banks are referred to as Bank

42

Investment Contracts (“BICs”). Pursuant to such agreements, a Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit account at a bank or insurance company. The bank or insurance company then credits to the Fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest at either a fixed, variable or floating rate. These contracts are general obligations of the issuing bank or insurance company (although they may be the obligations of an insurance company separate account) and are paid from the general assets of the issuing entity.

A Fund will purchase short-term funding agreements only from banks and insurance companies which, at the time of purchase, are rated in one of the three highest rating categories and have assets of $1 billion or more. Generally, there is no active secondary market in short-term funding agreements. Therefore, short-term funding agreements may be considered by a Fund to be illiquid investments. To the extent that a short-term funding agreement is determined to be illiquid, such agreements will be acquired by a Fund only if, at the time of purchase, no more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets will be invested in short-term funding agreements and other illiquid securities.

Structured Investments

A structured investment is a security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, or specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity or one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured securities are generally of a class of structured securities that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured instruments include structured notes. In addition to the risks applicable to investments in structured investments and debt securities in general, structured notes bear the risk that the issuer may not be required to pay interest on the structured note if the index rate rises above or falls below a certain level. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities. Investments in government and government-related restructured debt instruments are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts. Structured investments include a wide variety of instruments including, without limitation, CDOs.

Structured instruments that are registered under the federal securities laws may be treated as liquid. In addition, many structured instruments may not be registered under the federal securities laws. In that event, a Fund’s ability to resell such a structured instrument may be more limited than its ability to resell other Fund securities. The Funds will treat such instruments as illiquid, and will limit their investments in such instruments to no more than 15% of each Fund’s net assets, when combined with all other illiquid investments of each Fund.

Total Annual Operating Expenses set forth in the fee table section of the Confidential Offering Memorandum do not include any expenses associated with investments in certain structured or synthetic products that may rely on the exception for the definition of “investment company” provided by section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act.

43

Participation notes. Certain Funds may invest in participation notes (“P-notes”). P-notes are participation interest notes that are issued by banks or broker-dealers and are designed to offer a return linked to a particular underlying equity, debt, currency or market. If the P-note were held to maturity, the issuer would pay to, or receive from, the purchaser the difference between the nominal value of the underlying instrument at the time of purchase and that instrument’s value at maturity. The holder of a P-note that is linked to a particular underlying security or instrument may be entitled to receive any dividends paid in connection with that underlying security or instrument, but typically does not receive voting rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security or instrument. P-notes involve transaction costs. Investments in P-notes involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the underlying securities, instruments or markets that they seek to replicate. In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be a trading market for a P-note or that the trading price of a P-note will equal the underlying value of the security, instrument or market that it seeks to replicate. Due to liquidity and transfer restrictions, the secondary markets on which a P-note is traded may be less liquid than the market for other securities, or may be completely illiquid, which may also affect the ability of a fund to accurately value a P-note. P-notes typically constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them, which subjects a Fund that holds them to counterparty risk (and this risk may be amplified if a Fund purchases P-notes from only a small number of issuers).

Swaps and Related Swap Products

Swap transactions may include, but are not limited to, interest rate swaps, currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, contracts for differences, total return swaps, index swaps, basket swaps, specific security swaps, fixed income sectors swaps, commodity swaps, asset-backed swaps (ABX), credit default swaps, interest rate caps, price lock swaps, floors and collars and swaptions (collectively defined as “swap transactions”).

A Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining that return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in cash markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, to protect against any increase in the price of securities a Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.

Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional counterparties for periods ranging from a few weeks to several years. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) that would be earned or realized on specified notional investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated by reference to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency or commodity, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The purchaser of an interest rate cap or floor, upon payment of a fee, has the right to receive payments (and the seller of the cap or floor is obligated to make payments) to the extent a specified interest rate exceeds (in the case of a cap) or is less than (in the case of a floor) a specified level over a specified period of time or at specified dates. The purchaser of an interest rate collar, upon payment of a fee, has the right to receive payments (and the seller of the collar is obligated to make payments) to the extent that a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed upon range over a specified period of time or at specified dates. The purchaser of an option on an interest rate swap, also known as a “swaption”, upon payment of a fee (either at the time of purchase or in the form of higher payments or lower receipts within an interest rate swap transaction) has the right, but not the obligation, to initiate a new swap transaction of a pre-specified notional amount with pre-specified terms with the seller of the swaption as the counterparty.

44

The “notional amount” of a swap transaction is the agreed upon basis for calculating the payments that the parties have agreed to exchange. For example, one swap counterparty may agree to pay a floating rate of interest (e.g., 3 month LIBOR) calculated based on a $10 million notional amount on a quarterly basis in exchange for receipt of payments calculated based on the same notional amount and a fixed rate of interest on a semi-annual basis. In the event a Fund is obligated to make payments more frequently than it receives payments from the other party, it will incur incremental credit exposure to that swap counterparty. This risk may be mitigated somewhat by the use of swap agreements which call for a net payment to be made by the party with the larger payment obligation when the obligations of the parties fall due on the same date. Under most swap agreements entered into by a Fund, payments by the parties will be exchanged on a “net basis”, and a Fund will receive or pay, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.

The amount of a Fund’s potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not subject to any fixed limit. Nor is there any fixed limit on a Fund’s potential loss if it sells a cap or collar. If a Fund buys a cap, floor or collar, however, the Fund’s potential loss is limited to the amount of the fee that it has paid. When measured against the initial amount of cash required to initiate the transaction, which is typically zero in the case of most conventional swap transactions, swaps, caps, floors and collars tend to be more volatile than many other types of instruments.

The use of swap transactions, caps, floors and collars involves investment techniques and risks that are different from those associated with portfolio security transactions. If a Fund’s Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates, and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund will be less favorable than if these techniques had not been used. These instruments are typically not traded on exchanges. Accordingly, there is a risk that the other party to certain of these instruments will not perform its obligations to a Fund or that a Fund may be unable to enter into offsetting positions to terminate its exposure or liquidate its position under certain of these instruments when it wishes to do so. Such occurrences could result in losses to a Fund. A Fund’s Adviser will consider such risks and will enter into swap and other derivatives transactions only when it believes that the risks are not unreasonable.

A Fund will earmark and reserve Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, in an amount sufficient at all times to cover its current obligations under its swap transactions, caps, floors and collars. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will earmark and reserve assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of a Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount a Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, or sells a cap, floor or collar, it will earmark and reserve assets with a daily value at least equal to the full amount of a Fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement. A Fund will not enter into any swap transaction, cap, floor, or collar, unless the counterparty to the transaction is deemed creditworthy by the Fund’s Adviser. If a counterparty defaults, a Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap markets in which many types of swap transactions are traded have grown substantially in recent years, with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the markets for certain types of swaps (e.g., interest rate swaps) have become relatively liquid. The markets for some types of caps, floors and collars are less liquid.

The liquidity of swap transactions, caps, floors and collars will be as set forth in guidelines established by a Fund’s Adviser and approved by the Trustees which are based on various factors, including: (1) the availability of dealer quotations and the estimated transaction volume for the instrument, (2) the number of dealers and end users for the instrument in the marketplace, (3) the level of market making by dealers in the type of instrument, (4) the nature of the instrument (including any right

45

of a party to terminate it on demand) and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset a Fund’s rights and obligations relating to the instrument). Such determination will govern whether the instrument will be deemed within the applicable liquidity restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.

During the term of a swap, cap, floor or collar, changes in the value of the instrument are recognized as unrealized gains or losses by marking to market to reflect the market value of the instrument. When the instrument is terminated, a Fund will record a realized gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the proceeds from (or cost of) the closing transaction and a Fund’s basis in the contract.

The federal income tax treatment with respect to swap transactions, caps, floors, and collars may impose limitations on the extent to which a Fund may engage in such transactions.

Credit Default Swaps. As described above, swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In the case of a credit default swap (“CDS”), the contract gives one party (the buyer) the right to recoup the economic value of a decline in the value of debt securities of the reference issuer if the credit event (a downgrade or default) occurs. This value is obtained by delivering a debt security of the reference issuer to the party in return for a previously agreed payment from the other party (frequently, the par value of the debt security). CDS include credit default swaps which are contracts on individual securities and Credit Default Swap Indices (“CDX”) which are contracts on baskets or indices of securities.

Credit default swaps may require initial premium (discount) payments as well as periodic payments (receipts) related to the interest leg of the swap or to the default of a reference obligation. A Fund will earmark and reserve assets in cash or liquid securities to cover any accrued payment obligations when it is the buyer of CDS. In cases where a Fund is a seller of a CDS contract, the Fund will earmark and reserve assets, in cash and liquid securities to cover its obligation.

If a Fund is a seller of protection under a CDS contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event by the reference issuer, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, with respect to such debt obligations. In return, a Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, a Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller of protection, a Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

If a Fund is a buyer of protection under a CDS contract, the Fund would have the right to deliver a referenced debt obligation and receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of such debt obligation from the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event (such as a downgrade in credit rating) by the reference issuer, such as a U.S. or foreign corporation, with respect to its debt obligations. In return, the Fund would pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the counterparty would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligations to the Fund.

The use of CDSs, like all swap agreements, is subject to certain risks. If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the swap would likely decline. Moreover, there is no guarantee that a Fund could eliminate its exposure under an outstanding swap agreement by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party. In addition to general market risks, CDSs involve liquidity, credit and counterparty risks. The recent increase in corporate defaults further raises these

46

liquidity and credit risks, increasing the possibility that sellers will not have sufficient funds to make payments. As an unregulated instrument, CDSs are difficult to value and therefore susceptible to liquidity and credit risks. Corporate defaults of underlying name have nothing to do with whether a counterparty can make payments. Counterparty risks also stem from the lack of regulation of CDSs. Collateral posting requirements are individually negotiated between counterparties and there is no regulatory requirement concerning the amount of collateral that a counterparty must post to secure its obligations under a CDS. Because they are unregulated, there is no requirement that parties to a contract be informed in advance when a CDS is sold. As a result, investors may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of their claims.

If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral. There is no readily available market for trading out of CDS contracts. In order to eliminate a position it has taken in a CDS, the Fund must terminate the existing CDS contract or enter into an offsetting trade. The Fund may only exit its obligations under a CDS contract by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, which could result in additional losses to the Fund. Furthermore, the cost of entering into an offsetting CDS position could cause the Fund to incur losses.

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) Securities

The Core Bond Trust and the Intermediate Bond Trust may invest in securities guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP), announced on October 14, 2008. Under this program, the FDIC guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the payment of principal and interest on the debt issued by private entities through the earlier of the maturity date of the debt or June 30, 2012. The interest on securities guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP may be subject to state and local income taxes.

Treasury Receipts

A Fund may purchase interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. Treasury obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and are created by depositing U.S. Treasury notes and U.S. Treasury bonds into a special account at a custodian bank. Receipts include Treasury Receipts (“TRs”), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”). Receipts in which an entity other than the government separates the interest and principal components are not considered government securities unless such securities are issued through the Treasury Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”) program.

Trust Preferred Securities

Certain Funds may purchase trust preferred securities, also known as “trust preferreds”, which are preferred stocks issued by a special purpose trust subsidiary backed by subordinated debt of the corporate parent. An issuer creates trust preferred securities by creating a trust and issuing debt to the trust. The trust in turn issues trust preferred securities. Trust preferred securities are hybrid securities with characteristics of both subordinated debt and preferred stock. Such characteristics include long maturities (typically 30 years or more), early redemption by the issuer, periodic fixed or variable interest payments, and maturities at face value. In addition, trust preferred securities issued by a bank holding company may allow deferral of interest payments for up to five years. Holders of trust preferred securities have limited voting rights to control the activities of the trust, and no voting rights with respect to the parent company.

47

U.S. Government Obligations

U.S. government obligations may include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, including Treasury bills, notes and bonds, all of which are backed as to principal and interest payments by the full faith and credit of the United States, and separately traded principal and interest component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the Federal book-entry system known as STRIPS and Coupon Under Book Entry Safekeeping (“CUBES”). The Funds may also invest in TIPS.

The principal and interest components of United States Treasury bonds with remaining maturities of longer than ten years are eligible to be traded independently under the STRIPS program. Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are separately issued by the United States Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts separately. The interest component of STRIPS may be more volatile than that of United States Treasury bills with comparable maturities.

Other obligations include those issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. These obligations may or may not be backed by the “full faith and credit” of the United States. Securities which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States include obligations of Ginnie Mae, the Farmers Home Administration, and the Export-Import Bank. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, the Funds must look principally to the federal agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Securities in which the Funds may invest that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States include, but are not limited to: (i) obligations of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Federal Home Loan Banks and the U.S. Postal Service, each of which has the right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its obligations; (ii) securities issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which are supported only by the credit of such securities, but for which the Secretary of the Treasury has discretionary authority to purchase limited amounts of the agency’s obligations; and (iii) obligations of the Federal Farm Credit System and the Student Loan Marketing Association, each of whose obligations may be satisfied only by the individual credits of the issuing agency.

When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments

Securities may be purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. For example, delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment. The purchase price and the interest rate payable, if any, on the securities are fixed on the purchase commitment date or at the time the settlement date is fixed. The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuation and for money market instruments and other fixed income securities, no interest accrues to a Fund until settlement takes place. At the time a Fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its NAV and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of settlement a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price. To facilitate such acquisitions, each Fund will earmark and reserve Fund assets, in cash or liquid securities, in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, each Fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the securities earmarked and reserved for such purpose and/or from cash flow. If a Fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. Also, a Fund may be disadvantaged if the other party to the transaction defaults.

48

Forward Commitments. Securities may be purchased for delivery at a future date, which may increase their overall investment exposure and involves a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date. In order to invest a Fund’s assets immediately, while awaiting delivery of securities purchased on a forward commitment basis, short-term obligations that offer same-day settlement and earnings will normally be purchased. When a Fund makes a commitment to purchase a security on a forward commitment basis, cash or liquid securities equal to the amount of such Fund’s commitments will be reserved for payment of the commitment. For the purpose of determining the adequacy of the securities reserved for payment of commitments, the reserved securities will be valued at market value. If the market value of such securities declines, additional cash, cash equivalents or highly liquid securities will be reserved for payment of the commitment so that the value of the Fund’s assets reserved for payment of the commitments will equal the amount of such commitments purchased by the respective Fund.

Purchases of securities on a forward commitment basis may involve more risk than other types of purchases. Securities purchased on a forward commitment basis and the securities held in the respective Fund’s portfolio are subject to changes in value based upon the public’s perception of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can involve the risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may actually be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction itself. On the settlement date of the forward commitment transaction, the respective Fund will meet its obligations from then available cash flow, sale of securities reserved for payment of the commitment, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, sale of the forward commitment securities themselves (which may have a value greater or lesser than such Fund’s payment obligations). The sale of securities to meet such obligations may result in the realization of capital gains or losses. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can also involve the risk of default by the other party on its obligation, delaying or preventing the Fund from recovering the collateral or completing the transaction.

To the extent a Fund engages in forward commitment transactions, it will do so for the purpose of acquiring securities consistent with its investment objective and policies and not for the purpose of investment leverage.

Limitations on the Use of When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments. No Fund intends to purchase “when-issued” securities for speculative purposes but only for the purpose of acquiring portfolio securities. Because a Fund will set aside cash or liquid portfolio securities to satisfy its purchase commitments in the manner described, the Fund’s liquidity and the ability of JPMIM to manage the Fund might be affected in the event its commitments to purchase when-issued securities ever exceeded 40% of the value of its assets. Commitments to purchase when-issued securities will not, under normal market conditions, exceed 25% of a Fund’s total assets. A Fund may dispose of a when-issued security or forward commitment prior to settlement if JPMIM deems it appropriate to do so.

49

Impact of Large Redemptions and Purchases of Fund Shares

From time to time, shareholders of a Fund (which may include affiliates of the adviser) may make relatively large redemptions or purchases of Fund shares. These transactions may cause the Fund to have to sell securities, or invest additional cash, as the case may be. While it is impossible to predict the overall impact of these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is required to sell securities or invest cash at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may result in a loss to the Fund. These transactions may result in higher portfolio turnover, accelerate the realization of taxable income if sales of securities resulted in capital gains or other income and increase transaction costs, which may impact the Fund’s expense ratio.

Government Intervention in Financial Markets

Events in the financial sector over the past several years have resulted in reduced liquidity in credit and fixed income markets and in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestically and internationally. While entire markets have been impacted, issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets have been particularly affected. These events and the potential for continuing market turbulence may have an adverse effect on the Funds’ investments. It is uncertain how long these conditions will continue.

Recent instability in the financial markets has led the U.S. Government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Funds invest, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Funds themselves are regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of a Fund’s portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Funds to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing Fund instruments held by the Funds. The Funds have established procedures to assess the liquidity of portfolio holdings and to value instruments for which market prices may not be readily available.

QUALITY DESCRIPTION FOR THE CORE BOND TRUST

AND INTERMEDIATE BOND TRUST

The Core Bond Trust and the Intermediate Bond Trust only purchase securities that meet the rating criteria described below or in the Confidential Offering Memorandum. The Adviser will look at a security’s rating at the time of investment. If the securities are unrated, the Adviser must determine that they are of comparable quality to rated securities. Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by a Fund. The Adviser will consider such an event in determining whether a Fund should continue to hold the security.

Debt Securities. The Core Bond Trust and the Intermediate Bond Trust may invest in debt securities rated in any of the four investment grade rating categories.

50

Preferred Stock. The Core Bond Trust and the Intermediate Bond Trust may only invest in preferred stock rated in any of the four highest rating categories.

Municipal Securities. The Core Bond Trust and the Intermediate Bond Trust may only invest in municipal bonds rated in any of the four highest rating categories. The Core Bond Trust and the Intermediate Bond Trust may only invest in other municipal securities, such as tax-exempt commercial paper, notes and variable rate demand obligations which are rated in the highest or second highest rating categories.

Commercial Paper. The Core Bond Trust and the Intermediate Bond Trust may purchase commercial paper consisting of issues rated at the time of purchase in the highest or second highest rating category by at least one NRSRO (such as A-2 or better by S&P, Prime- 2 or better by Moody’s, F2 or better by Fitch, or R-2 or better by DBRS) or if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Core Bond Trust and the Intermediate Bond Trust may invest in mortgage-backed securities that are rated in one of the four highest rating categories by at least one NRSRO at the time of investment or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The following investment policies (including the Fund’s investment objectives) are Fundamental and may be changed with respect to a particular Fund only by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Shares of that Fund. See “Additional Information—Miscellaneous” in this Supplement. Additional investment restrictions may be found in the Confidential Offering Memorandum.

FUNDAMENTAL POLICIES

The Funds have adopted certain investment policies that are fundamental and may not be changed without approval by a majority vote of the Funds’ shareholders. Such majority is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities of the Funds present in person or by proxy at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Funds.

1. Borrowing. The Funds may (i) borrow for non-leveraging, temporary or emergency purposes and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements, make other investments or engage in other transactions, that may involve a borrowing, in a manner consistent with the Funds’ investment objective and program, provided that the combination of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed 33 ¹/3% of the value of the Funds’ total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings) or such other percentage permitted by law. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law. The Funds may borrow from banks or other persons to the extent permitted by applicable law.

2. Senior Securities. The Funds may not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.

3. Underwriting. The Funds may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Funds may be deemed to be an underwriter, within the meaning of the Securities Act, in connection with the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities in the ordinary course of pursuing its investment objective, policies and program.

51

4. Purchases of Commodities. The Funds may not purchase or sell physical commodities, except that it may (i) enter into futures contracts and options thereon in accordance with applicable law and (ii) purchase or sell physical commodities if acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments. The Funds will not consider stock index futures contracts, currency contracts, hybrid investments, swaps or other similar instruments to be commodities.

5. Loans. The Funds may not lend any security or make any loan if, as a result, more than 33 ¹/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties. This limitation does not apply to purchases of publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities or money market instruments or to entering into repurchase agreements by the Funds.

6. Concentration. The Funds may not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than 25% of the Funds’ total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers, the principal business activities of which are in the same industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to investment in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government, state or local governments, or their agencies or instrumentalities.

7. Real Estate. The Funds may not purchase or sell real estate, except that the Funds may purchase (i) securities of issuers that invest or deal in real estate, (ii) securities that are directly or indirectly secured by real estate or interests in real estate, and (iii) securities that represent interests in real estate, and the Funds may acquire and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of debt obligations secured by real estate or interests therein. In addition, the Funds may make direct investments in mortgages.

8. Diversification. The Funds may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities, or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the Funds’ total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (ii)  the Funds would hold more than 10% of the voting securities of any one issuer.

NON-FUNDAMENTAL POLICIES

The following investment policies are Non-Fundamental except as noted otherwise and therefore can be changed by the Board of Trustees without prior shareholder approval.

The following policy applies to the Equity Index Trust:

The Fund may not invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities issued or guaranteed by the United States, its agencies or instrumentalities. Repurchase agreements held in margin deposits and segregated accounts for futures contracts are not considered issued or guaranteed by the United States, its agencies or instrumentalities for purposes of the 10% limitation.

Portfolio Turnover

A portfolio turnover rate is, in summary, the percentage computed by dividing the lesser of a Fund’s purchases or sales of securities (excluding short-term securities) by the average market value of the Fund. The Adviser intends to manage each Fund’s assets by buying and selling securities to help attain its investment objective. The table below sets forth the Funds’ portfolio turnover rates for the last two fiscal years. A rate of 100% indicates that the equivalent of all of a Fund’s assets have been sold and reinvested in a year. High portfolio turnover may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions, and, as a result, may increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. Higher portfolio turnover also

52

results in higher transaction costs. To the extent that net short term capital gains are realized by a Fund, any distributions resulting from such gains are considered ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. See “Distribution and Tax Matters” below.

Funds	Fiscal Year  Ended February 28, 2009			Fiscal Year  Ended February 28, 2010
Core Bond Trust		13	%		19	%
Equity Index Trust		14			18
Intermediate Bond Trust		11			23

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a brief summary of some of the important federal (and, where noted, state) income tax consequences affecting each Fund and its shareholders. Except as otherwise noted in the Confidential Offering Memorandum, the Funds are not intended for foreign shareholders. As a result, this section does not address the tax consequences affecting any shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership. This section is based on the Code, the regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. The discussion is very general, and therefore prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors about the impact an investment in a Fund may have on their own tax situations and the possible application of foreign, state and local law.

Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the suitability of shares of the Fund as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.

Each Fund generally will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes, and thus the provisions of the Code generally will be applied to each Fund separately. Net long-term and short-term capital gains, net income and operating expenses therefore will be determined separately for each Fund.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. Each Fund intends to elect to be treated and qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, each Fund must, among other things:

(a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gain from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (“QPTP”, defined below);

(b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in (x) the

53

securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more QPTPs (as defined below); and

(c) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally, taxable ordinary income and any excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt interest income, for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a QPTP (generally, a partnership (i) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (ii) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in paragraph (a)(i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code section 7704(c)(2). Although income from a QPTP is qualifying income as discussed above, investments in QPTP cannot exceed 25% of the Fund’s assets. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP.

For purposes of paragraph (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a QPTP. Also, for purposes of the diversification test in (b) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination of future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in (b) above.

Gains from foreign currencies (including foreign currency options, foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts) currently constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 90% test. However, the Treasury Department has the authority to issue regulations (possibly with retroactive effect) excluding from the definition of “qualifying income” a fund’s foreign currency gains to the extent that such income is not directly related to the fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities.

If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, defined below).

If a Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to taxation on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gain, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and may be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals, provided, in both cases, the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Fund’s shares (as described below). In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize

54

unrealized gain, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

Each Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and may distribute its net capital gain (that is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Any taxable income including any net capital gain retained by a Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate tax rates. If a Fund retains any net capital gain, such gain will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a timely notice to its shareholders who would, in turn, be (i) required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their respective shares of the undistributed amount, and (ii) entitled to credit their respective shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on a properly-filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If a Fund makes this designation, for federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. A Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance a Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.

In determining its net capital gain for Capital Gain Dividend purposes, a regulated investment company must treat any net capital loss or any net long-term capital loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year. Treasury regulations permit a regulated investment company, in determining its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, to elect to treat all of part of any net capital loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net foreign currency loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year.

Excise Tax on Regulated Investment Companies.

If a Fund fails to distribute in a calendar year an amount generally equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 (or later if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects), plus any retained amount from the prior year, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Funds intend to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to do so, and each Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (e.g., the excise tax amount is deemed by a Fund to be de minimis). Certain derivative instruments give rise to ordinary income and loss. If a Fund has a taxable year that begins in one calendar year and ends in the next calendar year, the Fund will be required to make this excise tax distribution during its taxable year. There is a risk that a Fund could recognize income prior to making this excise tax distribution and could recognize losses after making this distribution. As a result, an excise tax distribution could constitute a return of capital (see discussion below).

Fund Distributions.

The Funds anticipate distributing substantially all of their net investment income for each taxable year. Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the Fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid).

55

Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in shares will be treated as having received a dividend equal to the fair market value of the new shares issued. For federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income are taxable generally as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gain are determined by how long a Fund owned the investment that generated it, rather than how long a shareholder may have owned shares in the Fund. Distributions of net capital gain from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for more than one year and that are properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable as long-term capital gain. Distributions of capital gain are made generally after applying any available capital loss carryovers. For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, the long-term capital gain tax rate applicable to most individuals is 15% (with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% rate brackets). A distribution of gain from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, distributions of investment income designated by a Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the Fund must meet holding-period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio, and the shareholder must meet holding-period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (i) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (ii) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (iii) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment interest for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (iv) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S.) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”, as defined below). The Bond Funds do not expect a significant portion of their distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

In general, distributions of investment income designated by a Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a non-corporate taxable shareholder so long as the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares. In any event, if the qualified dividend income received by a Fund during any taxable year is equal to or greater than 95% of its “gross income”, then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than dividends that are properly designated as Capital Gain Dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. For this purpose, the only gain included in the term “gross income” is the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss.

If a Fund receives dividends from an underlying fund, and the underlying fund designates such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” then the Fund may, in turn, designate a portion of its distributions as “qualified dividend income” as well, provided the Fund meets the holding-period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying fund.

Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received by the shareholder with respect to those shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will

56

be disallowed if other shares of such Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

A distribution paid to shareholders by a Fund in January of a year generally is deemed to have been received by shareholders on December 31 of the preceding year, if the distribution was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November, or December of that preceding year. The Funds will provide federal tax information annually, including information about dividends and distributions paid during the preceding year to taxable investors and others requesting such information.

If a Fund makes a distribution to its shareholders in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of each shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it does reduce the shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, which reduces the loss (or increases the gain) on a subsequent taxable disposition by such shareholder of its shares.

Dividends and distributions on a Fund’s shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such dividends and distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed.

For corporate shareholders (other than shareholders that are S corporations), the dividends-received deduction generally will apply (subject to a holding period requirement imposed by the Code) to a Fund’s dividends paid from investment income to the extent derived from dividends received from U.S. corporations. The Bond Funds do not expect a significant portion of their distributions to be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.

Sale or Redemption of Shares. The sale, exchange, or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to such shares. Capital gain of a corporate shareholder is taxed at the same rate as ordinary income. Depending on a shareholder’s percentage ownership in the Fund, a partial redemption of Fund shares could cause the shareholder to be treated as receiving a dividend, taxable as ordinary income in an amount equal to the full amount of the distribution, rather than capital gain income.

Fund Investments. Certain investment and hedging activities of the Funds, including transactions in options, swaptions, futures contracts, hedging transactions, forward contracts, straddles, swaps, short sales, foreign currencies, inflation-linked securities and foreign securities, will be subject to special tax rules (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to a Fund, defer losses to a Fund, cause adjustments in the

57

holding periods of a Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gain into short-term capital gain, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital loss, or otherwise affect the character of a Fund’s income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

Because the tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a Fund-level tax. Certain of the Funds’ investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of the Funds’ hedging activities are likely to cause differences between a Fund’s book income and its taxable income. If a Fund’s book income exceeds its taxable income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If a Fund’s book income is less than taxable income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment. The Funds will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to such transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders.

The Funds’ participation in repurchase agreements and loans of securities may affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders. With respect to any security subject to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. income tax purposes as a loan by the Funds or any security subject to a securities loan, any (i) amounts received by the Funds in place of dividends earned on the security during the period that such security was not directly held by the Funds will not give rise to qualified dividend income or to distributions eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction and (ii) withholding taxes accrued on dividends during the period that such security was not directly held by the Funds will not qualify as a foreign tax paid by the Funds and therefore cannot be passed through to shareholders even if the Funds meet the requirements described in “Foreign Taxes,” below.

Certain debt securities purchased by the Funds are issued at original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments. Similarly, zero-coupon bonds do not make periodic interest payments. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in a Fund’s taxable income (and required to be distributed) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. In addition, payment-in-kind securities will give rise to income that is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year. Because each Fund distributes substantially all of its net investment income to its shareholders (including such imputed interest), a Fund may have to sell portfolio securities in order to generate the cash necessary for the required distributions. Such sales may occur at a time when the Adviser would not otherwise have chosen to sell such securities and may result in a taxable gain or loss. Some of the Funds may invest in inflation-linked debt securities. Increases in the principal amount of an inflation-linked debt security generally will be original issue discount, which is taxable as ordinary income and is required to be distributed, even though the Fund will not receive the principal, including any increase thereto, until maturity.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation over the purchase price of such obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”). Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a

58

debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Alternatively, the Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case the discount accrues (as ordinary income) ratably in equal daily installments or, if the Fund so elects, at a constant (compound) interest rate. Either election will affect the character and timing of recognition of income by the Fund.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). The Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. The OID or acquisition discount accrues ratably in equal daily installments or, if the Fund so elects, at a constant (compound) interest rate. This election will affect the character and timing of recognition of income.

A Fund investing in the foregoing kinds of securities may be required to liquidate other investments, including at times when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements and to eliminate any possible taxation at the Fund level.

A Fund may invest in debt obligations that are in the lowest rated categories (or are unrated), including debt obligations of issuers that are not currently paying interest or that are in default. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of being in default (or are presently in default) present special tax issues for a Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by each Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Transactions of certain Funds in foreign currencies, foreign currency denominated debt securities and certain foreign currency options, future contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may result in ordinary income or loss to a Fund to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned.

Special tax considerations apply if a Fund invests in investment companies that are taxable as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. In general, the Fund will not recognize income earned by such an investment company until the close of the investment company’s taxable year. The Fund may be required in certain circumstances to recognize such income as it is earned by the investment company for purposes of determining whether it is subject to the 4% excise tax. Therefore, if the Fund and such an investment company have different taxable years, the Fund may be compelled to make distributions in excess of the income recognized from such an investment company in order to avoid the imposition of the 4% excise tax. A Fund’s receipt of a non-liquidating cash distribution from an investment company taxable as a partnership generally will result in recognized gain (but not loss) only to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds the Fund’s adjusted basis in shares of such investment company before the distribution. A Fund that receives a liquidating cash distribution from an investment company taxable as a partnership will recognize capital gain or loss to the extent of the difference between the proceeds received by the Fund and the Fund’s adjusted tax basis in shares of such investment company; however, the Fund will recognize ordinary income, rather than capital gain, to the extent that the Fund’s allocable share of “unrealized receivables” (including any accrued but untaxed market discount) exceeds the shareholder’s share of the basis in those unrealized receivables.

59

Some of the Funds may invest in REITs. Such investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT generally will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and will not constitute qualified dividend income.

A Fund may invest directly or indirectly (including through REITs) in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a Notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued (but may apply with retroactive effect), a portion of a Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income taxation in all events. This notice also provides, and these regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Funds, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), and (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income. Under current law, the Fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder will recognize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Furthermore, a tax-exempt shareholder may recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in REMIC residual interests or TMPs if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).

Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a charitable remainder trust (“CRT”), as defined in section 664 of the Code that realizes unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, each Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest

60

in the Fund. The Funds have not yet determined whether such an election will be made. CRTs are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

A Fund’s investments in certain PFICs could subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders.

A PFIC is any foreign corporation in which (i) 75% or more of the gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) the average percentage of the assets (generally by value, but by adjusted tax basis in certain cases) that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%. Generally, passive income for this purpose means dividends, interest (including income equivalent to interest), royalties, rents, annuities, the excess of gains over losses from certain property transactions and commodities transactions, and foreign currency gains. Passive income for this purpose does not include rents and royalties received by the foreign corporation from active business and certain income received from related persons. If a Fund is in a position to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”), the Fund will be required to include its share of the company’s income and net capital gain annually, regardless of whether it receives any distributions from the company. Alternately, a Fund may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold (and, solely for purposes of this mark-to-market election, repurchased) its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may have the effect of accelerating the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increasing the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments (including at times when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. A fund that invests in PFICs by virtue of the fund’s investment in other investment companies may not make such elections; rather, such underlying investment companies investing directly in the PFICs would decide whether to make such elections. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”

Backup Withholding. Each Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable dividends and other distributions paid to, and the proceeds of share sales, exchanges, or redemptions made by, any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to such backup withholding. The backup withholding tax rate is 28% for amounts paid through 2012. The backup withholding rate will be 31% for amounts paid after December 31, 2012, unless Congress enacts tax legislation providing otherwise.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Taxes. Certain Funds may be subject to foreign withholding taxes or other foreign taxes with respect to income (possibly including, in some cases, capital gain) received from sources within foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

The Fund’s net income will be reduced by foreign taxes paid or withheld. Shareholders generally will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes incurred by a Fund.

61

Effective January 1, 2013, a Fund will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of dividends and redemption proceeds made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to a Fund to enable the Fund to determine whether withholding is required.

The foregoing is only a general description of the treatment of foreign source income or foreign taxes under the United States federal income tax laws. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors.

State and Local Tax Matters. Depending on the residence of the shareholders for tax purposes, distributions may also be subject to state and local taxation. Rules of state and local taxation regarding qualified dividend income, ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends from regulated investment companies may differ from U.S. federal income tax rules in many respects. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Funds.

Most states provide that a regulated investment company may pass through (without restriction) to its shareholders state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities (such as U.S. Treasury obligations). Thus, for residents of these states, distributions derived from a Fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities should be free from state and local income taxation to the extent that the interest income from such investments would have been exempt from state and local taxes if such securities had been held directly by the respective shareholders. Certain states, however, do not allow a regulated investment company to pass through to its shareholders the state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities unless a Fund holds at least a required amount of U.S. government securities. Accordingly, for residents of these states, distributions derived from a Fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities may not be entitled to the exemptions from state and local income taxes that would be available if the shareholders had purchased U.S. government securities directly. The exemption from state and local income taxes does not preclude states from asserting other taxes on the ownership of U.S. government securities. To the extent that a Fund invests to a substantial degree in U.S. government securities which are subject to favorable state and local tax treatment, shareholders of the Fund will be notified as to the extent to which distributions from the Fund are attributable to interest on such securities.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations. If a shareholder realizes a loss on disposition of a Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

General Considerations.

The federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific federal tax consequences of purchasing,

62

holding, and disposing of shares of each of the Funds, as well as the effects of state, local and foreign tax law and any proposed tax law changes.

Capital Loss Carryforwards

For Federal income tax purposes, the following Funds had capital loss carryforwards for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010 (amounts in thousands):

Fund	Capital Loss Carryforwards		Expiration Date
Core Bond Trust	$	3,545		2/28/2015
		9,887		2/28/2017
Total		13,432
Equity Index Trust		9,624		2/28/2017
		14,263		2/28/2018
Total		23,887
Intermediate Bond Trust		1,000		2/28/2014
		1,123		2/28/2015
		134		2/29/2016
		712		2/28/2017
		126		2/28/2018
Total		3,095

To the extent that these capital losses are used to offset future capital gain, it is probably that gain so offset will not be distributed to shareholders.

VALUATION

The net asset value (“NAV”) of a class of a Fund is equal to the value of all of the assets attributable to that class, minus the liabilities attributable to such class, divided by the number of outstanding shares of such class. The following is a discussion of the procedures used by the Funds in valuing their assets.

Equity securities listed on a North American, Central American, South American or Caribbean securities exchange shall generally be valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which the security is principally traded that is reported before the time when the net assets of the Funds are valued. The value of securities listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. shall generally be the NASDAQ Official Closing Price.

Generally, trading of foreign securities on most foreign markets is completed before the close in trading in U.S. markets. Additionally, trading on foreign markets may also take place on days on which the U.S. markets, and the Funds, are closed. The Funds have implemented fair value pricing on a daily basis for all equity securities, except for North American, Central American, South American or Caribbean equity securities, held by the Funds. The fair value pricing utilizes the quotations of an independent pricing service, unless the Adviser determines in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, that use of another fair valuation methodology is appropriate. To the extent that foreign equity securities are not fair valued utilizing quotations of an independent pricing service, such securities shall generally be valued using the price of the last sale or official close of the primary exchange on which the security is purchased that is reported before the time when the net assets of the Funds are valued. If there

63

has been no sale on the primary exchange on the valuation date, and the average of bid and ask quotations are less than or equal to the last sale price of local shares on the valuation date, the security shall be valued at the last sale price of the local shares.

For purposes of calculating NAV, all assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates from an approved independent pricing service as of 4:00 PM EST.

Swaps shall generally be valued by a Board approved independent or affiliated pricing service or at an evaluated price provided by a counterparty or third-party broker. Certain swaps, in accordance with the Funds’ pricing procedures, may be valued by J.P. Morgan Worldwide Securities Services Global Derivatives Service (“GDS”), a service offering within JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan Chase Bank”), an affiliate of JPMIM. This product is supplied to other affiliated and non-affiliated entities. The swap valuation prices provided by GDS to the Funds are the same prices that are provided to other affiliated and non-affiliated entities. Futures, options and other derivatives are valued on the basis of available market quotations.

Securities of other open-end investment companies are valued at their respective NAVs.

Fixed income securities with a remaining maturity of 61 days or more are valued using market quotations available from and supplied daily by a Board approved independent or affiliated third party pricing services or brokers/dealers of comparable securities. It is anticipated that such pricing services and brokers/dealers will provide bid-side quotations. Emerging market debt securities, in accordance with the Funds’ pricing procedures, may be valued using market quotations provided by Emerging Markets Research, a pricing product supplied by JPMorgan Securities, Inc., an affiliate of the Funds’ Adviser. This product is supplied to other affiliated and non-affiliated entities for pricing purposes. All parties, including the Funds, are provided access to this product at no charge and the prices reflected are the same prices used to price the securities that comprise the JPMorgan Emerging Markets Bond Indices. Generally, short-term investments which mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost if their original maturity was 60 days or less, or by amortizing their value on the 61st day prior to maturity if their original maturity when acquired by the Fund was more than 60 days.

Securities or other assets for which market quotations are not readily available or for which market quotations do not represent the value at the time of pricing (including certain illiquid securities) are fair valued in accordance with procedures established by and under the general supervision and responsibility of the Trustees. The Board of Trustees has established a Valuation Committee to assist the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities. The Funds’ Administrator has established a Fair Valuation Committee (“FVC”) to (1) make fair value determinations in certain pre-determined situations as outlined in the procedures approved by the Board and (2) provide recommendations to the Board’s Valuation Committee in other situations. This FVC includes senior representatives from Funds management as well as the Funds’ investment adviser. Fair value situations could include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant event that affects the value of a Fund’s securities (e.g., news relating to natural disasters affecting an issuer’s operations or earnings announcements); (2) illiquid securities; (3) securities that may be defaulted or de-listed from an exchange and are no longer trading; or (4) any other circumstance in which the FVC believes that market quotations do not accurately reflect the value of a security.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE CALCULATION OF PER SHARE NET ASSET VALUE

64

The net asset value of each Fund is determined as of the times specified in the Confidential Offering Memorandum. The net asset value per share of each Fund is calculated by determining the value of the securities and other assets of the Fund, less the liabilities allocable only to such Fund, and dividing such amount by the number of Shares of the Fund outstanding.

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

J.P. Morgan Institutional Investments Inc. (“JPMII”) serves as the placement agent (“Placement Agent”) of the Funds’ shares pursuant to a placement agency agreement (“Placement Agency Agreement”) with the Trust, which is subject to annual approval by the Board. The Placement Agent is a subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co. The Placement Agent, located at 245 Park Avenue, 22^rd Floor, New York, NY 10167, is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC.

Shares of the Funds may be purchased only by certain clients of JPMIM and its affiliates who maintain separately managed private accounts, and who are also “accredited investors,” as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act. Eligible investors are institutional investors such as corporations, pension and profit sharing plans, financial institutions, endowments, and foundations. The Funds are not intended for individuals or accounts established for the benefit of individuals (other than certain pension and profit-sharing plans sponsored by employers or unions for the benefit of individual plan participants). Subscriptions may be accepted or rejected, in whole or in part, in the sole discretion of JPMIM. Shares of the Funds may also be purchased by certain investors outside of the United States consistent with applicable regulatory requirements.

Purchases-in-Kind

The Funds may, at their own option, accept securities in payment for shares. The securities delivered in such a transaction are valued in the same manner as they would be valued for purposes of computing a Fund’s NAV, as described in the section entitled “Valuation.” This is a taxable transaction to the shareholder. Purchases by means of in-kind contributions of securities will only be accepted if a variety of conditions are satisfied, including without limitation the following: (i) the securities must be traded on a public securities market or have quoted bid and asked prices available; (ii) JPMIM must determine that acceptance is in the best interest of the Fund and conforms with the applicable Fund’s fundamental objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iii) a Fund may not accept unregistered securities which, if transferred, would be required to be registered.

Redemptions-in-Kind

Subject to compliance with applicable regulations, each Fund has reserved the right to pay the redemption price of its shares, either totally or partially, by a distribution in-kind of readily marketable portfolio securities (instead of cash). The securities so distributed would be valued at the same amount as that assigned to them in calculating the NAV of the shares being sold. If a Shareholder received a distribution in-kind, the Shareholder could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash. The Trust has not filed an election under Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act.

Redemptions

The Trust may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment for Shares during any period when:

65

• trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) is broadly restricted by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC;

• the Exchange is closed for other than customary weekend and holiday closing;

• the SEC has by order permitted such suspension; or

• the SEC has declared a market emergency.

66

Cut-Off Times for Purchase and Redemption Orders

Orders to purchase, exchange or redeem shares received by the Funds by the cut-off times indicated in the Confidential Offering Memorandum will be processed at the NAV next calculated after the order is received by the Fund.

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

The management and affairs of the Trust are supervised by the Board of Trustees under Delaware law. The Trustees and Officers of the Trust and their principal occupations during the past five years, addresses and year of birth are set forth below. Each may have held other positions with the named companies during that period. The Trust pays the fees to unaffiliated Trustees for their service as trustees. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each Trustee and each officer is 245 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10167.

TRUSTEES

The Trustees of the Trust are responsible for the management and supervision of each Fund. The Trustees approve all significant agreements with those companies that furnish services to the Funds. These companies are as follows:

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.	Investment Adviser
J.P. Morgan Institutional Investments Inc.	Placement Agent
JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc.	Administrator
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.	Custodian, Fund Accountant, and Securities Lending Agent

Board of Trustees

The names of the current Board of Trustees of the Trust, together with information regarding the year of their birth, positions with the Trust, principal occupations and other board memberships in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or any company registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act, are shown below.

The following table contains basic information regarding the Trustees that oversee operations of the Trust and other investment companies within the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex.

67

Name (Year of Birth); Positions With the Funds (Since)	Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee(1)	Other Directorships Held Outside Fund Complex
Independent Trustees
William J. Armstrong (1941); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of Heritage JPMorgan Funds since 1987.	Retired; CFO and Consultant, EduNeering, Inc. (Internet business education supplier) (2000-2001); Vice President and Treasurer, Ingersoll-Rand Company (manufacturer of industrial equipment) (1972-2000).	145	None.
John F. Finn (1947); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1998.	Chairman (1985-present) President and Chief Executive Officer, Gardner, Inc. (supply chain management company serving industrial and consumer markets) (1972-present).	145	Director, Cardinal Health, Inc (CAH) (1994-present); Director, Greif, Inc. (GEF) (industrial package product and services) (2007-present).
Dr. Matthew Goldstein (1941); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage JPMorgan Funds since 2003.	Chancellor, City University of New York (1999–present); President, Adelphi University (New York) (1998-1999).	145	Director, New Plan Excel (NXL) (1999-2005); Director, National Financial Partners (NTP) (2003-2005); Director, Bronx-Lebanon Hospital Center; Director, United Way of New York City (2002-present).
Robert J. Higgins (1945); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage JPMorgan Funds since 2002.	Retired; Director of Administration of the State of Rhode Island (2003-2004); President - Consumer Banking and Investment Services, Fleet Boston Financial (1971-2002).	145	None.
Peter C. Marshall (1942); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1985.	Self-employed business consultant (2000-2008); Senior Vice President, W.D. Hoard, Inc. (corporate parent of DCI Marketing, Inc.) (2000-2002); President, DCI Marketing, Inc. (1992-2000).	145	Director, Center for Deaf and Hard of Hearing (1990-present).

68

Name (Year of Birth); Positions With the Funds (Since)	Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee(1)	Other Directorships Held Outside Fund Complex
Marilyn McCoy* (1948); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1999.	Vice President of Administration and Planning, Northwestern University (1985-present).	145	Trustee, Carleton College (2003-present).
William G. Morton, Jr. (1937); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage JPMorgan Funds since 2003.	Retired; Chairman Emeritus (2001-2002), and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Boston Stock Exchange (1985- 2001).	145	Director, Radio Shack Corp. (1987-2008); Trustee, Stratton Mountain School (2001-present).
Robert A. Oden, Jr. (1946); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1997.	Retired; President, Carleton College (2002-2010); President, Kenyon College (1995-2002).	145	Trustee, American University in Cairo (1999-present); Trustee, Carleton College (2002-2010).
Fergus Reid, III (1932); Trustee of Trust (Chairman) since 2009; Trustee (Chairman) of heritage JPMorgan Funds since 1987.	Chairman, Joe Pietryka, Inc. (formerly Lumelite Corporation) (plastics manufacturing) (2003-present); Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Lumelite Corporation (1985-2002).	145	Trustee, Morgan Stanley Funds (165 portfolios) (1992-present).
Frederick W. Ruebeck (1939); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage One Group Mutual Funds since 1994.	Consultant (2000-present), Advisor, JP Green & Associates, LLC (broker-dealer) (2000-2009); Chief Investment Officer, Wabash College (2004-present); Director of Investments, Eli Lilly and Company (pharmaceuticals) (1988-1999).	145	Trustee, Wabash College (1988-present); Chairman, Indianapolis Symphony Orchestra Foundation (1994-present).
James J. Schonbachler (1943); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage JPMorgan Funds since 2001.	Retired; Managing Director of Bankers Trust Company (financial services) (1968-1998).	145	None.

69

Name (Year of Birth); Positions With the Funds (Since)	Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee(1)	Other Directorships Held Outside Fund Complex
Interested Trustees Frankie D. Hughes** (1952); Trustee of Trust since 2009.	Principal and Chief Investment Officer, Hughes Capital Management, Inc. (fixed income asset management) (1993-present)	145	Trustee, The Victory Portfolios (2000-2008).
Leonard M. Spalding, Jr.*** (1935); Trustee of Trust since 2009; Trustee of heritage JPMorgan Funds since 1998.	Retired; Chief Executive Officer, Chase Mutual Funds (investment company) (1989-1998); President & Chief Executive Officer, Vista Capital Management (investment management) (1990-1998); Chief Investment Executive, Chase Manhattan Private Bank (investment management) (1990-1998).	145	Director, Glenview Trust Company, LLC (2001-present); Trustee, St. Catharine College (1998-present); Trustee, Bellarmine University (2000-present); Director, Springfield-Washington County Economic Development Authority (1997-present); Trustee, Catholic Education Foundation (2005-present).

(1) A Fund Complex means two or more registered investment companies that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services or have a common investment adviser or have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies. The J.P. Morgan Funds Complex for which the Board of Trustees currently serves includes ten registered investment companies (145 funds).

* Ms. McCoy has served as Vice President of Administration and Planning for Northwestern University since 1985. William M. Daley, Head of Corporate Responsibility for JPMorgan Chase, has served as a member of the Board of Trustees of Northwestern University since 2005. JPMIM, investment adviser to the Funds, is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase. The Funds’ distributor, JPMDS, is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase.

** Ms. Hughes is treated as an “interested person” based on the portfolio holdings of clients of Hughes Capital Management, Inc.

*** Mr. Spalding is treated as an “interested person” due to his ownership of JPMorgan Chase stock.

The following table shows the dollar range of each Trustee’s beneficial ownership as of December 31, 2009, in each fund, including the Funds, that the Trustee oversees and each Trustee’s aggregate ownership in any funds that the Trustee oversees in the J.P. Morgan Funds complex:

NAME OF TRUSTEE	DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY SECURITIES IN THE FUNDS	AGGREGATE DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY SECURITIES IN ALL REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES OVERSEEN BY THE TRUSTEE IN THE FAMILY OF INVESTMENT COMPANIES(1),(2)
Independent Trustees
William J. Armstrong	None	Over $100,000
John F. Finn	None	Over $100,000

70

NAME OF TRUSTEE	DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY SECURITIES IN THE FUNDS	AGGREGATE DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY SECURITIES IN ALL REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES OVERSEEN BY THE TRUSTEE IN THE FAMILY OF INVESTMENT COMPANIES(1),(2)
Dr. Matthew Goldstein	None	Over $100,000
Robert J. Higgins	None	Over $100,000
Peter C. Marshall	None	Over $100,000
Marilyn McCoy	None	Over $100,000
William G. Morton, Jr.	None	Over $100,000
Robert A. Oden, Jr.	None	Over $100,000
Fergus Reid, III	None	Over $100,000
Frederick W. Ruebeck	None	Over $100,000
James J. Schonbachler	None	Over $100,000
Interested Trustees
Frankie D. Hughes	None	Over $100,000
Leonard M. Spalding, Jr.	None	Over $100,000

(1) A Family of Investment Companies means any two or more registered investment companies that share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter and hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services. The Family of Investment Companies for which the Board of Trustees currently serves includes ten registered investment companies (145 funds).

(2) For Ms. McCoy and Messrs. Finn, Higgins, Marshall, Oden and Spalding, this amount includes deferred compensation balances, as of December 31, 2009, through participation in the J.P. Morgan Funds’ Deferred Compensation Plan for Eligible Trustees.

Each Trustee serves for an indefinite term, subject to the Trust’s current retirement policy of the Trust, which is age 75 for all Trustees, except that the Board has determined Messrs. Reid and Spalding shall continue to serve until December 31, 2012. The Board of Trustees decides upon general policies and is responsible for overseeing the business affairs of the Trust.

As of December 31, 2009, none of the independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned securities of the Adviser or JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (“JPMDS”) or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Adviser or JPMDS.

Committees of the Current Board

The Current Board of Trustees has four standing committees: the Audit and Valuation Committee, the Compliance Committee, the Governance Committee and the Investments Committee.

The members of the Audit and Valuation Committee are Messrs. Armstrong (Chair), Finn, Higgins, Ruebeck and Schonbachler. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to: (i) appoint and determine compensation of the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm; (ii) evaluate the independence of the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm; (iii) oversee the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls; (iv) approve non-audit services, as required by the statutes and regulations administered by the SEC, including the 1940 Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (v) assist the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Adviser, as well as any sub-adviser; (vi) oversee the quality and objectivity of

71

the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds; and (vii) act as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board.

The members of the Compliance Committee are Mmes. McCoy and Hughes (Chair) and Messrs. Oden and Spalding. The primary purposes of the Compliance Committee are to (i) oversee the Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory and contractual requirements and the Funds’ compliance policies and procedures; and (ii) consider the appointment, compensation and removal of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer.

The members of the Governance Committee are Messrs. Reid (Chair), Goldstein, Marshall and Morton, who are each an Independent Trustee of the Funds. The duties of the Governance Committee include, but are not limited to, (i) selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees; (ii) periodic review of the compensation payable to the non-interested Trustees; (iii) establishment of non-interested Trustee expense policies; (iv) periodic review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees; (v) selection of independent legal counsel to the non-interested trustees and legal counsel to the Funds; (vi) oversight of ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Adviser or the non-interested trustees; (vii) oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Fund (except financial matters considered by the Audit Committee); and (viii) oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds (except the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm). When evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as an Independent Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider, among other factors, (i) whether or not the person is “independent” and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee; (ii) whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of an Independent Trustee; (iii) the contribution that the person can make to the Board and the Funds, with consideration being given to the person’s business experience, education and such other factors as the Committee may consider relevant; (iv) the character and integrity of the person; (v) the desirable personality traits, including independence, leadership and the ability to work with the other members of the Board; and (vi) to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act, such recommendations from management as are deemed appropriate. The process of identifying nominees involves the consideration of candidates recommended by one or more of the following: current Independent Trustees, officers, shareholders and other sources that the Governance Committee deems appropriate. The Governance Committee will review nominees recommended to the Board by shareholders and will evaluate such nominees in the same manner as it evaluates nominees identified by the Governance Committee. Nominee recommendations may be submitted to the Secretary of the trust at the Trust’s principal business address.

Each member of the Board, except for Mr. Reid, serves on the Investments Committee and Mr. Spalding acts as Chairperson. The Investments Committee has three sub-committees divided by asset type and different members of the Investments Committee serve on the sub-committee with respect to each asset type. For the Equity Index Trust, the sub-committee members are Messrs. Higgins (Chair), Finn, Morton and Ms. McCoy. For the Bond Funds, the sub-committee members are Messrs. Ruebeck (Chair), Oden and Schonbachler and Ms. Hughes. The function of the Investments Committee and its sub-committees is to assist the Board in the oversight of the investment management services provided by the Adviser to the Funds. The primary purpose of each sub-committee is to (i) assist the Board in the oversight of the investment management services provided by the Adviser to the Funds designated for review by each sub-committee; and (ii) review and make recommendations to the Investments Committee and/or the Board, concerning the approval of proposed new or continued advisory and distribution arrangements for the Funds or for new Funds. The full Board may delegate to the Investments Committee from time to time the authority to make Board level decisions on an interim basis when it is impractical to convene a meeting of the full Board. Each of the sub-committees receives reports concerning investment management topics, concerns or exceptions with respect to particular Funds that the sub-committee is

72

assigned to oversee, and works to facilitate the understanding by the Investments Committee and the Board of particular issues related to investment management of the Funds reviewed by the sub-committee.

Trustee Compensation

The Funds of the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex overseen by the Trustees pay each Trustee an annual fee of $250,000 and reimburse each Trustee for expenses incurred in connection with service as a Trustee. In addition, the Funds pay the Chairman $225,000 and the Vice Chairman $75,000. The Chairman and Vice Chairman receive no additional compensation for service as committee or sub-committee chairmen. Committee chairs and sub-committee chairs who are not already receiving an additional fee are each paid $50,000 and $37,500 respectively. The Trustees may hold various other directorships unrelated to the J.P. Morgan Funds Complex. The Funds bear expenses related to administrative and staffing services provided to the Chairman, in lieu of establishing an office of the Chairman, in the amount of $6,000 per month.

Trustee aggregate compensation paid by the Trust and J.P. Morgan Funds Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2009 is set forth below:

NAME OF TRUSTEE(1)	Intermediate Bond Trust		Core Bond Trust		Equity Index Trust		TOTAL COMPENSATION FROM “FUND COMPLEX”(2)
Independent Trustees
William J. Armstrong	$	121	$	959	$	108	$	264,000
John F. Finn		101		799		90		0	^
Dr. Matthew Goldstein		116		919		103		253,000
Robert J. Higgins		116		919		103		0	^^
Peter C. Marshall		131		1,039		117		286,000
Marilyn McCoy		121		959		108		264,000
William G. Morton, Jr.		101		799		90		220,000
Robert A. Oden, Jr.		101		799		90		154,000	^^^
Fergus Reid, III		192		1,518		171		418,000
Frederick W. Ruebeck		116		919		103		253,000
James J. Schonbachler		101		799		90		220,000
Interested Trustees
Frankie D. Hughes		101		799		90		220,000
Leonard M. Spalding, Jr.		121		959		108		264,000

(1) The Trustees became Trustees of the JPMorgan Institutional Trust effective April 22, 2009.

(2) A Fund Complex means two or more registered investment companies that (i) hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services or (ii) have a common investment adviser or have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies. The J.P. Morgan Funds Complex for which the Board of Trustees currently serves includes ten registered investment companies (134 funds).

^ Does not include $220,000 of Deferred Compensation.

^^ Does not include $253,000 of Deferred Compensation.

^^^ Does not include $66,000 of Deferred Compensation.

73

Qualifications of Trustees

The Board’s Governance Committee is responsible for selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees The Governance Committee and Board have evaluated each Trustee both individually and in the broader context of the Board’s overall effectiveness. The following is a description of the factors considered by the Governance Committee and the Board in concluding that each Trustee should serve as Trustee of the Funds. The Governance Committee and the Board considered the commitment that each Trustee has demonstrated in serving on the Board including the significant time each Trustee has devoted to preparing for meetings and the active engagement and participation of each Trustee at Board meetings. The Governance Committee and the Board also considered the character of each Trustee and their commitment to executing his or her duties as a trustee with diligence, honesty and integrity. The Governance Committee and the Board also considered the contributions that each Trustee has made to the Board in terms of experience, leadership, independence and the ability to work well with other Board members.

The Governance Committee and the Board noted the additional experience that each of the Trustees has gained with respect to registered investment companies as a result of his or her service on the Board of J.P. Morgan Funds. The Funds overseen by the Board represent almost every asset class, including: (1) fixed income funds including traditional bond funds, municipal bond funds, high yield funds, government funds and emerging market debt funds; (2) money market funds; (3) international, emerging market and country/region funds; (4) equity funds including small, mid and large capitalization funds and value and growth funds; (5) index funds; (6) funds of funds, including target date funds; and (7) specialty funds including market neutral funds and funds that invest in real estate securities. The Governance Committee and the Board also considered the experience that each Trustee had with respect to reviewing agreements with the Funds’ service providers including the Advisers, custodian, fund accountant and securities lending agent.

The Governance Committee and the Board also considered the experience and contribution of each Trustee in the context of the Board’s leadership and committee structure. The Board has four committees: the Investments Committee, the Audit and Valuation Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Governance Committee. See “Board Leadership Structure and Oversight” and “Standing Committees.” The Investments Committee has three sub-committees: an Equity Sub-Committee, a Money Market and Alternative Products Sub-Committee and a Fixed Income Sub-Committee. Different members of the Investments Committee serve on the sub-committee with respect to each asset type thereby allowing the Board to effectively evaluate information for each of the Funds in the complex in a focused, disciplined manner.

The Governance Committee also considered the operational efficiencies achieved by having a single Board for all of the registered investment companies overseen by the Advisers and their affiliates as well as the extensive experience of certain Trustees in serving on Boards for registered investment companies advised by subsidiaries or affiliates of Bank One Corporation or JPMorgan Chase & Co. (known respectively as “heritage J.P. Morgan Funds” or “heritage One Group Mutual Funds”). In reaching its conclusion that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Funds, the Board also considered the experience as set forth above and the following additional specific qualifications, contributions and experience of each Trustee:

William J. Armstrong: Mr. Armstrong has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 1987. Mr. Armstrong is also the Chairman of the Audit and Valuation Committee and is the Fund’s Audit Committee Financial Expert. As Chairman of the Audit and Valuation Committee, Mr. Armstrong has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial

74

reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. Mr. Armstrong also serves on the Money Market and Alternative Products Sub-Committee.

John F. Finn. Mr. Finn has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board since 1998. Mr. Finn also serves on the Audit and Valuation Committee. As a member of the Audit and Valuation Committee, Mr. Finn has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. Mr. Finn also serves on the Equity Sub-Committee.

Dr. Matthew Goldstein. Dr. Goldstein has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2003. Dr. Goldstein serves as a member of the Governance Committee. As a member of the Governance Committee, he has participated in the selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees/Directors, periodic review of the compensation payable to the Trustees/Directors, review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees, oversight of any ongoing litigation affecting the J.P. Morgan Funds, the Advisers or the non-interested Trustees, oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds, and oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds. Dr. Goldstein also serves as the Chairman of the Money Market and Alternative Products Sub-Committee.

Robert J. Higgins. Mr. Higgins has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2002. Mr. Higgins serves on the Audit and Valuation Committee. As a member of the Audit and Valuation Committee, Mr. Higgins has participated in the appointment of the Fund’s independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. Mr. Higgins also serves as Chairman of the Equity Sub-Committee.

Peter C. Marshall. Mr. Marshall has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005. Mr. Marshall was also the Chairman of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board, serving as a member of such Board since 1985. Mr. Marshall was also an Audit Committee Financial Expert for the heritage One Group Mutual Funds. Mr. Marshall serves as a member of the Governance Committee. As a member of the Governance Committee, he has participated in the selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees/Directors, periodic review of the compensation payable to the Trustees/Directors, review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees, oversight of any ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Advisers or the non-interested Trustees/Directors, oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds, and oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds. Mr. Marshall also serves as a member of the Money Market and Alternative Products Sub-Committee.

Marilyn McCoy. Ms. McCoy has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board since 1999. Ms. McCoy is the Chairman of the Compliance Committee. As a member of the Compliance Committee, she has participated in the oversight

75

of Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance policies and procedures. Ms. McCoy also serves as a member of the Equity Investments Sub-Committee.

William G. Morton, Jr. Mr. Morton has served on the J.P. Morgan Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2003. Mr. Morton also serves as a member of the Governance Committee. As a member of the Governance Committee, he has participated in the selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees/Directors, periodic review of the compensation payable to the Trustees/Directors, review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees, oversight of any ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Advisers or the non-interested Trustees/Directors, oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds, and oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds. Mr. Morton also serves on the Equity Sub-Committee.

Robert A. Oden, Jr. Mr. Oden has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board since 1997. Mr. Oden is a member of the Fixed Income Sub-Committee. Mr. Oden is also a member of the Compliance Committee. As a member of the Compliance Committee, he has participated in the oversight of the Funds’ and the J.P. Morgan Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance policies and procedures.

Fergus Reid III. Mr. Reid has served as the Chairman of the J.P. Morgan Board since 2005 and was Chairman of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board, serving as a member of such Board since 1987. Mr. Reid is the Chairman of the Governance Committee. As Chairman of the Governance Committee, he has participated in the selection and nomination of persons for election or appointment as Trustees/Directors, periodic review of the compensation payable to the Trustees/Directors, review and evaluation of the functioning of the Board and its committees, oversight of any ongoing litigation affecting the Funds, the Advisers or the non-interested Trustees/Directors, oversight of regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting Funds, and oversight and review of matters with respect to service providers to the Funds.

Frederick W. Ruebeck. Mr. Ruebeck has served on the J.P. Morgan Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board since 1994. Mr. Ruebeck is the Chairman of the Fixed Income Sub-Committee. Mr. Ruebeck also serves on the Audit and Valuation Committee. As a member of the Audit and Valuation Committee, Mr. Ruebeck has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board.

James J. Schonbachler. Mr. Schonbachler has served on the J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2005 and was a member of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds Board since 2001. Mr. Schonbachler is a member of the Fixed Income Sub-Committee. The Fixed Income Sub-Committee is responsible for fixed income funds. Mr. Schonbachler also serves on the Audit and Valuation Committee. As a member of the Audit and Valuation Committee, Mr. Schonbachler has participated in the appointment of the Funds’ independent accountants, the oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board.

76

Frankie D. Hughes. Ms. Hughes has served on the J.P. Morgan Board since 2008. Ms. Hughes is a member of the Fixed Income Sub-Committee. Ms. Hughes is also a member of the Compliance Committee. As a member of the Compliance Committee, she has participated in the oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance policies and procedures.

Leonard M. Spalding, Jr. Mr. Spalding has served on the J.P. Morgan Board since 2005 and was a Trustee of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds since 1998. Mr. Spalding is the Chairman of the Investments Committee. Mr. Spalding is also a member of the Compliance Committee. As a member of the Compliance Committee, he has participated in the oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance policies and procedures.

Board Leadership Structure and Oversight

Mr. Reid, an independent Trustee, serves as Chairman of the Board. Patricia Maleski serves as President of the Funds. Ms. Maleski is not a director. The Chairman’s role is separated from that of the President to allow the Board to function independently from the Advisers in the exercise of the Board’s fiduciary duty to the Funds and their shareholders. In this respect, Mr. Reid’s experience as Chairman of Board as well as his independence from the Advisers and their affiliates allows him to carry out his leadership duties as Chairman with objectivity.

In addition, the Board has adopted a committee structure that allows it to effectively perform its oversight function for all of the Funds in the complex. As described under “Qualifications of Trustees” and “Standing Committees,” the Board has four committees: the Investments Committee, the Audit and Valuation Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Governance Committee. The Investments Committee has three sub-committees: an Equity Sub-Committee, a Money Market and Alternative Products Sub-Committee, and a Fixed Income Sub-Committee. The Board has determined that the leadership and committee structure is appropriate for the Funds and allows the Board to effectively and efficiently evaluate issues that impact the J.P. Morgan Funds as a whole as well as issues that are unique to each Fund.

The Board and the Committees take an active role in risk oversight including the risks associated with registered investment companies including investment risk, compliance and valuation. In connection with its oversight, the Board receives regular reports from the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO), the Advisers, the Administrator, and the internal audit department of JPMorgan Chase & Co. The Board also receives periodic reports from the Chief Risk Officer of J.P. Morgan Asset Management 1 (“JPMAM”) including reports concerning operational controls that are designed to address market risk, credit risk, and liquidity risk among others. The Board also receives regular reports from personnel responsible for JPMAM’s business resiliency and disaster recovery.

In addition, the Board and its Committees work on an ongoing basis in fulfilling the oversight function. At each quarterly meeting, each Investment Sub-Committee meets with representatives of the Advisers as well as an independent consultant to review and evaluate the ongoing performance of the Funds. Each Investment Sub-Committee reports these reviews to the full Board. The Board also receives a report from the Audit and Valuation Committee at each of its quarterly meetings. The Audit and Valuation Committee is responsible for oversight of the performance of the Fund’s audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Advisers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and the full Board. The Compliance Committee is responsible for oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal, regulatory and

77

contractual requirements and compliance with policy and procedures. The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, oversight of matters relating to the Funds’ corporate governance obligations, Fund service providers and litigation. At each quarterly meeting, each of the Governance Committee, the Audit and Valuation Committee and the Compliance Committee report their committee proceedings to the full Board. This Committee structure allows the Board to efficiently evaluate a large amount of material and effectively fulfill its oversight function. Annually, the Board considers the efficiency of this committee structure. Additional information about each of the Committees is included below in “Standing Committees.”

1 J .P. Morgan Asset Management is the marketing name for the asset management businesses of JPMorgan Chase & Co. Those businesses include, but are not limited to, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc., Security Capital Research & Management Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Alternative Asset Management, Inc.

The Funds’ executive officers (listed below) are generally employees of JPMIM or one of its affiliates. The officers conduct and supervise the business operations of the Funds. As of December 31, 2009, the Trust has no employees and as of this date, did not provide any compensation to any non-employees of the Trust.

OFFICERS

The officers of the Funds, together with their year of birth, information regarding their positions held with the Funds and principal occupations are shown below. The contact address for each of the officers unless otherwise noted is 245 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10167.

NAME (YEAR OF BIRTH), POSITIONS HELD WITH THE FUNDS (SINCE)	PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING PAST 5 YEARS
Patricia A. Maleski (1960), President and Principal Executive Officer (2010)	Managing Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. and Chief Administrative Officer, J.P. Morgan Funds and Institutional Pooled Vehicles since 2010; previously, Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer of the Trusts from 2008 to 2010; previously, Head of Funds Administration and Board Liaison; J.P. Morgan Funds prior to 2010. Ms. Maleski has been with J.P. Morgan Funds since 2001.
Joy C. Dowd (1972), Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (2010)	Assistant Treasurer from 2009 to 2010; Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. since December 2008; prior to joining JPMorgan Chase, Ms. Dowd worked in MetLife’s investments audit group from 2005 through 2008, and Vice President of Credit Suisse, in the audit area from 1999 through 2005.
Frank J. Nasta (1964), Secretary (2009)**	Managing Director and Associate General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since 2008; Previously, Director, Managing Director, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, J.W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated; Secretary of each of the investment companies of the Seligman Group of Funds and Seligman Data Corp.; Director and Corporate Secretary, Seligman Advisors, Inc. and Seligman Services, Inc.

78

NAME (YEAR OF BIRTH), POSITIONS HELD WITH THE FUNDS (SINCE)	PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING PAST 5 YEARS
Stephen M. Ungerman (1953) Chief Compliance Officer (2005)	Managing Director, JPMorgan Chase & Co.; Mr. Ungerman was head of Fund Administration – Pooled Vehicles from 2000 to 2004. Mr. Ungerman has been with JPMorgan Chase & Co. since 2000.
Paul L. Gulinello (1950), AML Compliance Officer (2005)	Vice President and Anti Money Laundering Compliance Officer for JPMorgan Asset Management Americas, additionally responsible for personal trading and compliance testing since 2004; Treasury Services Operating Risk Management and Compliance Executive supporting all JPMorgan Treasury Services business units from July 2000 to 2004.
Michael J. Tansley (1964), Controller (2008)	Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. from July 2008; prior to joining JPMorgan Chase, Mr. Tansley worked for General Electric, as Global eFinance Leader in GE Money from 2004 through 2008 and Vice President and Controller of GE Asset Management from 1998.
Jessica K. Ditullio (1962),** Assistant Secretary (2009)*	Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase & Co. since 2005: Ms. Ditullio has served as attorney with various titles for JPMorgan Chase & Co. (formerly Bank One Corporation) since 1990.
Elizabeth A. Davin (1964), Assistant Secretary (2005)*	Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase & Co. since 2004; Senior Counsel, JPMorgan Chase & Co. (formerly Bank One Corporation) from 2004 to 2005; Assistant General Counsel and Associate General Counsel and Vice President, Gartmore Global Investments, Inc. 1999 to 2004.
John T. Fitzgerald (1975) Assistant Secretary (2008)	Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase & Co. since 2005; Associate, Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP (law firm) from 2002 to 2005.
Gregory S. Samuels (1980) Assistant Secretary (2010)	Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since 2010; Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (law firm) from 2008 to 2010; Associate, Clifford Chance LLP (law firm) from 2005 to 2008.
Brian L. Duncan (1965), Assistant Treasurer (2008)*	Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. since June 2007, prior to joining JPMorgan Chase, Mr. Duncan worked for Penn Treaty American Corporation as Vice President and Controller from 2004 through 2007 and Assistant Vice President for Financial Reporting from 2003-2004.
Laura S. Melman (1966) Assistant Treasurer (2006)	Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. since August 2006, responsible for Taxation; Vice President of Structured Products the Bank of New York Co., Inc. from 2001 until 2006.

79

NAME (YEAR OF BIRTH), POSITIONS HELD WITH THE FUNDS (SINCE)	PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING PAST 5 YEARS
Jeffrey D. House (1972) Assistant Treasurer (2006)*	Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. since July 2006; formerly, Senior Manager of Financial Services at BISYS Fund Services, Inc. from 1995 until 2006.
Francesco Tango (1971) Assistant Treasurer (2007)	Vice President, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. since January 2003; Associate, JPMorgan Funds Management Inc. since 1999.

* The contact address for the officer is 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, OH 43240.

** Prior to April 28, 2009, Ms. Ditullio was Secretary and Mr. Nasta was Assistant Secretary.

As of December 31, 2009, the officers and Trustees as a group owned less than 1% of the shares of each Fund.

THE ADVISER

The Trust has retained J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM”) as investment adviser to provide investment advice and portfolio management services to the Funds, pursuant to an advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”). Under the Advisory Agreement, JPMIM manages the investment of the assets of each Fund and obtains and evaluates economic, statistical and financial information to formulate and implement investment policies for each Fund. Any investment program undertaken by JPMIM is and will at all times be subject to the policies and control of the Trustees. JPMIM also provides certain administrative services to each Fund.

The Advisory Agreement provides that JPMIM shall not be protected against any liability to the Funds’ shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties thereunder.

Effective October 1, 2003, JPMIM became a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc., which, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan Chase”). JPMIM is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, (the “Advisers Act”). JPMIM acts as investment adviser to individuals, governments, corporations, employee benefit plans, labor unions and state and local governments, mutual funds and other institutional investors.

The investment advisory services JPMIM provides to the Funds are not exclusive under the terms of the Advisory Agreement. JPMIM is free to and does render similar investment advisory services to others. JPMIM serves as investment adviser to personal investors and other investment companies and acts as fiduciary for trusts, estates and employee benefit plans. Investors in the Funds are required to maintain separately managed private accounts with JPMIM or its affiliates. Certain of the assets of trusts and estates under management are invested in common trust funds for which JPMIM serves as trustee. The accounts which are managed or advised by JPMIM have varying investment objectives, and JPMIM invests assets of such accounts in investments substantially similar to, or the same as, those which are expected to constitute the principal investments of the Funds. Such accounts are supervised by employees of JPMIM who may also be acting in similar capacities for the Funds. See the “Portfolio Transactions” section. The Funds are managed by employees of JPMIM who, in acting for their customers, including the Funds, do not discuss their investment decisions with any personnel of JPMorgan Chase or any

80

personnel of other divisions of JPMIM or with any of their affiliated persons, with the exception of certain other investment management affiliates of JPMorgan Chase which execute transactions on behalf of the Funds.

As compensation for the services rendered and related expenses such as salaries of advisory personnel borne by JPMIM under the Advisory Agreement, the Fund has agreed to pay JPMIM a fee, which is computed daily and may be paid monthly, equal to a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets specified in the Confidential Offering Memorandum. In the interest of limiting total expenses of the Fund, JPMIM and the Administrator have entered into an expense limitation agreement with the Trust (“Expense Limitation Agreement”), pursuant to which JPMIM and the Administrator have agreed to waive or limit their fees and to assume other expenses so that the total annual fund operating expenses (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, placement related expenses (if any), and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business) are limited to the following amounts with respect to each Fund: 0.10% of the average daily net assets of the JPMorgan Equity Index Trust, and 0.15% of the average daily net assets of the JPMorgan Intermediate Bond Trust and JPMorgan Core Bond Trust, for the period through June 30, 2009.

For the fiscal year end as indicated, the operational Funds of the Trust paid the following investment advisory fees to JPMIM (waived amounts in parentheses), (amounts in thousands) as follows:

ADVISORY FEES

Fund	Fiscal Year Ended February 29, 2008					Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2009					Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2010
	Paid		Waived			Paid		Waived			Paid		Waived
Core Bond Trust	$	3,590	($	4,820	)	$	2,805	($	4,599	)	$	3,074	$	(4,681	)
Equity Index Trust		236		(871	)		137		(742	)		109		(615	)
Intermediate Bond Trust		334		(642	)		188		(710	)		265		(719	)

Other Accounts Managed by the Funds’ Portfolio Managers.

The following tables show information regarding other accounts managed by portfolio managers of the Funds listed in this Confidential Offering Supplement as of February 28, 2010:

	Non-Performance Based Fee Advisory Accounts
	Registered Investment Companies				Other Pooled Investment Vehicles				Other Accounts
	Number of Accounts		Total Assets ($millions)		Number of Accounts		Total Assets ($millions)		Number of Accounts		Total Assets ($millions)
Core Bond Trust
Douglas Swanson		8	$	18,458.722		7	$	6,499.441		46	$	8,042.412
Christopher Nauseda		3		14,220.695		0		0		37		2,652.292
Equity Index Trust
Bala Iyer		9		10,126.131		4		742.224		11		870.375
Michael Loeffler		8		9,491.902		2		604.335		10		784.957

81

	Non-Performance Based Fee Advisory Accounts
	Registered Investment Companies				Other Pooled Investment Vehicles				Other Accounts
	Number of Accounts		Total Assets ($millions)		Number of Accounts		Total Assets ($millions)		Number of Accounts		Total Assets ($millions)
Intermediate Bond Trust
Douglas Swanson		8		20,896.465		7		6,499.441		46		8,042.412
Scott Grimshaw		4		2,010.000		0		0		32		2,852.624
	Performance Based Fee Advisory Accounts
	Registered Investment Companies				Other Pooled Investment Vehicles				Other Accounts
	Number of Accounts		Total Assets ($millions)		Number of Accounts		Total Assets ($millions)		Number of Accounts		Total Assets ($millions)
Core Bond Trust
Douglas Swanson		0	$	0		0	$	0		4	$	962.814
Christopher Nauseda		0		0		0		0		0		0
Equity Index Trust
Bala Iyer		0		0		2		500.777		1		128.814
Michael Loeffler		0		0		1		488.907		1		128.814
Intermediate Bond Trust
Douglas Swanson		0		0		0		0		4		962.814
Scott Grimshaw		0		0		0		0		0		0

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The chart above shows the number, type and market value as of February 28, 2010 of the accounts other than the Fund that are managed by the Funds’ portfolio managers. The potential for conflicts of interest exists when portfolio managers manage other accounts with similar investment objectives and strategies as the Funds (“Similar Accounts”). Potential conflicts may include, for example, conflicts between investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities.

Responsibility for managing the Adviser’s and its affiliates’ clients’ portfolios is organized according to investment strategies within asset classes. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed by portfolio managers in the same portfolio management group using the same objectives, approach and philosophy. Underlying sectors or strategy allocations within a larger portfolio are likewise managed by portfolio managers who use the same approach and philosophy as similarly managed portfolios. Therefore, portfolio holdings, relative position sizes and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios and strategies, which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest.

JPMIM and/or its affiliates may receive more compensation with respect to certain Similar Accounts than that received with respect to the Funds or may receive compensation based in part on the performance of certain Similar Accounts. This may create a potential conflict of interest for JPMIM and its affiliates or the portfolio managers by providing an incentive to favor these Similar Accounts when, for example, placing securities transactions. In addition, JPMIM or its affiliates could be viewed as having a conflict of interest to the extent that JPMIM or an affiliate has a proprietary investment in Similar Accounts, the portfolio managers have personal investments in Similar Accounts or the Similar

82

Accounts are investment options in JPMIM’s or its affiliates’ employee benefit plans. Potential conflicts of interest may arise with both the aggregation and allocation of securities transactions and allocation of investment opportunities because of market factors or investment restrictions imposed upon the Adviser and its affiliates by law, regulation, contract or internal policies. Allocations of aggregated trades, particularly trade orders that were only partially completed due to limited availability and allocation of investment opportunities generally, could raise a potential conflict of interest, as JPMIM or its affiliates may have an incentive to allocate securities that are expected to increase in value to favored accounts. Initial public offerings, in particular, are frequently of very limited availability. JPMIM and its affiliates may be perceived as causing accounts they manage to participate in an offering to increase JPMIM’s and its affiliates’ overall allocation of securities in that offering. A potential conflict of interest also may be perceived to arise if transactions in one account closely follow related transactions in a different account, such as when a purchase increases the value of securities previously purchased by another account, or when a sale in one account lowers the sale price received in a sale by a second account. If JPMIM or its affiliates manage accounts that engage in short sales of securities of the type in which the Fund invests, JPMIM or its affiliates could be seen as harming the performance of the Fund for the benefit of the accounts engaging in short sales if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall.

As an internal policy matter, the Adviser may from time to time maintain certain overall investment limitations on the securities positions or positions in other financial instruments the Adviser or its affiliates will take on behalf of its various clients due to, among other things, liquidity concerns and regulatory restrictions. Such policies may preclude a Fund from purchasing particular securities or financial instruments, even if such securities or financial instruments would otherwise meet the Fund’s objectives.

The goal of JPMIM and its affiliates is to meet their fiduciary obligation with respect to all clients. JPMIM and its affiliates have policies and procedures that seek to manage the conflicts. JPMIM and its affiliates monitor a variety of areas, including compliance with fund guidelines, review of allocation decisions and compliance with the Advisers’ Codes of Ethics and JPMorgan Chase & Co.’s Code of Conduct. With respect to the allocation of investment opportunities, JPMIM and its affiliates also have certain policies designed to achieve fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities among its clients over time. For example:

Orders for the same equity security traded through a single trading desk or system are aggregated on a continual basis throughout each trading day consistent with JPMIM’s and its affiliates’ duty of best execution for its clients. If aggregated trades are fully executed, accounts participating in the trade will be allocated their pro rata share on an average price basis. Partially completed orders generally will be allocated among the participating accounts on a pro-rata average price basis, subject to certain limited exceptions. For example, accounts that would receive a de minimis allocation relative to their size may be excluded from the order. Another exception may occur when thin markets or price volatility require that an aggregated order be completed in multiple executions over several days. If partial completion of the order would result in an uneconomic allocation to an account due to fixed transaction or custody costs, JPMIM and its affiliates may exclude small orders until 50% of the total order is completed. Then the small orders will be executed. Following this procedure, small orders will lag in the early execution of the order, but will be completed before completion of the total order.

Purchases of money market instruments and fixed income securities cannot always be allocated pro-rata across the accounts with the same investment strategy and objective. However, JPMIM and its affiliates attempt to mitigate any potential unfairness by basing non-pro rata allocations traded through a single trading desk or system upon an objective predetermined criteria for the selection of investments and a disciplined process for allocating securities with similar duration, credit quality and liquidity in the good faith judgment of JPMIM or its affiliates so that fair and equitable allocation will occur over time.

83

Portfolio Manager Compensation

JPMIM’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is designed to attract and retain outstanding people and closely link the performance of investment professionals to client investment objectives. The total compensation program includes a base salary fixed from year to year and a variable performance bonus consisting of cash incentives and restricted stock and may include mandatory notional investments (as described below) in selected mutual funds advised by the Adviser and its affiliates. These elements reflect individual performance and the performance of JPMIM’s business as a whole.

Each portfolio manager’s performance is formally evaluated annually based on a variety of factors including the aggregate size and blended performance of the portfolios such portfolio manager manages. Individual contribution relative to client goals carries the highest impact. Portfolio manager compensation is primarily driven by meeting or exceeding clients’ risk and return objectives, relative performance to competitors or competitive indices and compliance with firm policies and regulatory requirements. In evaluating each portfolio manager’s performance with respect to the mutual funds he or she manages, the funds’ pre-tax performance is compared to the appropriate market peer group and to each Fund’s benchmark index listed in the Fund’s Confidential Offering Memorandum over one, three and five year periods (or such shorter time as the portfolio manager has managed the fund). Investment performance is generally more heavily weighted to the long-term.

Awards of restricted stock are granted as part of an employee’s annual performance bonus and comprise from 0% to 35% of a portfolio manager’s total bonus. As the level of incentive compensation increases, the percentage of compensation awarded in restricted stock also increases. Up to 50% of the restricted stock portion of a portfolio manager’s bonus may instead be subject to a mandatory notional investment in selected mutual funds advised by the Adviser or its affiliates. When these awards vest over time, the portfolio manager receives cash equal to the market value of the notional investment in the selected mutual funds.

Ownership of Securities

The following table indicates for each Fund the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by each Fund’s portfolio managers as of February 28, 2010. Due to the nature of these Funds, portfolio managers typically will not own shares of the Funds.

	Dollar Range of Shares in the Fund
Fund	None		$1 - $10,000	$10,001- $50,000	$50,001- $100,000	$100,001- $500,000	$500,001- $1,000,000	over $1,000,000
Core Bond Trust
Douglas Swanson		X
Christopher Nauseda		X
Equity Index Trust
Bala Iyer		X
Michael Loeffler		X
Intermediate Bond Trust
Douglas Swanson		X
Scott Grimshaw		X

84

CODES OF ETHICS

The Trust and JPMIM have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and pursuant to Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act with respect to JPMIM. Each of these codes permits personnel subject to such code to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. Such purchases, however, are subject to procedures reasonably necessary to prevent access persons from engaging in any unlawful conduct set forth in Rule 17j-1.

The Trust’s code of ethics includes policies which require “access persons” (as defined in Rule 17j-1) to: (i) place the interest of Trust shareholders first; (ii) conduct personal securities transactions in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of a position of trust and responsibility; and (iii) refrain from taking inappropriate advantage of his or her position with the Trust or a Fund. The Trust’s code of ethics prohibits any access person from: (i) employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Trust or a Fund; (ii) making to the Trust or a Fund any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to the Trust or a Fund a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; (iii) engaging in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Trust or a Fund; or (iv) engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to the Trust or a Fund. The Trust’s code of ethics permits personnel subject to the code to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund so long as such investment transactions are not in contravention of the above noted policies and prohibitions.

The code of ethics adopted by the Adviser requires that all employees must: (i) place the interest of the accounts which are managed by the Adviser first; (ii) conduct all personal securities transactions in a manner that is consistent with the code of ethics and the individual employee’s position of trust and responsibility; and (iii) refrain from taking inappropriate advantage of their position. Employees of the Adviser are also prohibited from certain mutual fund trading activity including excessive trading of shares of a mutual fund as described in the applicable Fund’s Prospectuses or SAI and effecting or facilitating a mutual fund transaction to engage in market timing. The Adviser’s code of ethics permits personnel subject to the code to invest in securities including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund subject to certain restrictions. However, all employees are required to preclear securities trades (except for certain types of securities such as non-proprietary mutual fund shares and U.S. government securities). Each of the Adviser’s affiliated sub-advisers has also adopted the code of ethics described above.

Portfolio Transactions

Investment Decisions and Portfolio Transactions. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, JPMIM determines, subject to the general supervision of the Board of Trustees of the Trust and in accordance with each Fund’s investment objective and restrictions, which securities are to be purchased and sold by each such Fund and which brokers are to be eligible to execute its portfolio transactions. JPMIM operates independently in providing services to their respective clients. Investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular client involved. Thus, for example, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the same time. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling the security. In some instances, one client may sell a particular security to another client. It also happens that two or more clients may simultaneously buy or sell the same security, in which event each day’s transactions in such security are, insofar as possible, averaged as to price and allocated between such clients in a manner which in the opinion of JPMIM is equitable to each and in accordance with the amount being purchased or sold by each. There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more clients will have an adverse effect on other clients.

85

Brokerage and Research Services. On behalf of the Funds, JPMIM places orders for all purchases and sales of portfolio securities, enters into repurchase agreements, and may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and execute loans of portfolio securities on behalf of a Fund unless otherwise prohibited.

Fixed income and debt securities and municipal bonds and notes are generally traded at a net price with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission. The price of the security usually includes profit to the dealers. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. Transactions on stock exchanges (other than foreign stock exchanges) involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions vary among different brokers. Also, a particular broker may charge different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the transaction. Transactions in foreign securities generally involve payment of fixed brokerage commissions, which are generally higher than those in the U.S. On occasion, certain securities may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

In connection with portfolio transactions, the overriding objective is to obtain the best execution of purchase and sales orders. In making this determination, the Adviser considers a number of factors including, but not limited to: the price per unit of the security, the broker’s execution capabilities, the commissions charged, the broker’s reliability for prompt, accurate confirmations and on-time delivery of securities, the broker-dealer firm’s financial condition, the broker’s ability to provide access to public offerings, as well as the quality of research services provided. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act, JPMIM may cause the Funds to pay a broker-dealer which provides brokerage and research services to JPMIM, or the Funds and/or other accounts for which JPMIM exercises investment discretion an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for a Fund in excess of the amount other broker-dealers would have charged for the transaction if JPMIM determines in good faith that the greater commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the executing broker-dealer viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or JPMIM’s overall responsibilities to accounts over which it exercises investment discretion. Not all of such services are useful or of value in advising the Funds. JPMIM reports to the Board of Trustees regarding overall commissions paid by the Funds and their reasonableness in relation to the benefits to the Funds. In accordance with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act and consistent with applicable SEC guidance and interpretation, the term “brokerage and research services” includes (i) advice as to the value of securities; (ii) the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities; (iii) the availability of securities or of purchasers or sellers of securities; (iv) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; and (v) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody) or required by rule or regulation in connection with such transactions.

Brokerage and research services received from such broker-dealers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by an Adviser under the Advisory Agreement (or with respect to a Sub-Adviser, under the sub-advisory agreement). The fees that the Funds pay to JPMIM are not reduced as a consequence of JPMIM’s receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent the Funds’ portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Funds may exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount that cannot be presently determined. Such services generally would be useful and of value to JPMIM in serving one or more of its other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to JPMIM in carrying out its

86

obligations to the Funds. While such services are not expected to reduce the expenses of JPMIM, JPMIM would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses that would be incurred if it should attempt to develop comparable information through its own staff.

Subject to the overriding objective of obtaining the best execution of orders, JPMIM may allocate a portion of a Fund’s brokerage transactions to affiliates of JPMIM. Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with a Fund and persons who are affiliated with such persons are prohibited from dealing with the Fund as principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. The SEC has granted exemptive orders permitting each Fund to engage in principal transactions with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., an affiliated broker, involving taxable and tax exempt money market instruments (including commercial paper, banker acceptances and medium term notes) and repurchase agreements. The orders are subject to certain conditions. An affiliated person of a Fund may serve as its broker in listed or over-the-counter transactions conducted on an agency basis provided that, among other things, the fee or commission received by such affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the fee or commission received by non-affiliated brokers in connection with comparable transactions.

In addition, a Fund may not purchase securities during the existence of any underwriting syndicate for such securities of which JPMorgan Chase Bank or an affiliate is a member or in a private placement in which JPMorgan Chase Bank or an affiliate serves as placement agent, except pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees that either comply with rules adopted by the SEC or with interpretations of the SEC’s staff. Each Fund expects to purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which certain affiliates of JPMorgan Chase act as a member or manager. Such purchases will be effected in accordance with the conditions set forth in Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act and related procedures adopted by the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of a Fund. Among the conditions are that the issuer of any purchased securities will have been in operation for at least three years, that not more than 25% of the underwriting will be purchased by a Fund and all other accounts over which the same investment adviser has discretion, and that no shares will be purchased from JPMDS or any of its affiliates.

On those occasions when JPMIM deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a Fund as well as other customers, including other Funds, JPMIM, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but is not obligated to, aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for a Fund with those to be sold or purchased for other customers in order to obtain best execution, including lower brokerage commissions if appropriate. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold as well as any expenses incurred in the transaction will be made by JPMIM in the manner it considers to be most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to its customers, including the Funds. In some instances, the allocation procedure might not permit a Fund to participate in the benefits of the aggregated trade.

If a Fund that writes options effects a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option written by it, normally such transaction will be executed by the same broker-dealer who executed the sale of the option. The writing of options by a Fund will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written on the same or different exchanges or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. The number of options that a Fund may write may be affected by options written by JPMIM for other investment advisory clients. An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

87

Allocation of transactions, including their frequency, to various broker-dealers is determined by a Fund’s Adviser based on its best judgment and in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to Shareholders and consistent with the Adviser’s obligation to obtain the best execution of purchase and sales orders. In making this determination, the Adviser considers the same factors for the best execution of purchase and sales orders listed above. Accordingly, in selecting broker-dealers to execute a particular transaction, and in evaluating the best overall terms available, a Fund’s Adviser is authorized to consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act) provided to the Funds and/or other accounts over which a Fund’s Adviser exercises investment discretion. A Fund’s Adviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer that furnishes brokerage and research services a higher commission than that which might be charged by another broker-dealer for effecting the same transaction, provided that a Fund’s Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the overall responsibilities of a Fund’s Adviser to the Funds. To the extent such services are permissible under the safe harbor requirements of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act and consistent with applicable SEC guidance and interpretation, such brokerage and research services might consist of advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts, market data, stock quotes, last sale prices, and trading volumes. Shareholders of the Funds should understand that the services provided by such brokers may be useful to a Fund’s Adviser in connection with its services to other clients and not all the services may be used by JPMIM in connection with the Fund.

Under JPMIM’s policy, “soft dollar” services refer to arrangements that fall within the safe harbor requirements of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, which allow JPMIM to allocate client brokerage transactions to a broker-dealer in exchange for products or services that are research and brokerage-related and provide lawful and appropriate assistance in the performance of the investment decision-making process. These services include third party research, market data services, and proprietary broker-dealer research. The Funds receive proprietary research where broker-dealers typically incorporate the cost of such research into their commission structure. Many brokers do not assign a hard dollar value to the research they provide, but rather bundle the cost of such research into their commission structure. It is noted in this regard that some research that is available only under a bundled commission structure is particularly important to the investment process. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, with respect to the Funds, JPMIM did not allocate any funds for brokerage commissions to brokers who provided broker research. However, the Funds other than the Equity Index Trust do not participate in soft dollar arrangements for market data services and third-party research.

Beginning in October 2009, the Equity Index Trust began participating in soft dollar arrangements whereby a broker-dealer provides market data services and third-party research in addition to proprietary research. In order to obtain such research, the Adviser may utilize a Client Commission Arrangement (“CCA”). CCAs are agreements between an investment adviser and executing broker whereby the investment adviser and the broker agree to allocate a portion of commissions to a pool of credits maintained by the broker that are used to pay for eligible brokerage and research services. The Adviser will only enter into and utilize CCAs to the extent permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act. As required by interpretive guidance issued by the SEC, any CCAs entered into by the Adviser with respect to commissions generated by the Equity Index Trust will provide that: (1) the broker-dealer pay the research preparer directly; and (2) the broker-dealer take steps to assure itself that the client commissions that the Adviser directs it to use to pay for such services are only for eligible research under Section 28(e).

88

Investment decisions for each Fund are made independently from those for the other Funds or any other investment company or account managed by an Adviser. Any such other investment company or account may also invest in the same securities as the Trust. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of a given Fund and another Fund, investment company or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price, and available investments allocated as to amount, in a manner which JPMIM of the given Fund believes to be equitable to the Fund and such other investment company or account. In some instances, this procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by a Fund or the size of the position obtained by a Fund. To the extent permitted by law, JPMIM may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased by it for a Fund with those to be sold or purchased by it for other Funds or for other investment companies or accounts in order to obtain best execution. In making investment recommendations for the Trust, JPMIM will not inquire or take into consideration whether an issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale by the Trust is a customer of JPMIM or their parents or subsidiaries or affiliates and in dealing with its commercial customers, JPMIM and their respective parent, subsidiaries, and affiliates will not inquire or take into consideration whether securities of such customers are held by the Trust.

For the fiscal year end as indicated, the Funds of the Trust that paid brokerage commissions and the amounts paid for such period were as follows (amounts in thousands):

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

Funds	Fiscal Year  Ended February 29, 2008			Fiscal Year  Ended February 28, 2009		Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2010
Core Bond Trust	$	—		$	—	$	—
Equity Index Trust		45			61		91
Intermediate Bond Trust		—	^		—		—

^ Amount rounds to less than $1,000.

During the last fiscal year, JPMIM utilized JPMorgan Securities, Inc. (“JPMSI”) to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds.

As of February 28, 2010, certain Funds owned securities of their regular broker dealers (or parents) as shown below:

Fund	Name of Broker-Dealer	Value of Securities  Owned $(000’s)
Core Bond Trust	ABN AMRO Inc.	$	3,622
	Bank of America Corporation		47,303
	Barclays Capital Inc.		4,602
	Bear Stearns & Co. Inc.*		22,726
	Citigroup Global Markets Inc.		70,213
	Credit Suisse First Boston LLC		12,122
	Deutsche Bank, AG		999
	Goldman Sachs and Company		17,930
	HSBC Securities Inc.		7,945
	Lehman Brothers Inc.		4,852
	Merrill Lynch & Co. Inc.		18,808
	UBS Financial Services Inc.		2,459
Equity Index Trust	Bank of America Corporation		5,006

89

Fund	Name of Broker-Dealer	Value of Securities  Owned $(000’s)
	Citigroup Global Markets Inc.		2,005
	Goldman Sachs and Company		2,430
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.		4,999
Intermediate Bond Trust	ABN AMRO Inc.		188
	Bank of America Corporation		4,403
	Barclays Capital Inc.		880
	Bear Stearns & Co. Inc.*		1,460
	Citigroup Global Markets Inc.		3,251
	Credit Suisse First Boston LLC		2,527
	Goldman Sachs and Company		3,377
	Lehman Brothers Inc.		249
	Merrill Lynch & Co. Inc.		1,981
	UBS Financial Services Inc.		707

* Bear Stearns Companies Inc. and its affiliates are affiliated with JPMorgan Chase & Co. These securities were purchased prior to their affiliation with the Funds.

** Investment in an affiliate. This security is included in an index in which the Fund, as an index fund, invests.

Investment decisions for each Fund of the Trust are made independently from those for the other Funds. Other investment companies or accounts managed by JPMIM may also invest in the same securities as the Trust. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of a given Fund and another Fund, investment company or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price, and available investments allocated as to amount, in a manner which the Adviser of the given Fund believes to be equitable to the Fund(s) and such other investment company or account. In some instances, this procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by a Fund or the size of the position obtained by a Fund. To the extent permitted by law, JPMIM may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased by it for a Fund with those to be sold or purchased by it for other Funds or for other investment companies or accounts in order to obtain best execution. As provided by the Investment Advisory Agreement, in making investment recommendations for the Trust, JPMIM will not inquire or take into consideration whether an issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale by the Trust is a customer of JPMIM or their parents or subsidiaries or affiliates and, in dealing with its commercial customers, JPMIM and their respective parent, subsidiaries, and affiliates will not inquire or take into consideration whether securities of such customers are held by the Trust.

Administrator

JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc., 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, Ohio 43240 serves as administrator for the Trust (“JPMFM” or the “Administrator”) pursuant to an administration agreement (“Administration Agreement”). JPMFM is an affiliate of JPMIM, the Adviser of the Trust, and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase.

The Administrator assists in supervising all operations of each Fund to which it serves (other than those performed under the Advisory Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement for that Fund). Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator has agreed to maintain the necessary office space for the Funds, to price the Fund securities of each Fund it serves and compute the net asset value and net income of the Funds on a daily basis, to maintain each Fund’s financial accounts and records, and to furnish certain other services required by the Funds with respect to each Fund. The Administrator prepares annual and semi-annual reports to the SEC, prepares federal and

90

state tax returns, and generally assists in all aspects of the Trust’s operations other than those performed under the Advisory Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator may, at its expense, subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of services under the Administration Agreement.

Unless sooner terminated, the Administration Agreement between the Trust and the Administrator will continues in effect for annual periods beyond October 31, unless written notice not to renew is given of each year, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the vote of a majority of those members of the Board of Trustees who are not parties to the Administration Agreement or interested persons of any such party by the non-renewing party to the other party at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the then-current term. The Administration Agreement may be terminated with respect to the Trust only upon mutual agreement of the parties to the Administration Agreement and for cause (as defined in the Administration Agreement) by the party alleging cause.

J.P. Morgan Investor Services, Co (“JPMIS”) serves as the Funds’ sub-administrator. For its services as sub-administrator, JPMIS receives a portion of the fees payable to the Administrator.

ADMINISTRATIVE FEES

( amounts in thousands)

The Administrator is entitled to a fee for its services, which is calculated daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of ten-hundredths of one percent (0.10%) of the aggregate daily net assets of all the Funds. The Trust paid fees for administrative services to JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. as Administrator for the fiscal year end as indicated (waived amounts in parentheses) as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended February 29, 2008					Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2009					Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2010
Funds	Paid		Waived			Paid		Waived			Paid		Waived
Core Bond Trust	$	—	($	2,803	)	$	—	($	2,468	)	$	—	$	(2,585	)
Equity Index Trust		—		(443	)		—		(352	)		—		(290	)
Intermediate Bond Trust		—		(325	)		—		(299	)		—		(328	)

The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the matters to which the Administration Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence in the performance of its duties, or from the reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties thereunder.

Placement Agent

J.P. Morgan Institutional Investments Inc. (“JPMII”) serves as the placement agent (“Placement Agent”) of the Funds’ shares pursuant to a placement agency agreement (“Placement Agency Agreement”) with the Trust, which is subject to annual approval by the Board. The Placement Agent is a subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co. The Placement Agent is located at 245 Park Avenue, 22^rd Floor, New York, NY 10167, and is a broker-dealer and member of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

The Placement Agency Agreement is terminable with respect to a Fund without penalty, at any time, by the Fund by not less than 30 days’ written notice to the Placement Agent, or by the Placement Agent upon not less than 30 days’ written notice to the Trust.

91

The Placement Agency Agreement will continue in effect with respect to each Fund for successive one-year periods, provided that each such continuance is specifically approved by the Trustees of the Trust, including by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act). If the Placement Agency Agreement is terminated (or not renewed) with respect to one or more Funds, it may continue in effect with respect to any Fund as to which it has not been terminated (or has been renewed).

Custodian, Transfer Agent, Accounting Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent

Pursuant to a Global Custody Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017, JPMorgan Chase Bank serves as the Funds’ custodian and fund accounting agent and is responsible for holding portfolio securities and cash and maintaining the books of account and records of portfolio transactions. JPMorgan Chase Bank is an affiliate of JPMIM.

With respect to fund accounting services, the following schedule shall be employed in the calculation of the fees payable for the services provided under the JPMorgan Custody Agreement. For purposes of determining the asset levels at which a Tier applies, assets for that fund type across the entire J.P. Morgan Funds Complex (which shall be defined to include any 1940 Act fund, commingled funds or Rule 3c-7 fund which is advised or subadvised by an entity which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co.) shall be used.

U.S Equity Funds:

0.0035% of the first $25 billion

0.0020% on the next $35 billion

0.0015% for such assets over $60 billion

U.S. Fixed Income Funds:

0.0040% of the first $25 billion

0.0025% on the next $35 billion

0.0020% for such assets over $60 billion

The minimum total annual fund accounting charge per U.S. Equity Fund is $20,000 and per U.S. Fixed Income Funds is $25,000.

For custodian services, each Fund pays to JPMorgan Chase Bank annual safekeeping fees of between 0.001% and 0.60% of the assets held by the custodian (depending on the domicile in which the asset is held), calculated monthly in arrears, fees between $4.50 and $150 for securities trades (depending on the domicile in which the trade is settled) and $5 for receipt of principal and/or interest on fixed income securities. JPMorgan Chase Bank is also reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not limited to, legal fees.

JPMorgan Chase Bank also is paid $15, $35 or $60 per proxy (depending on the country where the issuer is located) for its service which helps facilitate the voting of proxies throughout the world.

In addition, JPMorgan Chase Bank provides derivative servicing with respect to swaps, swaptions and bond and currency options. The fees for these services include a transaction fee of up to $40 per new contract, a fee of up to $10 per contract amendment (including transactions such as trade amendments, cancellations, terminations, novations, option exercise, option expiries, maturities or credit events) and a daily fee of up to $0.40 per contract per day for position management services.

92

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), 2 Heritage Drive, North Quincy, MA 02171, serves as Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent for each Fund pursuant to a Transfer Agency Agreement with the Trust (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”). Under the Transfer Agency Agreement, BFDS has agreed:

(i) to issue and redeem Shares of the Trust;

(ii) to address and mail all communications by the Trust to its Shareholders, including reports to Shareholders, dividend and distribution notices, and proxy material for its meetings of Shareholders;

(iii) to respond to correspondence or inquiries by Shareholders and others relating to its duties;

(iv) to maintain Shareholder accounts and certain sub-accounts; and

(v) to make periodic reports to the Trust’s Board of Trustees concerning the Trust’s operations.

Securities Lending Agent

To generate additional income, certain Funds may lend up to 33 ¹/3% of their assets pursuant to agreements (“borrower agreements”) requiring that the loan be continuously secured by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or its instrumentalities (“U.S. government securities”). JPMorgan Chase Bank, an affiliate of the Funds, serves as lending agent pursuant to a securities lending agreement approved by the Board of Trustees (the “Securities Lending Agreement”).

Under the Securities Lending Agreement, JPMorgan Chase Bank acting as agent for the Funds loans securities to approved borrowers pursuant to approved Borrower Agreements in exchange for collateral equal to at least 100% of the market value of the loaned securities plus accrued interest. During the term of the loan, the Funds receive payments from borrowers equivalent to the dividends and interest that would have been earned on securities lent while simultaneously seeking to earn income on the investment of cash collateral in accordance with investment guidelines contained in the Securities Lending Agreement. For loans secured by cash, the Funds retain the interest on cash collateral investments but are required to pay the borrower a rebate for the use of cash collateral. For loans secured by U.S. government securities, the borrower pays a borrower fee to the lending agent on behalf of the Funds. The net income earned on the securities lending (after payment of rebates and the lending agent’s fee) is included in the Statement of Operations as income from securities lending (net in the Fund’s financial statements). Information on the investment of cash collateral is shown in the Schedule of Portfolio Investments (in the Fund’s financial statements).

Under the Securities Lending Agreement, JPMorgan Chase Bank is entitled to a fee equal to (i) 0.03% of the average dollar value of loans of U.S. securities outstanding during a given month; and (ii) 0.09% of the average dollar value of loans of non-U.S. securities outstanding during a given month. The purpose of these fees is to cover the custodial, administrative and related costs of securities lending including securities movement, settlement of trades involving cash received as collateral, custody of collateral and marking to market loans.

93

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Board of Trustees has delegated to the Funds’ investment adviser, JPMIM, proxy voting authority with respect to the Funds’ portfolio securities. To ensure that the proxies of portfolio companies are voted in the best interests of the Funds, the Funds’ Board of Trustees has adopted JPMIM’s detailed proxy voting procedures (the “Procedures”) that incorporate guidelines (“Guidelines”) for voting proxies on specific types of issues. The Guidelines have been developed with the objective of encouraging corporate action that enhances shareholder value.

JPMIM and its affiliated advisers are part of a global asset management organization with the capability to invest in securities of issuers located around the globe. Because the regulatory framework and the business cultures and practices vary from region to region, the Guidelines are customized for each region to take into account such variations. Separate Guidelines cover the regions of (1) North America, (2) Europe, Middle East, Africa, Central America and South America (3) Asia (ex-Japan) and (4) Japan, respectively.

Notwithstanding the variations among the Guidelines, all of the Guidelines have been designed with the uniform objective of encouraging corporate action that enhances shareholder value. As a general rule, in voting proxies of a particular security, JPMIM will apply the Guidelines of the region in which the issuer of such security is organized. Except as noted below, proxy voting decisions will be made in accordance with the Guidelines covering a multitude of both routine and non-routine matters that JPMIM and its affiliated advisers have encountered globally, based on many years of collective investment management experience.

To oversee and monitor the proxy-voting process, JPMIM has established a proxy committee and appointed a proxy administrator in each global location where proxies are voted. The primary function of each proxy committee is to review periodically general proxy-voting matters, review and approve the Guidelines annually, and provide advice and recommendations on general proxy-voting matters as well as on specific voting issues. The procedures permit an independent voting service, currently Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”) in the United States, to perform certain services otherwise carried out or coordinated by the proxy administrator.

Although for many matters the Guidelines specify the votes to be cast, for many others, the Guidelines contemplate case-by-case determinations. In addition, there will undoubtedly be proxy matters that are not contemplated by the Guidelines. For both of these categories of matters and to override the Guidelines, the Procedures require a certification and review process to be completed before the vote is cast. That process is designed to identify actual or potential material conflicts of interest (between the Fund on the one hand, and the Fund’s investment adviser, placement agent or an affiliate of any of the foregoing, on the other hand) and ensure that the proxy vote is cast in the best interests of the Fund. When a potential material conflict of interest has been identified, the proxy administrator and a subgroup of proxy committee members (composed of a member from the Investment Department and one or more members from the Legal, Compliance or Risk Management Departments) will evaluate the potential conflict of interest and determine whether such conflict actually exists, and if so, will recommend how JPMIM will vote the proxy. In addressing any material conflict, JPMIM may take one or more of the following measures (or other appropriate action): removing or “walling off” from the proxy voting process certain JPMIM personnel with knowledge of the conflict, voting in accordance with any applicable Guideline if the application of the Guideline would objectively result in the casting of a proxy vote in a predetermined manner, or deferring the vote to ISS, which will vote in accordance with its own recommendation.

94

The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the U.S. Guidelines:

• JPMIM considers votes on director nominees on a case-by-case basis. Votes generally will be withheld from directors who: (a) attend less than 75% of board and committee meetings without a valid excuse; (b) implement or renew a dead-hand poison pill; (c) are affiliated directors who serve on audit, compensation or nominating committees or are affiliated directors and the full board serves on such committees or the company does not have such committees; or (d) ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved for two consecutive years by a majority of either the shares outstanding or the votes cast.

• JPMIM votes proposals to classify boards on a case-by-case basis, but will vote in favor of such proposal if the issuer’s governing documents contain each of eight enumerated safeguards (for example, a majority of the board is composed of independent directors and the nominating committee is composed solely of such directors).

• JPMIM also considers management poison pill proposals on a case-by-case basis, looking for shareholder-friendly provisions before voting in favor.

• JPMIM votes against proposals for a super-majority vote to approve a merger.

• JPMIM considers proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the extent of dilution and whether the transaction will result in a change in control.

• JPMIM votes proposals on a stock option plan, based primarily on a detailed, quantitative analysis that takes into account factors such as estimated dilution to shareholders’ equity and dilution to voting power. JPMIM generally considers other management compensation proposals on a case-by-case basis.

• JPMIM also considers on a case-by-case basis proposals to change an issuer’s state of incorporation, mergers and acquisitions and other corporate restructuring proposals and certain social and environmental issue proposals.

The Funds’ proxy voting records for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or by calling the following toll-free number 1-800-343-1113.

Description of Shares

The Trust is an open-end, management investment company organized as Delaware statutory trust. Each Fund represents a separate series of shares of beneficial interest. The Trust presently includes three series, which represent interests in the following:

1. JPMorgan Core Bond Trust;

2. JPMorgan Equity Index Trust; and

3. JPMorgan Intermediate Bond Trust

The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares ($0.0001 par value) of one or more series and classes within any series and to divide or combine

95

the shares of any series or class without materially changing the proportionate beneficial interest of such shares of such series or class in the assets held with respect to that series. Each share represents an equal beneficial interest in the net assets of a Fund with each other share of that Fund. The Trustees may authorize the issuance of shares of additional series and the creation of classes of shares within any series with such preferences, voting powers, rights, duties and privileges as the Trustees may determine; however, the Trustees may not classify or change outstanding shares in a manner materially adverse to shareholders of each share. Upon liquidation of a Fund, shareholders are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of a Fund available for distribution to such shareholders. The rights of redemption and exchange are described in the Confidential Offering Memorandum and elsewhere in this Confidential Offering Memorandum Supplement.

The shareholders of each Fund are entitled to one vote for each dollar of NAV (and a proportionate fractional vote with respect to the remainder of the NAV of shares, if any), on matters on which shares of a Fund shall be entitled to vote. Subject to the 1940 Act, the Trustees themselves have the power to alter the number of the Trustees, provided that there are no fewer than three, and to appoint their own successors, provided, however, that immediately after such appointment the requisite majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders of the Trust. The voting rights of shareholders are not cumulative with respect to the election of Trustees. It is the intention of the Trust not to hold meetings of shareholders annually. The Trustees may call meetings of shareholders for action by shareholder vote as may be required by either the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust.

Each share of a series or class represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets in that series or class with each other share of that series or class. The shares of each series or class participate equally in the earnings, dividends and assets of the particular series or class. Any general liabilities of the Trust which are not readily identifiable as being held with respect to any particular series or class shall be allocated and charged by the Trustees to and among any one or more of the series in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion deem fair and equitable. Except as other wise provided by the trustees, shares have no pre-emptive or conversion rights, and when issued, are fully paid and non-assessable. Shares of each series or class generally vote together, except when required under federal securities laws to vote separately on matters that may affect a particular class, such as the approval of distribution plans for a particular class, or when the Trustees have determined that the matter voted upon will only affect a series or class.

The Trustees of the Trust may, without shareholder approval (unless otherwise required by applicable law): (i) cause the Trust to merge or consolidate with or into one or more trusts (or series thereof to the extent permitted by law, partnerships, associations, corporations or other business entities (including trusts, partnerships, associations, corporations, or other business entities created by the Trustees to accomplish such merger or consolidation) so long as the surviving or resulting entity is an investment company as defined in the 1940 Act, or is a series thereof, that will succeed to or assume the Trust’s registration under the 1940 Act and that is formed, organized, or existing under the laws of the U.S. or of a state, commonwealth, possession or territory of the U.S., unless otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act; (ii) cause any one or more series or classes of the Trust to merge or consolidate with or into any one or more other series or classes of the Trust, one or more trusts (or series or classes thereof to the extent permitted by law), partnerships, associations, corporations; (iii) cause the shares to be exchanged under or pursuant to any state or federal statute to the extent permitted by law; or (iv) cause the Trust to reorganize as a corporation, limited liability company or limited liability partnership under the laws of Delaware or any other state or jurisdiction. However, the exercise of such authority may be subject to certain restrictions under the 1940 Act.

96

The Trustees may, without shareholder vote, generally restate, amend or otherwise supplement the Trust’s governing instruments, including the Declarations of Trust and the By-Laws, without the approval of shareholders, subject to limited exceptions, such as the right to elect Trustees.

The Trustees, without obtaining any authorization or vote of shareholders, may change the name of any series or class or dissolve or terminate any series or class of shares.

Shares have no subscription or preemptive rights and only such conversion or exchange rights as the Trustees may grant in their discretion. When issued for payment as described in the Confidential Offering Memorandum and this Confidential Offering Memorandum Supplement, the Trust’s Shares will be fully paid and non-assessable. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, Shares of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets available for distribution belonging to the Fund, and a proportionate distribution, based upon the relative asset values of the respective Funds, of any general assets not belonging to any particular Fund which are available for distribution.

Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Trust shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares of each Fund affected by the matter. For purposes of determining whether the approval of a majority of the outstanding Shares of a Fund will be required in connection with a matter, a Fund will be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each Fund in the matter are identical, or that the matter does not affect any interest of the Fund. Under Rule 18f-2, the approval of an investment advisory agreement or any change in investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a Fund only if approved by a majority of the outstanding Shares of such Fund. However, Rule 18f-2 also provides that the ratification of independent public accountants, the approval of principal underwriting contracts, and the election of Trustees may be effectively acted upon by Shareholders of the Trust voting without regard to series.

Shareholder and Trustee Liability

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that if any Shareholder or former Shareholder of any series shall be held personally liable solely by reason of being or having been a Shareholder, such Shareholder or former Shareholder shall be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability. Under the Declaration of Trust, neither the Trust, the Trustees, nor any officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall have any power to bind personally any Shareholders, nor, except as specifically provided therein, to call upon any Shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than such as the Shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay. The Declaration of Trust grants to Shareholders the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to shareholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated in the State of Delaware.

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust states further that no Trustee of the Trust shall be personally liable to any person other than the Trust or a beneficial owner for any act, omission or obligation of the Trust or any Trustee. The Declaration of Trust also states that a Trustee shall not be liable for any act or omission or any conduct whatsoever in his capacity as Trustee, unless the Trustee would be subject to liability to the Trust or to Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee thereunder.

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure

No sooner than 10 days after the end of each month (thirty days for the Equity Index Trust), each Fund will make available upon request a complete, uncertified schedule of its portfolio holdings as of the

97

last day of that month. Not later than sixty days after the end of each quarter, each Fund will make available a complete, certified schedule of its portfolio holdings as of the last day of that quarter. In addition to providing hard copies upon request, the Funds will post these quarterly schedules on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Shareholders may request portfolio holdings schedules at no charge by contacting their client relationship or client service manager.

The Funds’ publicly available uncertified complete list of portfolio holdings information, as described above, may also be provided regularly pursuant to a standing request, such as on a monthly or quarterly basis, to (i) third party service providers, rating and ranking agencies, financial intermediaries, and affiliated persons of the Funds and (ii) clients of JPMIM or its affiliates that invest in the Funds or such clients’ consultants. No compensation or other consideration is received by the Funds or JPMIM, or any other person for these disclosures. A list of the entities that receive the Funds’ portfolio holdings information on such basis and the frequency with which it is provided to them is provided below:

All Funds
Lipper, Inc.	Monthly	30 days after month end
JPMorgan Core Bond Trust
Detroit Symphony Orchestra	Monthly	30 days after month end
New England Pension Consultants	Monthly	30 days after month end
Callan Associates	Quarterly	30 days after month end
Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare	Quarterly	30 days after month end
Organizations
JPMorgan Intermediate Bond Trust
Brunswick Corporation	Monthly	30 days after month end
JPMorgan Equity Index Trust
Detroit Symphony Orchestra	Monthly	30 days after month end
Prime, Buchholz & Associates, Inc.	Quarterly	30 days after month end
Sauer-Dan Foss	Quarterly	30 days after month end

In addition, certain service providers to the Funds or JPMIM, Administrator, or the Placement Agent may for legitimate business purposes receive the Funds’ portfolio holdings information earlier than the time periods specified in the Offering Memorandum and this Offering Memorandum Supplement, such as rating and ranking agencies, pricing services, proxy voting service providers, accountants, attorneys, custodians, securities lending agents, consultants retained to assist in the drafting of management discussion of fund performance in shareholder reports, brokers in connection with Fund transactions and in providing price quotations, and transfer agents. These service providers include the following: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.; Financial Graphic Solutions, Inc.; Dechert LLP; Digital Publishing Solutions, Inc.; FT Interactive Data; Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.; J.J. Kenny; Jeff Booth; and Morgan Stanley & Co. Other service providers (e.g., the Fund’s administrator) are identified elsewhere in the registration statement. In addition, when a Fund redeems a shareholder in kind, the shareholder generally receives its proportionate share of the Fund’s portfolio holdings and, therefore, the shareholder and its agent may receive such information earlier than the time periods specified in the Offering Memorandum and this Offering Memorandum Supplement. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g., attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions). Disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio securities as an exception to the Fund’s normal business practice requires the business unit proposing such exception to identify a legitimate business purpose for the disclosure and submit the proposal to the Fund’s Treasurer for approval following business and compliance review. Additionally, no compensation or other

98

consideration is received by a Fund or JPMIM, or any other person for these disclosures. The Fund’s Trustees will review annually a list of such entities that have received such information, the frequency of such disclosures and the business purpose therefor. These procedures are designed to address conflicts of interest between the Fund’s shareholders on the one hand and JPMIM or any affiliated person of the Fund or such entities on the other hand by creating a structured review and approval process which seeks to ensure that disclosure of information about the Fund’s portfolio securities is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. There can be no assurance, however that a Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information will prevent the misuse of such information by individuals or firms in possession of such information.

Portfolio holdings of each Fund will be disclosed on a quarterly basis on forms required to be filed with the SEC as follows: (i) portfolio holdings as of the end of each fiscal year will be filed as part of the annual report filed on Form N-CSR; (ii) portfolio holdings as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters will be filed on Form N-Q; and (iii) portfolio holdings as of the end of the six month period will be filed as part of the semi-annual report filed on Form N-CSR. The Trust’s Form N-CSRs and Form N-Qs will be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Finally, the Funds release information concerning any and all portfolio holdings when required by law. Such releases may include providing information concerning holdings of a specific security to the issuer of such security. In addition to information on portfolio holdings, no sooner than 10 days after month end, you may obtain a portfolio characteristics summary by calling your client relationship or client service manager. In addition, no sooner than 15 days after month end, you may obtain an attribution analysis report by calling your client relationship or client service manager.

Miscellaneous

The Trust is not required to hold a meeting of Shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees except that (i) the Trust is required to hold a Shareholders’ meeting for the election of Trustees at such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been elected by Shareholders and (ii) if, as a result of a vacancy on the Board of Trustees, less than two-thirds of the Trustees holding office have been elected by the Shareholders, that vacancy may only be filled by a vote of the Shareholders. In addition, Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by the holders of Shares representing two-thirds of the outstanding Shares of the Trust at a meeting duly called for the purpose, which meeting shall be held upon the written request of the holders of Shares representing not less than 10% of the outstanding Shares of the Trust. Except as set forth above, the Trustees may continue to hold office and may appoint successor Trustees.

As used in the Trust’s Confidential Offering Memorandum and in this Supplement, “assets belonging to a Fund” means the consideration received by the Trust upon the issuance or sale of Shares in that Fund, together with all income, earnings, profits, and proceeds derived from the investment thereof, including any proceeds from the sale, exchange, or liquidation of such investments, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds, and any general assets of the Trust not readily identified as belonging to a particular Fund that are allocated to that Fund by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees may allocate such general assets in any manner it deems fair and equitable. It is anticipated that the factor that will be used by the Board of Trustees in making allocations of general assets to particular Funds will be the relative net asset values of the respective Funds at the time of allocation. Assets belonging to a particular Fund are charged with the direct liabilities and expenses in respect of that Fund, and with a share of the general liabilities and expenses of the Trust not readily identified as belonging to a particular Fund that are allocated to that Fund in proportion to the relative net asset values of the respective Funds at the time of allocation. The timing of allocations of

99

general assets and general liabilities and expenses of the Trust to particular Funds will be determined by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and will be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Determinations by the Board of Trustees of the Trust as to the timing of the allocation of general liabilities and expenses and as to the timing and allocable portion of any general assets with respect to a particular Fund are conclusive. As used in the Confidential Offering Memorandum and in this Supplement, a “vote of a majority of the outstanding Shares” of the Trust, a particular Fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (a) more than 50% of the outstanding Shares of the Trust or such Fund or (b) 67% or more of the Shares of the Trust or such Fund present at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Shares of the Trust or such Fund are represented in person or by proxy.

The Trust is registered with the SEC as an open-end, management investment company. Such registration does not involve supervision by the SEC of the management or policies of the Trust.

The Confidential Offering Memorandum and this Supplement omit certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement filed with the SEC. Copies of such information may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee.

The Confidential Offering Memorandum and this Supplement are not an offering of the securities herein described in any State in which such offering may not lawfully be made. No salesperson, dealer, or other person is authorized to give any information or make any representation other than those contained in the Confidential Offering Memorandum and this Supplement.

As of December 31, 2010, the following persons were the owners of record of, or known by the Trust to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding Shares of the following Funds. Shareholders designated by an asterisk hold record of, or known by the trust to own beneficially 25% or more of a Fund.

TRUST1	NAME AND ADDRESS OF SHAREHOLDER	PERCENTAGE HELD
CORE BOND TRUST
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES	BRICS & CO* 340 S. CLEVELAND AVE FL1 WESTERVILLE OH 43081-8917		46.21	%
	JPMIM AS AGENT FOR* ROCKWELL ATTN CLIENT SERVICES 1111 POLARIS PKWY STE 3F COLUMBUS OH 43240-2031		5.84	%
EQUITY INDEX TRUST
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES	BRICS & CO* 340 S. CLEVELAND AVE FL1 WESTERVILLE OH 43081-8917		82.32	%
	JPMIM AS AGENT FOR* BAE SYSTEMS NORTH AMERICA INC. ATTN CLIENT SERVICES 500 STANTON CHRISTIANA RD OPS 3 FL 2 NEWARK DE 19713-2105		6.20	%

100

TRUST1	NAME AND ADDRESS OF SHAREHOLDER	PERCENTAGE HELD
INTERMEDIATE BOND TRUST
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES	JPMIM AS AGENT* FBO BRUNSWICK ATTN CLIENT SERVICES 1111 POLARIS PKWY STE 3F COLUMBUS OH 43240-2031		31.58	%
	BRICS & CO* 340 S. CLEVELAND AVE FL1 WESTERVILLE OH 43081-8917		22.48	%
	JPMIM AS AGENT* FBO TEXTRON ATTN CLIENT SERVICES 1111 POLARIS PKWY STE 3F COLUMBUS OH 43240-2031		11.09	%
	JPMIM AS AGENT* FBO UHHS ATTN CLIENT SERVICES 1111 POLARIS PKWY STE 3F COLUMBUS OH 43240-2031		10.02	%

1 Shares of the Funds are offered only to certain clients of either JPMIM or its affiliates who maintain one or more separately managed private accounts, and who are “accredited investors,” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Due to JPMIM or its affiliates voting or investment power with respect to the Funds, JPMorgan Chase & Co. may be deemed to be a “controlling person” of such shares under the 1940 Act.

* The shareholder of record is a subsidiary or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase & Co. (a “JPMorgan Affiliate”). Typically, the shares are held for the benefit of underlying accounts for which the JPMorgan Affiliate may have voting or investment power. To the extent that JPMorgan Affiliates own 25% or more of a class of shares of a Fund, JPMorgan Chase & Co. may be deemed to be a “controlling person” of such shares under the 1940 Act.

Persons owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) a Fund. As a result, those persons may have the ability to control the outcome on any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of a Fund.

Financial Statements

The Financial Statements of the Trust for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm to the Trust, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and are incorporated herein by reference. These Financial Statements are available to shareholder without charge upon request by calling their Client Service Manager.

101

APPENDIX A—DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The following is a summary of published ratings by major credit rating agencies. Credit ratings evaluate only the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of lower quality securities. Credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings to reflect subsequent events on a timely basis. Although the investment adviser considers security ratings when making investment decisions, it also performs its own investment analysis and does not rely solely on the ratings assigned by credit agencies.

Unrated securities will be treated as non-investment grade securities unless the investment adviser determines that such securities are the equivalent of investment grade securities. Securities that have received different ratings from more than one agency are considered investment grade if at least one agency has rated the security investment grade.

DESCRIPTION OF SHORT-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”)

A-1	A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2	A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3	A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B	A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B-1	A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
B-2	A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
B-3	A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
C	A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

A-1

D A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)

F1	HIGHEST SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2	GOOD SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial obligations.
F3	FAIR SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B	SPECULATIVE SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C	HIGH SHORT-TERM DEFAULT RISK. Default is a real possibility.
RD	RESTRICTED DEFAULT. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
D	Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”)

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

A-2

Dominion Bond Rating Service (“DBRS”)

The DBRS short-term debt rating scale is meant to give an indication of the risk that a borrower will not fulfill its near-term debt obligations in a timely manner. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the borrowing entity.

R-1 (high)	Short-term debt rated R-1 (high) is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an entity possessing unquestioned ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due. Entities rated in this category normally maintain strong liquidity positions, conservative debt levels, and profitability that is both stable and above average. Companies achieving an R-1 (high) rating are normally leaders in structurally sound industry segments with proven track records, sustainable positive future results, and no substantial qualifying negative factors. Given the extremely tough definition DBRS has established for an R-1 (high), few entities are strong enough to achieve this rating.
R-1 (middle)	Short-term debt rated R-1 (middle) is of superior credit quality and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from R-1 (high) credits by only a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition DBRS has established for the R-1 (high) category, entities rated R-1 (middle) are also considered strong credits, and typically exemplify above average strength in key areas of consideration for the timely repayment of short-term liabilities.
R-1 (low)	Short term debt rated “R-1” (low) is of satisfactory credit quality. The overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios is not normally as favorable as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable. Any qualifying negative factors which exist are considered manageable, and the entity is normally of sufficient size to have some influence in its industry.
R-2 (high)	Short-term debt rated R-2 (high) is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The ability to repay obligations as they mature remains acceptable, although the overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios is not as strong as credits rated in the R-1 (low) category. Relative to the latter category, other shortcomings often include areas such as stability, financial flexibility, and the relative size and market position of the entity within its industry.
R-2 (middle)	Short-term debt rated R-2 (middle) is considered to be of adequate credit quality. Relative to the R-2 (high) category, entities rated R-2 (middle) typically have some combination of higher volatility, weaker debt or liquidity positions, lower future cash flow capabilities, or are negatively impacted by a weaker industry. Ratings in this category would be more vulnerable to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
R-2 (low)	Short-term debt rated R-2 (low) is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality, typically having some combination of challenges that are not acceptable for an R-2 (middle) credit. However, R-2 (low) ratings still display a level of credit strength that allows for a higher rating than the R-3 category, with this distinction often reflecting the issuer’s liquidity profile.

A-3

R-3	Short-term debt rated R-3 is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality, one step up from being speculative. While not yet defined as speculative, the R-3 category signifies that although repayment is still expected, the certainty of repayment could be impacted by a variety of possible adverse developments, many of which would be outside of the issuer’s control. Entities in this area often have limited access to capital markets and may also have limitations in securing alternative sources of liquidity, particularly during periods of weak economic conditions.
R-4	Short-term debt rated R-4 is speculative. R-4 credits tend to have weak liquidity and debt ratios, and the future trend of these ratios is also unclear. Due to its speculative nature, companies with R-4 ratings would normally have very limited access to alternative sources of liquidity. Earnings and cash flow would typically be very unstable, and the level of overall profitability of the entity is also likely to be low. The industry environment may be weak, and strong negative qualifying factors are also likely to be present.
R-5	Short-term debt rated R-5 is highly speculative. There is a reasonably high level of uncertainty as to the ability of the entity to repay the obligations on a continuing basis in the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity. In some cases, short term debt rated R-5 may have challenges that if not corrected, could lead to default.
D	A security rated D implies the issuer has either not met a scheduled payment or the issuer has made it clear that it will be missing such a payment in the near future. In some cases, DBRS may not assign a D rating under a bankruptcy announcement scenario, as allowances for grace periods may exist in the underlying legal documentation. Once assigned, the D rating will continue as long as the missed payment continues to be in arrears, and until such time as the rating is discontinued or reinstated by DBRS.

DESCRIPTION OF BANK RATINGS

Moody’s

Moody’s Bank Financial Strength Ratings (BFSRs) represent Moody’s opinion of a bank’s intrinsic safety and soundness and, as such, exclude certain external credit risks and credit support elements that are addressed by Moody’s Bank Deposit Ratings. In addition to commercial banks, Moody’s BFSRs may also be assigned to other types of financial institutions such as multilateral development banks, government-sponsored financial institutions and national development financial institutions.

A	Banks rated A possess superior intrinsic financial strength. Typically, they will be institutions with highly valuable and defensible business franchises, strong financial fundamentals, and a very predictable and stable operating environment.
B	Banks rated B possess strong intrinsic financial strength. Typically, they will be institutions with valuable and defensible business franchises, good financial fundamentals, and a predictable and stable operating environment.
C	Banks rated C possess adequate intrinsic financial strength. Typically, they will be institutions with more limited but still valuable business franchises. These banks will display either acceptable financial fundamentals within a predictable and stable operating environment, or good financial fundamentals within a less predictable and stable operating environment.

A-4

D

Banks rated D display modest intrinsic financial strength, potentially requiring some outside support at times. Such institutions may be limited by one or more of the following factors: a weak business franchise; financial fundamentals that are deficient in one or more respects; or an unpredictable and unstable operating environment.

E

Banks rated E display very modest intrinsic financial strength, with a higher likelihood of periodic outside support or an eventual need for outside assistance. Such institutions may be limited by one or more of the following factors: a weak and limited business franchise; financial fundamentals that are materially deficient in one or more respects; or a highly unpredictable or unstable operating environment.

Where appropriate, a “+” modifier will be appended to ratings below the “A” category and a “-” modifier will be appended to ratings above the “E” category to distinguish those banks that fall in the higher and lower ends, respectively, of the generic rating category.

DESCRIPTION OF LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

S&P

Corporate and Municipal Bond Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:

• Likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

• Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

• Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

Investment Grade

AAA	An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA	An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A	An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

A-5

BBB An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Speculative Grade

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB	An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B	An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC	An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC	An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C	A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
D	An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

Plus(+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

NR This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

A-6

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

P: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

Preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances.

• Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating.

• Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

• Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon reorganization or emergence from bankruptcy, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the

A-7

reorganized or post bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating as a result of changes in the reorganization plan or other developments. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Unsolicited: Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

*: This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c: This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

q: A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

r: The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Moody’s

Long-Term Obligation Ratings

Investment Grade

Aaa	Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa	Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A	Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

A-8

Baa Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Non-Investment Grade

Ba	Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B	Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa	Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca	Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C	Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classified from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Fitch

Investment Grade

AAA	HIGHEST CREDIT QUALITY. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA	VERY HIGH CREDIT QUALITY. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A	HIGH CREDIT QUALITY. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB	GOOD CREDIT QUALITY. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

A-9

Speculative Grade

BB	SPECULATIVE. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.
B	HIGHLY SPECULATIVE. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC	SUBSTANTIAL CREDIT RISK. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.
CC	VERY HIGH LEVELS OF CREDIT RISK. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.
C	EXCEPTIONALLY HIGH LEVELS OF CREDIT RISK. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Note:

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below ‘B’.

DBRS

Long-Term Obligations

The DBRS long-term debt rating scale is meant to give an indication of the risk that a borrower will not fulfill its full obligations in a timely manner, with respect to both interest and principal commitments. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the borrowing entity. Each rating category is denoted by the subcategories “high” and “low”. The absence of either a “high” or “low” designation indicates the rating is in the “middle” of the category. The AAA and D categories do not utilize “high”, “middle”, and “low” as differential grades. This scale is also used for preferred and hybrid instruments. References to interest throughout reflect dividend commitments, where applicable, for a preferred instrument.

AAA Long-term debt rated AAA is of the highest credit quality, with exceptionally strong protection for the timely repayment of principal and interest. Earnings are considered stable, the structure of the industry in which the entity operates is strong, and the outlook for future profitability is favourable. There are few qualifying factors present that would detract from the performance of the entity. The strength of liquidity and coverage ratios is unquestioned and the entity has established a credible track record of superior performance. Given the extremely high standard that DBRS has set for this category, few entities are able to achieve a AAA rating.

A-10

AA	Long-term debt rated AA is of superior credit quality, and protection of interest and principal is considered high. In many cases they differ from long-term debt rated AAA only to a small degree. Given the extremely restrictive definition DBRS has for the AAA category, entities rated AA are also considered to be strong credits, typically exemplifying above-average strength in key areas of consideration and unlikely to be significantly affected by reasonably foreseeable events.
A	Long-term debt rated “A” is of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is still substantial, but the degree of strength is less than that of AA rated entities. While “A” is a respectable rating, entities in this category are considered to be more susceptible to adverse economic conditions and have greater cyclical tendencies than higher-rated securities.
BBB	Long-term debt rated BBB is of adequate credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is considered acceptable, but the entity is fairly susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, or there may be other adverse conditions present which reduce the strength of the entity and its rated securities.
BB	Long-term debt rated BB is defined to be speculative and non-investment grade, where the degree of protection afforded interest and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic recession. Entities in the BB range typically have limited access to capital markets and additional liquidity support. In many cases, deficiencies in critical mass, diversification, and competitive strength are additional negative considerations.
B	Long-term debt rated B is considered highly speculative and there is a reasonably high level of uncertainty as to the ability of the entity to pay interest and principal on a continuing basis in the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity.
CCC/ CC/C	Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is very highly speculative and is in danger of default of interest and principal. The degree of adverse elements present is more severe than long-term debt rated B. Long-term debt rated below B often have features which, if not remedied, may lead to default. In practice, there is little difference between these three categories, with CC and C normally used for lower ranking debt of companies for which the senior debt is rated in the CCC to B range.
D	A security rated D implies the issuer has not met a scheduled payment of interest or principal, the issuer has made it clear that it will miss such a payment in the near future, or in certain cases, that there has been a distressed exchange. In some cases, DBRS may not assign a D rating under a bankruptcy announcement scenario, as allowances for grace periods may exist in the underlying legal documentation. Once assigned, the D rating will continue as long as the missed payment continues to be in arrears, and until such time as the rating is discontinued or reinstated by DBRS. Where this scale is used for preferred securities, the non payment of a dividend will only be considered as a D if the missed payment constitutes default per the legal documents.

DESCRIPTION OF INSURANCE RATINGS

Moody’s

Insurance Financial Strength Ratings

Moody’s Insurance Financial Strength Ratings are opinions of the ability of insurance companies to repay punctually senior policyholder claims and obligations. Specific obligations are considered unrated unless they are individually rated because the standing of a particular insurance obligation would depend on an

A-11

assessment of its relative standing under those laws governing both the obligation and the insurance company.

Insurance Financial Strength Ratings, shown in connection with property/casualty groups, represent the ratings of individual companies within those groups, as displayed in Moody’s insurance industry ratings list. The rating of an individual property/casualty company may be based on the benefit of its participation in an intercompany pooling agreement. Pooling agreements may or may not provide for continuation of in-force policyholder obligations by pool members in the event that the property/casualty insurer is sold to a third party or otherwise removed from the pooling agreement.

Moody’s assumes in these ratings that the pooling agreement will not be modified by the members of the pool to reduce the benefits of pool participation, and that the insurer will remain in the pool. Moody’s makes no representation or warranty that such pooling agreement will not be modified over time, nor does Moody’s opine on the probability that the rated entity may be sold or otherwise removed from the pooling agreement.

Long-Term Insurance Financial Strength Ratings

Moody’s rating symbols for Insurance Financial Strength Ratings are identical to those used to indicate the credit quality of long-term obligations. These rating gradations provide investors with a system for measuring an insurance company’s ability to meet its senior policyholder claims and obligations.

Aaa	Insurance companies rated in this category offer exceptional financial security. While the credit profile of these companies is likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair their fundamentally strong position.
Aa	Insurance companies rated Aa offer excellent financial security. Together with the Aaa group, they constitute what are generally known as high-grade companies. They are rated lower than Aaa companies because long-term risks appear somewhat larger.
A	Insurance companies rated A offer good financial security. However, elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
Baa	Insurance companies rated Baa offer adequate financial security. However, certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
Ba	Insurance companies rated Ba offer questionable financial security. Often the ability of these companies to meet policyholder obligations may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded in the future.
B	Insurance companies rated B offer poor financial security. Assurance of punctual payment of policyholder obligations over any long period of time is small.
Caa	Insurance companies rated Caa offer very poor financial security. They may be in default on their policyholder obligations or there may be present elements of danger with respect to punctual payment of policyholder obligations and claims.
Ca	Insurance companies rated Ca offer extremely poor financial security. Such companies are often in default on their policyholder obligations or have other marked shortcomings.
C	Insurance companies rated C are the lowest-rated class of insurance company and can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever offering financial security.

A-12

Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. Numeric modifiers are used to refer to the ranking within a group — with 1 being the highest and 3 being the lowest. However, the financial strength of companies within a generic rating symbol (Aa, for example) is broadly the same.

Short-Term Insurance Financial Strength Ratings

Short-Term Insurance Financial Strength Ratings are opinions of the ability of the insurance company to repay punctually its short-term senior policyholder claims and obligations. The ratings apply to senior policyholder obligations that mature or are payable within one year or less.

Specific obligations are considered unrated unless individually rated because the standing of a particular insurance obligation would depend on an assessment of its relative standing under those laws governing both the obligation and the insurance company.

P-1	Insurers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term policyholder claims and obligations.
P-2	Insurers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term policyholder claims and obligations.
P-3	Insurers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term policyholder claims and obligations.
NP	Insurers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime (NP) do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

When ratings are supported by the credit of another entity or entities, then the name or names of such supporting entity or entities are listed within parenthesis beneath the name of the insurer, or there is a footnote referring to the name or names of the supporting entity or entities.

In assigning ratings to such insurers, Moody’s evaluates the financial strength of the affiliated insurance companies, commercial banks, corporations, foreign governments, or other entities, but only as one factor in the total rating assessment. Moody’s makes no representation and gives no opinion on the legal validity or enforceability of any support arrangement.

S&P

Insurer Financial Strength Rating Definitions

A S&P’s insurer financial strength rating is a forward-looking opinion about the financial security characteristics of an insurance organization with respect to its ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. Insurer financial strength ratings are also assigned to health maintenance organizations and similar health plans with respect to their ability to pay under their policies and contracts in accordance with their terms.

This opinion is not specific to any particular policy or contract, nor does it address the suitability of a particular policy or contract for a specific purpose or purchaser. Furthermore, the opinion does not take into account deductibles, surrender or cancellation penalties, timeliness of payment, nor the likelihood of the use of a defense such as fraud to deny claims. For organizations with cross-border or multinational operations, including those conducted by subsidiaries or branch offices, the ratings do not take into

A-13

account potential that may exist for foreign exchange restrictions to prevent financial obligations from being met.

Insurer financial strength ratings do not refer to an organization’s ability to meet nonpolicy (i.e. debt) obligations. Assignment of ratings to debt issued by insurers or to debt issues that are fully or partially supported by insurance policies, contracts, or guarantees is a separate process from the determination of insurer financial strength ratings, and follows procedures consistent with issue credit rating definitions and practices. An insurer financial strength rating is not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by an insurer.

Long-Term Insurer Financial Strength Ratings

An insurer rated ‘BBB’ or higher is regarded as having financial security characteristics that outweigh any vulnerabilities, and is highly likely to have the ability to meet financial commitments.

AAA	An insurer rated ‘AAA’ has extremely strong financial security characteristics. ‘AAA’ is the highest insurer financial strength rating assigned by S&P.
AA	An insurer rated ‘AA’ has very strong financial security characteristics, differing only slightly from those rated higher.
A	An insurer rated ‘A’ has strong financial security characteristics, but is somewhat more likely to be affected by adverse business conditions than are insurers with higher ratings.
BBB	An insurer rated ‘BBB’ has good financial security characteristics, but is more likely to be affected by adverse business conditions than are higher-rated insurers.

An insurer rated ‘BB’ or lower is regarded as having vulnerable characteristics that may outweigh its strengths. ;BB’ indicates the least degree of vulnerability within the range; ‘CC’ the highest.

BB	An insurer rated ‘BB’ has marginal financial security characteristics. Positive attributes exist, but adverse business conditions could lead to insufficient ability to meet financial commitments.
B	An insurer rated ‘B’ has weak financial security characteristics. Adverse business conditions will likely impair its ability to meet financial commitments.
CCC	An insurer rated ‘CCC’ has very weak financial security characteristics, and is dependent on favorable business conditions to meet financial commitments.
CC	An insurer rated ‘CC’ has extremely weak financial security characteristics and is likely not to meet some of its financial commitments.
R	An insurer rated ‘R’ is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition. During the pendency of the regulatory supervision, the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others. The rating does not apply to insurers subject only to nonfinancial actions such as market conduct violations.
NR	An insurer designated ‘NR’ is not rated, which implies no opinion about the insurer’s financial security.

Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

A-14

Fitch

Insurer Financial Strength Ratings

The Insurer Financial Strength (IFS) Rating provides an assessment of the financial strength of an insurance organization. The IFS Rating is assigned to the insurance company’s policyholder obligations, including assumed reinsurance obligations and contract holder obligations, such as guaranteed investment contracts. The IFS Rating reflects both the ability of the insurer to meet these obligations on a timely basis, and expected recoveries received by claimants in the event the insurer stops making payments or payments are interrupted, due to either the failure of the insurer or some form of regulatory intervention. In the context of the IFS Rating, the timeliness of payments is considered relative to both contract and/or policy terms but also recognizes the possibility of reasonable delays caused by circumstances common to the insurance industry, including claims reviews, fraud investigations and coverage disputes.

The IFS Rating does not encompass policyholder obligations residing in separate accounts, unit-linked products or segregated funds, for which the policyholder bears investment or other risks. However, any guarantees provided to the policyholder with respect to such obligations are included in the IFS Rating.

Expected recoveries are based on the agency’s assessments of the sufficiency of an insurance company’s assets to fund policyholder obligations, in a scenario in which payments have ceased or been interrupted. Accordingly, expected recoveries exclude the impact of recoveries obtained from any government sponsored guaranty or policyholder protection funds. Expected recoveries also exclude the impact of collateralization or security, such as letters of credit or trusteed assets, supporting select reinsurance obligations.

IFS Ratings can be assigned to insurance and reinsurance companies in any insurance sector, including the life & annuity, non-life, property/casualty, health, mortgage, financial guaranty, residual value and title insurance sectors, as well as to managed care companies such as health maintenance organizations.

The IFS Rating does not address the quality of an insurer’s claims handling services or the relative value of products sold.

The IFS Rating uses the same symbols used by the agency for its International and National credit ratings of long-term or short-term debt issues. However, the definitions associated with the ratings reflect the unique aspects of the IFS Rating within an insurance industry context.

Obligations for which a payment interruption has occurred due to either the insolvency or failure of the insurer or some form of regulatory intervention will generally be rated between ‘B’ and ‘C’ on the Long-Term IFS Rating scales (both International and National). International Short-Term IFS Ratings assigned under the same circumstances will align with the insurer’s International Long-Term IFS Rating. Long-Term International IFS Ratings

The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. Ratings of ‘BBB-’ and higher are considered to be “secure”, and those of ‘BB+’ and lower are considered to be “vulnerable”.

AAA EXCEPTIONALLY STRONG. ‘AAA’ IFS Ratings denote the lowest expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. They are assigned only in the case of exceptionally strong capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

A-15

AA	VERY STRONG. ‘AA’ IFS Ratings denote a very low expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. They indicate very strong capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A	STRONG. ‘A’ IFS Ratings denote a low expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. They indicate strong capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations. This capacity may, nonetheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB	GOOD. ‘BBB’ IFS Ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. The capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations on a timely basis is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impact this capacity.
BB	MODERATELY WEAK. ‘BB’ IFS Ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to ceased or interrupted payments, particularly as the result of adverse economic or market changes over time. However, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow for policyholder and contract obligations to be met in a timely manner.
B	WEAK. ‘B’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, there is significant risk that ceased or interrupted payments could occur in the future, but a limited margin of safety remains. Capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment, and favorable market conditions. Alternatively, a ‘B’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, but with the potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR1’ (Outstanding).
CCC,	VERY WEAK. ‘CCC’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, there is a real possibility that ceased or interrupted payments could occur in the future. Capacity for continued timely payments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment, and favorable market conditions. Alternatively, a ‘CCC’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, and with the potential for average to superior recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR2’ (Superior), ‘RR3’ (Good), and ‘RR4’ (Average).
CC	EXTREMELY WEAK. ‘CC’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, it is probable that ceased or interrupted payments will occur in the future. Alternatively, a ‘CC’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, with the potential for average to below-average recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR4’ (Average) or ‘RR5’ (Below Average).
C	DISTRESSED. ‘C’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, ceased or interrupted payments are imminent. Alternatively, a ‘C’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, and with the potential for below average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR5’ (Below Average) or ‘RR6’ (Poor).
“+” or “-”	may be appended to a rating to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Such suffixes are not added to ratings in the ‘AAA’ category or to ratings below the ‘B’ category.

A-16

Short-Term Insurer Financial Strength Ratings

A Short-Term Insurer Financial Strength Rating (ST-IFS Rating) provides an assessment of the near-term financial health of an insurance organization, and its capacity to meet senior obligations to policyholders and contract-holders that would be expected to be due within one year. The analysis supporting the ST-IFS Rating encompasses all of the factors considered within the context of the IFS Rating, but with greater weighting given to an insurer’s near-term liquidity, financial flexibility and regulatory solvency characteristics, and less weight given to longer-term issues such as competitiveness and earnings trends.

The agency will only assign a ST-IFS Rating to insurers that also have been assigned an IFS Rating. Currently, ST-IFS Ratings are used primarily by U.S. life insurance companies that sell short-term funding agreements.

The ST-IFS Rating uses the same international ratings scale used by the agency for short-term debt and issuer ratings.

F1	Insurers are viewed as having a strong capacity to meet their near-term obligations. When an insurer rated in this rating category is designated with a (+) sign, it is viewed as having a very strong capacity to meet near-term obligations.
F2	Insurers are viewed as having a moderately strong capacity to meet their near-term obligations.
F3	Insurers are viewed as having an adequate capacity to meet their near-term obligations.
B	Insurers are viewed as having a weak capacity to meet their near-term obligations.
C	Insurers are viewed as having a very weak capacity to meet their near-term obligations.

DESCRIPTION OF SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS

Moody’s

Short-Term Obligation Ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1	This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2	This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3	This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG	This designation denotes speculative-quality credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

A-17

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1	This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 2	This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 3	This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG	This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

S&P

A S&P’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:

• Amortization schedule – the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

• Source of payment – the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP- 1	Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP- 2	Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

A-18

SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS

DBRS

Preferred Share Rating Scale

The DBRS preferred share rating scale is used in the Canadian securities market and is meant to give an indication of the risk that a borrower will not fulfill its full obligations in a timely manner, with respect to both dividend and principal commitments. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the borrowing entity. Each rating category is denoted by the subcategories “high” and “low”. The absence of either a “high” or “low” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. This scale may also apply to certain hybrid securities, in which case references to dividend throughout will reflect interest commitments of the hybrid security.

Pfd- 1	Preferred shares rated Pfd-1 are of superior credit quality, and are supported by entities with strong earnings and balance sheet characteristics. Pfd-1 securities generally correspond with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the AAA or AA categories. As is the case with all rating categories, the relationship between senior debt ratings and preferred share ratings should be understood as one where the senior debt rating effectively sets a ceiling for the preferred shares issued by the entity. However, there are cases where the preferred share rating could be lower than the normal relationship with the issuer’s senior debt rating.
Pfd- 2	Preferred shares rated Pfd-2 are of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of dividends and principal is still substantial, but earnings, the balance sheet, and coverage ratios are not as strong as Pfd-1 rated companies. Generally, Pfd-2 ratings correspond with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the “A” category.
Pfd-3	Preferred shares rated Pfd-3 are of adequate credit quality. While protection of dividends and principal is still considered acceptable, the issuing entity is more susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, and there may be other adverse conditions present which detract from debt protection. Pfd-3 ratings generally correspond with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the higher end of the BBB category.
Pfd-4	Preferred shares rated Pfd-4 are speculative, where the degree of protection afforded to dividends and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic adversity. Companies with preferred shares rated Pfd-4 generally coincide with entities that have senior bond ratings ranging from the lower end of the BBB category through the BB category.
Pfd-5	Preferred shares rated Pfd-5 are highly speculative and the ability of the entity to maintain timely dividend and principal payments in the future is highly uncertain. Entities with a Pfd-5 rating generally have senior bond ratings of B or lower. Preferred shares rated Pfd-5 often have characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default.
D	A security rated D implies the dividend or principal payment is in default per the legal documents, the issuer has made it clear that this will be the case in the near future or in certain cases, that there has been a distressed exchange. As such, the non payment of a dividend does not necessarily give rise to the assignment of a D rating. In some cases, DBRS may not assign a D rating under a bankruptcy announcement scenario, as allowances for grace periods may exist in the underlying legal documentation. Once assigned, the D rating will continue until such time as the rating is discontinued or reinstated by DBRS.

A-19

PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

Item 23. Exhibits

Exhibits filed pursuant to Form N-1A:

(a) (1) Certificate of Trust is incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Initial Registration Statement on Form N-1A, SEC File No. 811-21638.

(a) (2) Declaration of Trust is incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Initial Registration Statement on Form N-1A, SEC File No. 811-21638.

(a) (3) Schedule A to the Declaration of Trust. Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 12 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on June 26, 2009.

(b) (1) By-Laws of JPMorgan Institutional Trust, as amended and restated June 20, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 8 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on January 18, 2008.

(b) (2) Amendment to By-Laws of JPMorgan Institutional Trust effective May 20, 2010. Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 16 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on June 28, 2010.

(c) None.

(d) (1) Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. is incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 28, 2005.

(d) (2) Schedule A to the Investment Advisory Agreement (amended as of June 26, 2009). Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 13 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 2, 2009.

(e) Not applicable.

(f) Deferred Compensation Plan for Eligible Trustees of the Trust, as Amended and Restated January 1, 2008 and August 19, 2009. Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment 15 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on March 10, 2010.

(g) (1) (a) Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement dated September 1, 2010 between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the entities named on Schedule A. Filed herewith.

(g) (1) (b) Amended Schedule A to the Amended and Restated Global Custody & Fund Accounting Agreement (amended as of November 18, 2010). Filed herewith.

(h) (1) Transfer Agency Agreement between the Trust and Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) dated September 1, 2009. Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on November 10, 2009.

(h) (1) (a) Form of Amended Appendix A to the Transfer Agency Agreement, dated November 18, 2010. Filed herewith.

(h) (2) (a) Form of Administration Agreement between the Registrant and JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. (formerly known as One Group Administrative Services, Inc.) is incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 28, 2005.

(h) (2) (b) Schedule A to the Administration Agreement (amended as of June 26, 2009). Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 13 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 2, 2009.

(h) (3) Placement Agency Agreement between the Registrant and J.P. Morgan Institutional Investments Inc. is incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 28, 2005.

(h) (4) Placement Agency Agreement between the Registrant and J.P. Morgan Institutional Investments Inc., dated May 25, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 8 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on June 26, 2006.

(h) (5) Securities Lending Agreement, Amended and Restated as of February 9, 2010, between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment 15 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on March 10, 2010.

(i) Not applicable.

(j) Not applicable.

(k) Not applicable.

(l) Not applicable.

(h) (6) Form of Fee Waiver Agreement, dated July 1, 2010. Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 16 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on June 28, 2010.

(m) Not applicable.

(n) Not applicable.

(o) Reserved.

(p) Codes of Ethics.

(1) Code of Ethics of Trust (as updated April 28, 2009). Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment 15 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on March 10, 2010.

(2) Code of Ethics of Adviser. (Effective February 1, 2005, Revised February 1, 2010). Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 16 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on June 28, 2010.

(99) (a) Powers of Attorney for the Trustees. Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 16 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on June 28, 2010.

(99) (b) Power of Attorney for Joy C. Dowd. Filed herewith.

(99) (c) Power of Attorney for Patricia A. Maleski. Incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 16 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on June 28, 2010.

Item 24. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Registrant

The Registrant is not directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with any person other than the Trustees. It does not have any subsidiaries.

Item 25. Indemnification

Article VII, Section 3 of the Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that, subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in the Trust’s By-Laws: (a) every person who is, has been, or becomes a Trustee or officer of the Trust (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”) shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a Trustee or officer of the Trust and against amounts paid or incurred by him in the settlement thereof; and (ii) expenses in connection with the defense of any proceeding of the character described in clause (i) above shall be advanced by the Trust to the Covered Person from time to time prior to final disposition of such proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Article VII, Section 2 of the Trust’s By-Laws provides that subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Article VII, Section 4 of the By-Laws the Trust shall indemnify its Covered Persons to the fullest extent consistent with state law and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”). Without limitation of the foregoing, the Trust shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceedings, by reason of alleged acts or omissions within the scope of his or her service as a Trustee or officer of the Trust, against judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by him or her in connection with such proceeding to the maximum extent consistent with state law and the 1940 Act. Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Section 4 of Article VII of the By-Laws, the Trust may, to the fullest extent consistent with law, indemnify each person who is serving or has served at the request of the Trust as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of another domestic or foreign corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan (“Other Position”) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of alleged acts or omissions while acting within the scope of his or her service in such Other Position, against judgments, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by him or her in connection with such proceeding to the maximum extent consistent with state law and the 1940 Act. The indemnification and other rights provided by Article VII of the By-Laws shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust.

Article VII, Section 4 of the Trust’s By-Laws provides that: (a) the Trust shall not indemnify a Covered Person or agent who shall have been adjudicated by a court or body before which the proceeding was brought (i) to be liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office (collectively, “disabling conduct”) or (ii) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in or not opposed to the best interest of the Trust; and (b) the Trust shall not indemnify a Covered Person or agent unless the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought determines that such Trustee, officer or agent did not engage in disabling conduct or, with respect to any proceeding disposed of (whether by settlement, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise) without an adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought, there has been a dismissal of the proceeding by the court or other body before which it was brought for insufficiency of evidence of any disabling conduct with which such a Covered Person or agent has been charged and a determination that such Trustee, officer or agent did not engage in disabling conduct by at least a majority of those Trustees who are neither interested persons of the Trust (as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry).

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser

See “Management of the Trust” in Part B. Information as to the directors and officers of the Adviser is included in its Form ADV filed with the SEC and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27. Principal Underwriter

Not applicable.

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books, records and documents required pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder are maintained in the physical possession of: JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. (named One Group Administrative Services, Inc. through February 15, 2005), the Registrant’s administrator, at 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, Ohio 43240 and 245 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10167; JPMorgan Chase Bank, the Registrant’s custodian at 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc., the Registrant’s investment adviser, at 245 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10167; Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., the Registrant’s transfer agent, at 2 Heritage Drive, North Quincy, Massachusetts 02171.

Item 29. Management Services

None.

Item 30. Undertakings

Not applicable.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbus on the 12th day of January, 2011.

JPMorgan Institutional Trust
By:	/S/    PATRICIA A. MALESKI*
	Patricia A. Maleski
	President & Principal Executive Officer

This amendment to the Registration Statement of the Registrant has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on January 12, 2011.

	FERGUS REID, III*		MARILYN MCCOY*
	Fergus Reid, III		Marilyn McCoy
	Trustee and Chairman		Trustee
	WILLIAM J. ARMSTRONG*		WILLIAM G. MORTON*
	William J. Armstrong		William G. Morton
	Trustee		Trustee
	JOHN F. FINN*		ROBERT A. ODEN, JR.*
	John F. Finn		Robert A. Oden, Jr.
	Trustee		Trustee
	MATTHEW GOLDSTEIN*		FREDERICK W. RUEBECK*
	Matthew Goldstein		Frederick W. Ruebeck.
	Trustee		Trustee
	ROBERT J. HIGGINS*		JAMES J. SCHONBACHLER*
	Robert J. Higgins		James J. Schonbachler
	Trustee		Trustee
	FRANKIE D. HUGHES*		LEONARD M. SPALDING, JR*
	Frankie D. Hughes		Leonard M. Spalding, Jr.
	Trustee		Trustee
	PETER C. MARSHALL*	By	PATRICIA A. MALESKI*
	Peter C. Marshall		Patricia A. Maleski
	Trustee		President & Principal Executive Officer
By	JOY C. DOWD*
	Joy C. Dowd
	Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
*  By	/S/    JESSICA K. DITULLIO
	Jessica K. Ditullio
	Attorney-in- fact

	Exhibit Index
(g)(1)(a)	Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement dated September 1, 2010 between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the entities named on Schedule A
(g)(1)(b)	Amended Schedule A to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement (amended as of November 18, 2010)
(h)(1)(a)	Form of Amended Appendix A to the Transfer Agency Agreement, dated November 18, 2010
(99)(b)	Power of Attorney for Joy C. Dowd

EX-99.(G)(1)(A)

GLOBAL CUSTODY AND FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.	INTENTION OF THE PARTIES; DEFINITIONS		1
	1.1	Intention of the Parties	1
	1.2	Definitions	1
2.	WHAT BANK IS REQUIRED TO DO		4
	2.1	Set Up Accounts	4
	2.2	Cash Account	5
	2.3	Segregation of Assets; Nominee Name	5
	2.4	Settlement of Trades	6
	2.5	Contractual Settlement Date Accounting	6
	2.6	Actual Settlement Date Accounting	7
	2.7	Income Collection (Autocredit®)	7
	2.8	Certain Ministerial Acts	7
	2.9	Corporate Actions	8
	2.10	Class Action Litigation	8
	2.11	Proxies	9
	2.12	Statements and Information Available On-Line and other Reports	10
	2.13	Access to Bank’s Records	11
	2.14	Maintenance of Financial Assets at Subcustodian Locations	11
	2.15	Tax Relief Services	12
	2.16	Fund Accounting Services	12
	2.17	Global Derivatives Services	12
	2.18	Money Market Holdings Reports	12
	2.19	Restricted Markets	12
	2.20	Compliance with SEC rule 17f-5	12
	2.21	Compliance with SEC rule 17f-7	14
	2.22	Notifications	15
3.	INSTRUCTIONS		15
	3.1	Acting on Instructions; Unclear Instructions	15
	3.2	Verification and Security Procedures	15
	3.3	Instructions; Contrary to Law/Market Practice	16
	3.4	Cut-off Times	16

i

	3.5	Electronic Access	16
4.	FEES, EXPENSES AND OTHER AMOUNTS OWING TO BANK		16
	4.1	Fees and Expenses	16
	4.2	Overdrafts	16
	4.3	Bank’s Right Over Securities; Set-off	17
5.	SUBCUSTODIANS, SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES, AND OTHER AGENTS		19
	5.1	Appointment of Subcustodians; Use of Securities Depositories	19
	5.2	Liability for Subcustodians	20
	5.3	Use of Agents	21
6.	ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CUSTOMER		21
	6.1	Representations of Customer and Bank	21
	6.2	Customer to Provide Certain Information to Bank	22
	6.3	Customer is Liable to Bank Even if it is Acting for Another Person	22
7.	WHEN BANK IS LIABLE TO CUSTOMER		22
	7.1	Standard of Care; Liability	22
	7.2	Force Majeure	24
	7.3	Bank May Consult With Counsel	24
	7.4	Bank Provides Diverse Financial Services and May Generate Profits as a Result	24
8.	TAXATION		25
	8.1	Tax Obligations	25
	8.2	Tax Relief Services	25
9.	TERMINATION		26
10.	MISCELLANEOUS		26
	10.1	Notices	26
	10.2	Successors and Assigns	27
	10.3	Interpretation	27
	10.4	Entire Agreement	27
	10.5	Information Concerning Deposits at Bank’s London Branch	27
	10.6	Insurance	28
	10.7	Governing Law and Jurisdiction	28
	10.8	Severability; Waiver; and Survival	28
	10.9	Counterparts	29
	10.10	Security Holding Disclosure	29
	10.11	USA Patriot Act Disclosure	29

ii

10.12	Confidentiality	29
10.13	No Third Party Beneficiaries	30
SCHEDULE A		32
SCHEDULE B		36
SCHEDULE C		37
SCHEDULE D		39
SCHEDULE E		43
SCHEDULE F		44
SCHEDULE G		53
SCHEDULE H		56
APPENDIX 1
APPENDIX 2
APPENDIX 3

iii

GLOBAL CUSTODY AND FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Agreement dated as of September 1, 2010 is between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (“Bank”), with a place of business at One Chase Manhattan Plaza,, New York, New York 10005; and each of the Trusts listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is acting on behalf of each of the portfolios listed under its name on Schedule A (each, a “Fund”), with a place of business at 245 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10167. For purposes of this Agreement, each individual Fund is a separate “Customer.”

WHEREAS, Bank and each Customer entered into a Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement, with the various effective dates set forth therein (the “Original Agreements”);

WHEREAS, Bank and each Customer have entered into various amendments and addenda to the Original Agreements (collectively the “Amendments”);

WHEREAS, Bank and Customer now wish to consolidate the Original Agreements and the Amendments by entering into this Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend and restate the Original Agreements as follows:

1. INTENTION OF THE PARTIES; DEFINITIONS

1.1 Intention of the Parties.

(a) This Agreement sets out the terms governing custodial, settlement and certain other associated services offered by Bank to Customer. Bank will be responsible for the performance of only those Securities custody duties that are set forth in this Agreement. Customer acknowledges that Bank is not providing any legal, tax or investment advice in connection with the services hereunder.

(b) Investing in foreign markets may be a risky enterprise. The holding of Financial Assets and cash in foreign jurisdictions may involve risks of loss or other special considerations. Bank will not be liable for any loss that results from the general risks of investing or Country Risk.

1.2 Definitions.

(a) As used herein, the following terms have the meaning hereinafter stated.

“Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

1

“Affiliate” means an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, Bank.

“Affiliated Subcustodian” means a Subcustodian that is an Affiliate.

“Applicable Laws” means the applicable laws in force in the United States, including the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”); the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended; the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (“1934 Act”) as well as any applicable statute, treaty, rule, regulation or common law and any applicable decree, injunction, judgment, order, formal interpretation or ruling issued by a court or governmental entity.

“Authorized Person” means any person who has been designated by written notice from Customer (or by any agent designated by Customer, including, without limitation, an investment manager) to act on behalf of Customer hereunder. Such persons will continue to be Authorized Persons until such time as Bank receives Instructions from Customer (or its agent) that any such person is no longer an Authorized Person.

“Bank Indemnitees” means Bank, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents.

“Bank’s London Branch” means the London branch office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.

“Business Day” means a day on which the Bank is generally open for business.

“Cash Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

“Confidential Information” means and includes all non public information concerning the Customer or the Accounts which Bank receives in the course of providing services under this Agreement. Nevertheless, the term Confidential Information shall not include information which is or becomes available to the general public by means other than Bank’s breach of the terms of this Agreement or information that Bank obtains on a non-confidential basis from a person who is not known to be subject to any obligation of confidentiality to any person with respect to that information.

“Corporate Action” means any subscription right, bonus issue, stock repurchase plan, redemption, exchange, tender offer, or similar matter with respect to a Financial Asset in the Securities Account that require discretionary action by the holder, but does not include proxy solicitations.

“Country Risk” means the risk of investing or holding assets in a particular country or market, including, but not limited to, risks arising from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; the country’s financial infrastructure, including prevailing custody and settlement practices; laws applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Financial Assets and cash held in custody; the regulation of the banking and securities industries, including changes in

2

market rules; currency restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and market conditions affecting the orderly execution of securities transactions or the value of assets.

“Entitlement Holder” means the person named on the records of a Securities Intermediary as the person having a Securities Entitlement against the Securities Intermediary.

“Financial Asset” means a Security and refers, as the context requires, either to the asset itself or to the means by which a person’s claim to it is evidenced, including a Security, a security certificate, or a Securities Entitlement. “Financial Asset” does not include cash.

“Instructions” means any instructions that have been verified in accordance with a Security Procedure or, if no Security Procedure is applicable, which Bank believes in good faith to have been given by an Authorized Person.

“Liabilities” means any liabilities, losses, claims, costs, damages, penalties, fines, obligations, or expenses of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, consultants’ or experts’ fees and disbursements).

“Overdraft” means any Liabilities that result in the Transfer Accounts being overdrawn.

“Portfolio Swap” means an equity swap contracted under the ISDA framework incorporating the definitions contained in the 2000 ISDA Definitions and the 2002 ISDA Equity Derivative Definitions.

“Securities” means stocks, bonds, rights, warrants and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments, whether issued in certificated or uncertificated form, that are commonly traded or dealt in on securities exchanges or financial markets. “Securities” also means other obligations of an issuer, or shares, participations and interests in an issuer recognized in the country in which it is issued or dealt in as a medium for investment and any other property as may be acceptable to Bank for the Securities Account.

“Securities Account” means each Securities custody account on Bank’s records to which Financial Assets are or may be credited pursuant hereto.

“Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

“Securities Entitlement” means the rights and property interests of an Entitlement Holder with respect to a Financial Asset as set forth in Part 5 of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Securities Intermediary” means Bank, a Subcustodian, a Securities Depository, and any other financial institution which in the ordinary course of business maintains Securities custody accounts for others and acts in that capacity.

“Security Procedure” means security procedures to be followed by Customer upon the issuance of an Instruction and/or by Bank upon the receipt of an Instruction, so as to enable Bank to

3

verify that such Instruction is authorized, as set forth in service level documentation in effect from time to time between the parties with respect to the services set forth in this Agreement, or as otherwise agreed in writing by the parties. A Security Procedure may, without limitation, involve the use of algorithms, codes, passwords, encryption and telephone call backs. Customer acknowledges that Security Procedures are designed to verify the authenticity of, and not detect errors in, Instructions. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that a SWIFT message issued in the name of Customer through any third party utility agreed upon by the parties as being a method for providing Instructions and authenticated in accordance with that utility’s customary procedures, shall be deemed to be an authorized Instruction.

“Services” means the Custody and Fund Accounting Services provided under the Agreement.

“Subcustodian” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 and includes Affiliated Subcustodians.

“Transfer Agent” as used in Section 4.3 means Boston Financial Data Services Inc. or any successor transfer agent appointed by the Customer.

“Transfer Accounts” means the clearing account(s) listed on Schedule B hereto used to concentrate cash for the Customers so that monies transferring into and out of such clearing account(s) can be made as a single net payment or receipt by the Bank.

“Transfer Account Liabilities” means with respect to a given Customer that portion of any Overdraft, obligation, or other Liabilities arising under any of the Transfer Accounts that are attributable to transactions relating to that Customer, including purchases and redemptions of shares of that Customer.

(b) All terms in the singular will have the same meaning in the plural unless the context otherwise provides and visa versa.

2. WHAT BANK IS REQUIRED TO DO

2.1 Set Up Accounts.

(a) Bank will establish and maintain the following accounts (“Accounts”):

(i) a Securities Account in the name of Customer for Financial Assets, which may be received by or on behalf of Bank or its Subcustodian for the account of Customer, including as an Entitlement Holder; and

(ii) an account in the name of Customer (“Cash Account”) for any and all cash in any currency received by or on behalf of Bank for the account of Customer.

4

Notwithstanding paragraph (ii), cash held in respect of those markets where Customer is required to have a cash account in its own name held directly with the relevant Subcustodian or a Securities Depository will be held in that manner and will not be part of the Cash Account.

(b) At the request of Customer, additional Accounts may be opened in the future, which will be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.2 Cash Account.

Except as otherwise provided in Instructions acceptable to Bank, all cash held in the Cash Account will be deposited during the period it is credited to the Accounts in one or more deposit accounts at Bank or at Bank’s London Branch. Any cash so deposited with Bank’s London Branch will be payable exclusively by Bank’s London Branch in the applicable currency, subject to compliance with Applicable Law, including, without limitation, any restrictions on transactions in the applicable currency imposed by the country of the applicable currency.

2.3 Segregation of Assets; Nominee Name.

(a) Bank will identify in its records that Financial Assets credited to Customer’s Securities Account belong to Customer (except as otherwise may be agreed by Bank and Customer).

(b) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law or market practice, Bank will require each Subcustodian to identify in its own records that Financial Assets held at such Subcustodian by Bank on behalf of its customers belong to customers of Bank, such that it is readily apparent that the Financial Assets do not belong to Bank or the Subcustodian.

(c) Bank is authorized, in its discretion,

(i) to hold in bearer form, such Financial Assets as are customarily held in bearer form or are delivered to Bank or its Subcustodian in bearer form;

(ii) to hold Securities in or deposit Securities with any Securities Depository, settlement system or dematerialized book entry or similar systems; and

(iii) to register in the name of Customer, Bank, a Subcustodian, a Securities Depository, or their respective nominees, such Financial Assets as are customarily held in registered form.

(d) Bank is authorized, when directed to do so by Customer, to hold Financial Assets at third parties and to register Financial Assets in broker “street name” or in the name of other third parties (or their nominees). Notwithstanding Section 7.1, Bank shall have no liability for any loss of Financial Assets or other damages resulting from holding or registering Financial Assets as so directed by Customer.

5

Customer authorizes Bank or its Subcustodian to hold Financial Assets in omnibus accounts and will accept delivery of Financial Assets of the same class and denomination as those with Bank or its Subcustodian.

(e) In the event that Customer requests the opening of any additional Account for the purpose of holding collateral pledged by Customer to a securities exchange, clearing corporation or other central counterparty (a “Counterparty”) to secure trading activity by Customer, or the pledge to a Counterparty of cash or individual Securities held in an Account, that Account (or the pledged cash or Securities) shall be subject to the collateral arrangements in effect between the Bank and the Counterparty in addition to the terms of this Agreement to the extent applicable.

2.4 Settlement of Trades.

When Bank receives an Instruction directing settlement of a transaction in Financial Assets that includes all information required by Bank, Bank will use reasonable care to effect such settlement as instructed. Settlement of transactions in Financial Assets will be conducted in accordance with prevailing standards of the market in which the transaction occurs. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the risk of loss will be Customer’s whenever Bank delivers Financial Assets or payment in accordance with applicable market practice in advance of receipt or settlement of the expected consideration. In the case of the failure of Customer’s counterparty (or other appropriate party) to deliver the expected consideration as agreed, Bank will contact the counterparty to seek settlement, but Bank will not be obligated to institute legal proceedings, file a proof of claim in any insolvency proceeding, or take any similar action.

2.5 Contractual Settlement Date Accounting.

(a) Bank will effect book entries on a “contractual settlement date accounting” basis as described below with respect to the settlement of trades in those markets where Bank generally offers contractual settlement date accounting and will notify Customer of those markets from time to time.

(i) Sales: On the settlement date for a sale, Bank will credit the Cash Account with the proceeds of the sale and transfer the relevant Financial Assets to an account at the Bank pending settlement of the trade where not already delivered.

(ii) Purchases: On the settlement date for the purchase (or earlier, if market practice requires delivery of the purchase price before the settlement date), Bank will debit the Cash Account for the settlement amount and credit a separate account at the Bank. Bank then will post the Securities Account as awaiting receipt of the expected Financial Assets. Customer will not be entitled to the Financial Assets that are awaiting receipt until Bank or a Subcustodian actually receives them.

Bank reserves the right to restrict in good faith the availability of contractual settlement

6

date accounting for credit or operational reasons.

(b) Bank may (in its absolute discretion) upon oral or written notification to Customer reverse any debit or credit made pursuant to Section 2.5(a) prior to a transaction’s actual settlement, and Customer will be responsible for any costs or liabilities resulting from such reversal. Customer acknowledges that the procedures described in this sub-section are of an administrative nature, and Bank does not undertake to make loans and/or Financial Assets available to Customer pursuant to this sub-section.

2.6 Actual Settlement Date Accounting.

With respect to any sale or purchase transaction that is not posted to the Account on the contractual settlement date as referred to in Section 2.5, Bank will post the transaction on the date on which the cash or Financial Assets received as consideration for the transaction is actually received by Bank.

2.7 Income Collection (Autocredit^®).

(a) Bank will credit the Cash Account with income and redemption proceeds on Financial Assets in accordance with the times notified by Bank from time to time on or after the anticipated payment date, net of any taxes that are withheld by Bank or any third party. Where no time is specified for a particular market, income and redemption proceeds from Financial Assets will be credited only after actual receipt and reconciliation. Bank may reverse such credits upon oral or written notification to Customer that Bank believes that the corresponding payment will not be received by Bank within a reasonable period or such credit was incorrect.

(b) Bank will make good faith efforts in its discretion to contact appropriate parties to collect unpaid interest, dividends or redemption proceeds, but neither Bank nor its Subcustodians will be obliged to file any formal notice of default, institute legal proceedings, file a proof of claim in any insolvency proceeding, or take any similar action.

2.8 Certain Ministerial Acts.

Until Bank receives Instructions to the contrary, Bank will:

(a) present all Financial Assets for which Bank has received notice of a call for redemption or that have otherwise matured, and all income and interest coupons and other income items that call for payment upon presentation;

(b) execute in the name of Customer such certificates as may be required to obtain payment in respect of Financial Assets;

(c) exchange interim or temporary documents of title for Financial Assets held in the Securities Account for definitive documents of title; and

7

(d) provide information concerning the Accounts to Subcustodians, Securities Depositories, counterparties, issuers of Financial Assets, governmental entities, securities exchanges, self-regulatory entities, and similar entities to the extent required by Applicable Law or as may be required in the ordinary course by market practice or otherwise in order to provide the services contemplated by this Agreement.

2.9 Corporate Actions.

(a) Bank will notify Customer of any Corporate Action of which information is either (i) received by it or by a Subcustodian to the extent that Bank’s central corporate actions department has actual knowledge of the Corporate Action in time to notify its customers in a timely manner; or (ii) published via a formal notice in publications and reporting services routinely used by Bank for this purpose in time for Bank to notify its customers in a timely manner. Bank does not commit, however, to provide information concerning Corporate Actions relating to Financial Assets being held at Customer’s request in a name not subject to the control of Bank or its Subcustodian.

(b) If an Authorized Person fails to provide Bank with timely Instructions with respect to any Corporate Action or class action, neither Bank nor its Subcustodians or their respective nominees will take any action in relation to that Corporate Action or class action, except as otherwise agreed in writing by Bank and Customer or as may be set forth by Bank as a default action in the notification it provides under Section 2.9 (a) with respect to that Corporate Action or class action.

(c) Bank may sell or otherwise dispose of fractional interests in Financial Assets arising out of a Corporate Action or class action litigation and, to the extent necessary to protect Customer’s interest in that Corporate Action or class action, credit the Cash Account with the proceeds of the sale or disposition. If some, but not all, of an outstanding class of Financial Asset is called for redemption, Bank may allot the amount redeemed among the respective beneficial holders of such class of Financial Asset in any manner Bank deems to be fair and equitable. Bank will promptly notify Customer of any action taken pursuant to this sub-section.

(d) Notices of Corporate Actions and class actions dispatched to Customer may have been obtained from sources which Bank does not control and may have been translated or summarized. Although Bank believes such sources to be reliable, Bank has no duty to verify the information contained in such notices nor the faithfulness of any translation or summary and therefore does not guarantee its accuracy, completeness or timeliness, and shall not be liable to Customer for any loss that may result from relying on such notice.

2.10 Class Action Litigation.

Any notices received by Bank’s corporate actions department about U.S. settled securities class action litigation that requires action by affected owners of the underlying Financial Assets will be promptly provided to Customer if Bank, using reasonable care and diligence in the circumstances, identifies that Customer was a shareholder and held the relevant

8

Financial Assets in custody with Bank at the relevant time. Bank will not make filings in the name of Customer in respect to such notifications except as otherwise agreed in writing between Customer and Bank.

2.11 Proxies.

(a) Subject to and upon the terms of this sub-section, Bank will provide Customer with information which it receives on matters to be voted upon at meetings of holders of Financial Assets (“Notifications”), and Bank will act in accordance with Customer’s Instructions in relation to such Notifications (“the active proxy voting service”). If information is received by Bank at its proxy voting department too late to permit timely voting by Customer, Bank’s only obligation will be to provide, so far as reasonably practicable, a Notification (or summary information concerning a Notification) on an “information only” basis.

(b) The active proxy voting service is available only in certain markets, details of which are available from Bank on request. Provision of the active proxy voting service is conditional upon receipt by Bank of a duly completed enrollment form as well as additional documentation that may be required for certain markets.

(c) Bank will act upon Instructions to vote on matters referred to in a Notification, provided Instructions are received by Bank at its proxy voting department by the deadline referred to in the relevant Notification. If Instructions are not received in a timely manner, Bank will not be obligated to provide further notice to Customer and shall not be obliged to vote. It is Customer’s obligation to monitor the agreed upon means of providing Notifications to determine if new Notifications have been received.

(d) Bank reserves the right to provide Notifications or parts thereof in the language received. Bank will attempt in good faith to provide accurate and complete Notifications, whether or not translated.

(e) Customer acknowledges that Notifications and other information furnished pursuant to the active proxy voting service (“information”) are proprietary to Bank and that Bank owns all intellectual property rights, including copyrights and patents, embodied therein. Accordingly, Customer will not make any use of such information except in connection with the active proxy voting service.

(f) In markets where the active proxy voting service is not available or where Bank has not received a duly completed enrollment form or other relevant documentation, Bank will not provide Notifications to Customer but will endeavor to act upon Instructions to vote on matters before meetings of holders of Financial Assets where it is reasonably practicable for Bank (or its Subcustodians or nominees as the case may be) to do so and where such Instructions are received in time for Bank to take timely action (the “passive proxy voting service”).

(g) Customer acknowledges that the provision of proxy voting services (whether active or passive) may be precluded or restricted under a variety of circumstances. These circumstances include, but are not limited to:

9

(i) the Financial Assets being on loan or out for registration,

(ii) the pendency of conversion or another corporate action;

(iii) Financial Assets being held at Customer’s request in a name not subject to the control of Bank or its Subcustodian;

(iv) in a margin or collateral account at Bank or another bank or broker, or otherwise in a manner which affects voting;

(v) local market regulations or practices, or restrictions by the issuer;

(vi) Bank may be required to vote all shares held for a particular issue for all of Bank’s customers on a net basis (i.e. a net yes or no vote based on voting instructions received from all its customers). Where this is the case, Bank will inform Customer by means of the Notification.

(h) Notwithstanding the fact that Bank may act in a fiduciary capacity with respect to Customer under other agreements, in performing active or passive voting proxy services Bank will be acting solely as the agent of Customer, and will not exercise any discretion, with regard to such proxy services or vote any proxy except when directed by an Authorized Person.

2.12 Statements and Information Available On-Line and other Reports.

(a) Bank will send, or make available on-line, to Customer, at times mutually agreed upon, a formal statement of account in Bank’s standard format for each Account maintained by Customer with Bank, identifying the Financial Assets and cash held in each Account (each such statement a “Statement of Account”). Additionally, Bank will send (or make available on-line to) Customer an advice or notification of any transfers of cash or Financial Assets with respect to each Account. Bank will not be liable with respect to any matter set forth in those portions of any Statement of Account or any such advice (or reasonably implied therefrom) to which Customer has not given Bank a written exception or objection within sixty (60) days of receipt of the Statement of Account, provided such matter is not the result of Bank’s negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. References in this Agreement to Statements of Account include Statements of Account in electronic form.

(b) Prices and other information obtained from third parties which may be contained in any Statement of Account or other statement sent to Customer have been obtained from sources Bank believes to be reliable. Bank does not, however, make any representation as to the accuracy of such information or that the prices specified necessarily reflect the proceeds that would be received on a disposal of the relevant Financial Assets.

(c) Customer acknowledges that, except for Statements of Account or as otherwise expressly agreed by Bank, records and reports available to it on-line may not be accurate due to

10

mis-postings, delays in updating Account records, and other causes. Bank will not be liable for any loss or damage arising out of the inaccuracy of any such records or reports accessed on-line.

(d) Upon written request, Bank will supply a copy of its current SAS 70 Report to Customer. Upon written request, Bank shall provide Customer with information about Bank’s processes for the management and monitoring of Subcustodians for safeguarding Financial Assets.

2.13 Access to Bank’s Records.

The Bank shall create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of Customer under the 1940 Act, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be property of Customer. Bank will allow Customer’s duly authorized officers, employees, and agents, including Customer’s independent public accountants, and the employees and agents of the SEC access at all times during the regular business hours of the Bank to such records. Subject to restrictions under Applicable Law, Bank also will obtain an undertaking to permit Customer’s independent public accountants, reasonable access to the records of any Subcustodian of Securities held in the Securities Account as may be required in connection with such examination.

In addition, the Bank shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Customer to keep its books of account and/or compute its net asset value. The Bank shall take all such reasonable actions as a Customer may from time to time request to enable a Customer to obtain, from year to year, favorable opinions from the Customer’s independent accountants with respect to the Bank’s activities hereunder in connection with (i) the preparation of any registration statement of a Customer and of a Customer’s reports on Form N-SAR and any other reports required by the SEC, and (ii) the fulfillment by the Customer of any other requirements of the SEC.

2.14 Maintenance of Financial Assets at Subcustodian Locations.

(a) Unless Instructions require another location acceptable to Bank, Financial Assets will be held in the country or jurisdiction in which their principal trading market is located, where such Financial Assets may be presented for payment, where such Financial Assets were acquired, or where such Financial Assets are held. Bank reserves the right to refuse to accept delivery of Financial Assets or cash in countries and jurisdictions other than those referred to in Appendix 2 to this Agreement, as in effect from time to time.

(b) Bank will not be obliged to follow an Instruction to hold Financial Assets with, or have them registered or recorded in the name of, any person not chosen by Bank. However, if Customer does instruct Bank to hold Securities and/or cash with or register or record Securities in the name of a person not chosen by Bank and Bank agrees to do so, the consequences of doing so are at Customer’s own risk and Bank (i) will not be liable therefor and (ii) may not provide

11

services under this Agreement with respect to Securities or cash so held, including, without limitation, services provided under Sections 2.8, 2.9, 2.11, and 8.2.

2.15 Tax Relief Services.

Bank will provide tax relief services as provided in Section 8.2.

2.16 Fund Accounting Services.

Bank shall perform fund accounting services as specified on the attached Schedule C.

2.17 Global Derivatives Services.

Bank shall perform global derivatives services as specified on the attached Schedule D.

2.18 Money Market Holdings Reports.

Bank shall provide money market holdings reports as specified on the attached Schedule E.

2.19 Restricted Markets.

The Bank reserves the right to restrict the services it provides in certain markets it determines are restricted markets from time to time. A current list of these markets, and a summary of the related restrictions, is set forth on Schedule G hereto. The Bank may update Schedule G from time to time upon notice to Customer.

2.20 Compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rule 17f-5 (“rule 17f-5”).

(a) Customer’s board of directors (or equivalent body) (hereinafter “Board”) hereby delegates to Bank, and, except as to the country or countries as to which Bank may, from time to time, advise Customer that it does not accept such delegation, Bank hereby accepts the delegation to it, of the obligation to perform as Customer’s ‘Foreign Custody Manager’ (as that term is defined in rule 17f-5(a)(3) as promulgated under the 1940 Act), including for the purposes of: (i) selecting Eligible Foreign Custodians (as that term is defined in rule 17f-5(a)(1), and as the same may be amended from time to time, or that have otherwise been exempted pursuant to an SEC exemptive order) to hold foreign Financial Assets and Cash, (ii) evaluating the contractual arrangements with such Eligible Foreign Custodians (as set forth in rule 17f-5(c)(2)), and (iii) monitoring such foreign custody arrangements (as set forth in rule 17f-5(c)(3)).

(b) In connection with the foregoing, Bank shall:

(i) provide written reports notifying Customer’s Board of the placement of Financial Assets and Cash with particular Eligible Foreign Custodians and of any material

12

change in the arrangements with such Eligible Foreign Custodians, with such reports to be provided to Customer’s Board at such times as the Board deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of Customer’s foreign custody arrangements (and until further notice from Customer such reports shall be provided not less than quarterly with respect to the placement of Financial Assets and Cash with particular Eligible Foreign Custodians and with reasonable promptness upon the occurrence of any material change in the arrangements with such Eligible Foreign Custodians);

(ii) exercise such reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing as Customer’s Foreign Custody Manager as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of foreign Financial Assets and cash would exercise;

(iii) in selecting an Eligible Foreign Custodian, first have determined that foreign Financial Assets and cash placed and maintained in the safekeeping of such Eligible Foreign Custodian shall be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market, after having considered all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such foreign Financial Assets and cash, including, without limitation, those factors set forth in rule 17f-5(c)(1)(i)-(iv);

(iv) determine that the written contract with an Eligible Foreign Custodian requires that the Eligible Foreign Custodian shall provide reasonable care for foreign Financial Assets and Cash based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market and complies with the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2) with respect to the provisions of the contract.

(v) have established a system to monitor the continued appropriateness of maintaining foreign Financial Assets and cash with particular Eligible Foreign Custodians and of the governing contractual arrangements; it being understood, however, that in the event that Bank shall have determined that the existing Eligible Foreign Custodian in a given country would no longer afford foreign Financial Assets and cash reasonable care and that no other Eligible Foreign Custodian in that country would afford reasonable care, Bank shall promptly so advise Customer and shall then act in accordance with the Instructions of Customer with respect to the disposition of the affected foreign Financial Assets and cash.

Subject to (b)(i)-(v) above, Bank is hereby authorized to place and maintain foreign Financial Assets and cash on behalf of Customer with Eligible Foreign Custodians pursuant to a written contract deemed appropriate by Bank.

(c) Except as expressly provided herein, Customer shall be solely responsible to assure that the maintenance of foreign Financial Assets and cash hereunder complies with the rules, regulations, interpretations and exemptive orders as promulgated by or under the authority of the SEC.

13

(d) Bank represents to Customer that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in rule 17f-5(a)(7). Customer represents to Bank that: (1) the foreign Financial Assets and cash being placed and maintained in Bank’s custody are subject to the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to time; (2) its Board: (i) has determined that it is reasonable to rely on Bank to perform as Customer’s Foreign Custody Manager (ii) or its investment adviser shall have determined that Customer may maintain foreign Financial Assets and cash in each country in which Customer’s Financial Assets and cash shall be held hereunder and determined to accept Country Risk. Nothing contained herein shall require Bank to make any selection or to engage in any monitoring on behalf of Customer that would entail consideration of Country Risk.

(e) Bank shall provide to Customer such information relating to Country Risk as is specified in Appendix 1 hereto. Customer hereby acknowledges that: (i) such information is solely designed to inform Customer of market conditions and procedures and is not intended as a recommendation to invest or not invest in particular markets; and (ii) Bank has gathered the information from sources it considers reliable, but that Bank shall have no responsibility for inaccuracies or incomplete information.

2.21 Compliance with SEC rule 17f-7 (“rule 17f-7”)

(a) Bank shall, for consideration by Customer, provide an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining Customer’s foreign Financial Assets and cash with each Eligible Securities Depository used by Bank as of the date hereof (or, in the case of an Eligible Securities Depository not used by Bank as of the date hereof, prior to the initial placement of Customer’s foreign Assets at such Depository) and at which any foreign Financial Assets and cash of Customer are held or are expected to be held. The foregoing analysis will be provided to Customer at Bank’s website. In connection with the foregoing, Customer shall notify Bank of any Eligible Securities Depositories at which it does not choose to have its foreign Financial Assets and cash held. Bank shall monitor the custody risks associated with maintaining Customer’s foreign Financial Assets and cash at each such Eligible Securities Depository on a continuing basis and shall promptly notify Customer or its adviser of any material changes in such risks.

(b) Bank shall exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the requirements set forth in Section 2.23(a) above. Bank represents to Customer that it is a “Primary Custodian as defined in rule 17f-7(b)(2).

(c) Based on the information available to it in the exercise of diligence, Bank shall determine the eligibility under rule 17f-7 of each depository before including it on Appendix 3 hereto and shall promptly advise Customer if any Eligible Securities Depository ceases to be eligible. (Eligible Securities Depositories used by Bank as of the date hereof are set forth in Appendix 3 hereto, and as the same may be amended on notice to Customer from time to time.)

14

2.22 Notifications.

If Customer has agreed to access information concerning the Accounts through Bank’s website, Bank may make any notifications required under this Agreement by posting such notification on the website (except for the notices discussed in Section 10.1).

3. INSTRUCTIONS

3.1 ACTING ON INSTRUCTIONS; UNCLEAR INSTRUCTIONS.

(a) Customer authorizes Bank to accept and act upon any Instructions received by it without inquiry. Customer will indemnify the Bank Indemnitees against, and hold each of them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Bank Indemnitees as a result of any action or omission taken in accordance with any Instructions or other directions upon which Bank is authorized to rely under the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided, all Instructions will continue in full force and effect until canceled or superseded.

(c) Bank may (in its sole discretion and without affecting any part of this Section 3.1) seek clarification or confirmation of an Instruction from an Authorized Person and may decline to act upon an Instruction if it does not receive clarification or confirmation satisfactory to it. Bank will not be liable for any loss arising from any delay while it seeks such clarification or confirmation.

(d) In executing or paying a payment order Bank may rely upon the identifying number (e.g. Fedwire routing number or account) of any party as instructed in the payment order. Customer assumes full responsibility for any inconsistency between the name and identifying number of any party in payment orders issued to Bank in Customer’s name.

3.2 VERIFICATION AND SECURITY PROCEDURES.

(a) Bank and Customer shall comply with any applicable Security Procedures with respect to the delivery or authentication of Instructions and shall ensure that any codes, passwords or similar devices are reasonably safeguarded.

(b) Either party may record any of their joint telephone communications.

15

3.3 Instructions; Contrary to Law/Market Practice.

Bank need not act upon Instructions which it reasonably believes to be contrary to law, regulation or market practice, but Bank will be under no duty to investigate whether any Instructions comply with Applicable Law or market practice.

3.4 Cut-off Times.

Bank has established cut-off times for receipt of some categories of Instruction, which will be made available to Customer. If Bank receives an Instruction after its established cut-off time, Bank will attempt to act upon the Instruction on the day requested if Bank deems it practicable to do so or otherwise as soon as practicable on the next business day.

3.5 Electronic Access.

Access by Customer to certain applications or products of Bank via Bank’s web site or otherwise shall be governed by this Agreement and the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule H.

4. FEES, EXPENSES AND OTHER AMOUNTS OWING TO BANK

4.1 Fees and Expenses.

Customer will pay Bank for its services hereunder the fees set forth in Schedule F hereto or such other amounts as may be agreed upon in writing from time to time, together with Bank’s reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not limited to, legal fees and tax or related fees incidental to processing by governmental authorities, issuers, or their agents. Customer authorizes Bank to deduct amounts owing to it from the Cash Account, for any such fees or expenses from time to time in arrears. Without prejudice to Bank’s other rights, Bank reserves the right to charge interest on overdue amounts from the due date until actual payment at such rate as Bank may reasonably determine.

4.2 Overdrafts.

If a debit to any currency in the Cash Account results (or will result) in a debit balance, then Bank may, in its discretion, (i) advance an amount equal to the overdraft, (ii) or refuse to settle in whole or in part the transaction causing such debit balance, or (iii) if any such transaction is posted to the Securities Account, reverse any such posting. If Bank elects to make such an advance, the advance will be deemed a loan to Customer, payable on demand, bearing interest at the applicable rate charged by Bank from time to time, for such overdrafts, from the date of such advance to the date of payment (both after as well as before judgment) and otherwise on the terms on which Bank makes similar overdrafts available from time to time. No prior action or course of dealing on Bank’s part with respect to the settlement of transactions on Customer’s behalf will

16

be asserted by Customer against Bank for Bank’s refusal to make advances to the Cash Account or to settle any transaction for which Customer does not have sufficient available funds in the applicable currency in the Account.

4.3 Bank’s Right Over Securities; Set-off.

(a) Customer grants Bank a security interest in and a lien on the Financial Assets held in the Securities Account as security for any and all amounts which are now or become owing to Bank under any provision of this Agreement, whether or not matured or contingent (“Indebtedness”).

(b) Without prejudice to Bank’s rights under Applicable Law, Bank may set off against any Indebtedness any amount in any currency standing to the credit of any of Customer’s accounts (whether deposit or otherwise) with any Bank branch or office or with any Affiliate of Bank. For this purpose, Bank shall be entitled to accelerate the maturity of any fixed term deposits and to effect such currency conversions as may be necessary at its current rates for the sale and purchase of the relevant currencies.

(c) With respect to any obligation of a Customer arising out of this Agreement, the Bank shall look for payment or satisfaction of such obligation solely to the assets of the Customer to which such obligation relates as though the Bank had separately contracted by separate written instrument with respect to each Customer.

(d) Customer grants to Bank a security interest in and a lien on the Financial Assets held in a Customer’s Securities Account and the cash held in that Customer’s Cash Account to secure that portion of any Overdraft, obligation, or other Liability owing with respect to a Transfer Account that constitute that Customer’s Transfer Account Liabilities, and Bank shall be entitled (i) without notice, to segregate, place a hold on and/or withhold delivery of such Financial Assets and cash to satisfy such Customer’s Transfer Account Liabilities and (ii) upon notice to the Board of such Customer, sell or otherwise realize any of such Financial Assets and to apply the proceeds and any other monies credited to that Customer’s Cash Account in satisfaction of its Transfer Account Liabilities. Without prejudice to Bank’s rights under Applicable Laws, Bank may, upon notice to the Board of such Customer, set off any Overdraft, obligation, or other Liability owing with respect to a Transfer Account that constitute that Customer’s Transfer Account Liabilities against any amount in any currency standing to the credit of any of that Customer’s accounts (whether deposit or otherwise) with any Bank branch or office.

(e) Customer will be solely responsible for ensuring that the Transfer Agent maintains sufficient records and internal controls to monitor and reconcile daily activity with respect to amounts and transactions in the Transfer Accounts that are attributable to each Customer. In particular, Customer will ensure that the Transfer Agent provides to the Bank, promptly upon request: (1) information as to the amount of cash attributable to each Customer in the Transfer Accounts, (2) information regarding the transactions of each Customer that are processed through the Transfer Accounts, and (3) records to identify and support any obligations,

17

Liabilities, and/or Overdrafts incurred or created in connection with the transactions processed through the Transfer Accounts that are attributable to each Customer. Customer will be responsible for any Liabilities resulting from a failure or delay of the Transfer Agent to provide accurate and timely information to the Bank regarding the Transfer Accounts.

(f) The Bank hereby agrees that it will follow the following procedures in connection with enforcing a lien or right of set-off against a Customer’s assets pursuant to this Section 4.3.

(i) The Bank will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in connection with enforcing a lien or right of set-off against a Customer’s assets, including all applicable provisions of state law relating to enforcement of rights of set off or liens against securities and other property held in bailment.

(ii) To enforce a right of set-off or a lien pursuant to Sub-section 4.3 (a) or (b) of the Agreement, regardless of any other notice requirements under Applicable Laws, rules or regulations or any applicable terms of the Agreement, the Bank will (x) without notice, segregate, place a hold on and/or withhold delivery of Financial Assets in such Customer’s Securities Account and cash in its Cash Account with a market value equal to the amount the Bank has determined in good faith is due and payable; and (y) give written notice (‘“Notice”) to the Board of the applicable Customer of its intention to sell or otherwise realize such Financial Assets and to apply the proceeds and any other monies credited to that Customer’s Cash Account in satisfaction of its Indebtedness if the amount the Bank has determined in good faith is due and payable are not repaid within two business days allowing the notice. The Customer may request the Bank to substitute different Financial Assets for the Financial Assets segregated by the Bank and the Bank will not unreasonably deny such request.

(iii) Prior to enforcing a right of set-off or a lien against a Customer’s assets pursuant to Sub-section 4.3(d), regardless of any other notice requirements under Applicable Laws, rules or regulations or any applicable terms of the Agreement, the Bank will (w) send a written request to the Transfer Agent, with a copy to the Board of the Customers, for information sufficient to identify and support any obligations, Liabilities, and/or Overdrafts incurred or created in connection with the transactions processed through the Transfer Accounts that are attributable to each Customer; (x) upon receipt of such information, the Bank will, segregate, place a hold on and/or withhold delivery of Financial Assets in each such Customer’s Securities Account and cash in its Cash Account with a market value equal to the amount the Bank has determined in good faith is due and payable; and (z) give Notice to the Board of the applicable Customers of its intention to sell or otherwise realize such Financial Assets and to apply the proceeds and any other monies credited to that Customer’s Cash Account in satisfaction of its Transfer Account Liabilities, if the amount the Bank has determined in good faith is due and payable are not repaid within two business days following the Notice. The Customer may request the Bank to substitute different Financial Assets

18

for the Financial Assets segregated by the Bank and the Bank will not unreasonably deny such request.

(iv) The Bank will not obtain through enforcement of the right of set-off or the lien more than the amount it has determined in good faith to be owed.

(v) The Bank will seek to enforce the right of set-off or the lien first against a Customer’s cash assets, and then only against portfolio securities or other property for which a readily ascertainable market price can be obtained.

(vi) The Bank will arrange for the sale of any such Financial Assets in nominal market transactions and will not arrange for the sale of such Financial Assets in circumstances that, to the best of its knowledge, independently would raise affiliated transaction concerns under the 1940 Act.

5. SUBCUSTODIANS, SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES, AND OTHER AGENTS

5.1 Appointment of Subcustodians; Use of Securities Depositories.

(a) Bank is authorized under this Agreement to act through and hold Customer’s Financial Assets with subcustodians, being at the date of this Agreement the entities listed in Appendix 2 and/or such other entities as Bank may appoint as subcustodians (“Subcustodians”). Bank will use reasonable care, prudence and diligence in the selection and continued appointment of such Subcustodians. At the request of Customer, Bank may, but need not, add to Appendix 2 an Eligible Foreign Custodian where Bank has not acted as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to the selection thereof. Bank shall notify Customer in the event that it elects to add any such entity. In addition, Bank and each Subcustodian may deposit Financial Assets with, and hold Financial Assets in, any securities depository, settlement system, dematerialized book entry system or similar system (together a “Securities Depository”) on such terms as such systems customarily operate and Customer will provide Bank with such documentation or acknowledgements that Bank may require to hold the Financial Assets in such systems.

(b) Any agreement Bank enters into with a Subcustodian for holding Bank’s customers’ assets will provide that such assets will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors except a claim for payment for their safe custody or administration, or, in the case of cash deposits, except for liens or rights in favor of creditors of the Subcustodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, and that the beneficial ownership thereof will be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration. Where a Subcustodian deposits Securities with a Securities Depository, Bank will cause the Subcustodian to identify on its records as belonging to Bank, as agent, the Securities shown on the Subcustodian’s account at such Securities Depository. This Section 5.1(b) will not apply to the extent of any special agreement or arrangement made by Customer with any particular Subcustodian.

19

(c) Bank will not be liable for any act or omission by (or the insolvency of) any Securities Depository. In the event Customer incurs a loss due to the negligence, willful misconduct, or insolvency of a Securities Depository, Bank will make reasonable endeavors, in its discretion, to seek recovery from the Securities Depository, but Bank will not be obligated to institute legal proceedings, file a proof claim in any insolvency proceeding, or take any similar action.

(d) The term Subcustodian as used herein shall mean the following:

(i) a ‘U.S. Bank,’ which shall mean a U.S. bank as defined in rule 17f-5(a)(7);

(ii) an ‘Eligible Foreign Custodian,’ which shall mean: (i) a banking institution or trust company, incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States, that is regulated as such by that country’s government or an agency thereof, and (ii) a majority-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. bank or bank holding company which subsidiary is incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States. In addition, an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall also mean any other entity that shall have been so qualified by exemptive order, rule or other appropriate action of the SEC.

(iii) For purposes of clarity, it is agreed that as used in Section 5.2(a), the term Subcustodian shall not include any Eligible Foreign Custodian as to which Bank has not acted as Foreign Custody Manager.

(e) The term ‘securities depository’ as used herein when referring to a securities depository located outside the U.S. shall mean:

an “Eligible Securities Depository” which, in turn, shall have the same meaning as in rule 17f-7(b)(1)(i)-(vi) as the same may be amended from time to time, or that has otherwise been made exempt pursuant to an SEC exemptive order or no-action letter of the staff of the SEC.

(f) The term “securities depository” as used herein when referring to a securities depository located in the U.S. shall mean a “securities depository” as defined in rule 17f-4(a).

5.2 Liability for Subcustodians.

(a) Subject to Section 7.1(b), Bank shall be liable for the actions or omissions of any Subcustodian to the same extent as if such act or omission was performed by the Bank itself. In the event of any Losses suffered or incurred by a Customer caused by or resulting from the actions or omissions of any Subcustodian for which the Bank would otherwise be liable, the Bank shall promptly reimburse such Customer in the amount of any such Losses. Bank shall also be liable for losses that result from the insolvency of any Affiliated Subcustodian.

20

(b) Subject to Section 5.1(a) and Bank’s duty to use reasonable care in the monitoring of a Subcustodian’s financial condition as reflected in its published financial statements and other publicly available financial information concerning it customarily reviewed by Bank in its oversight process, Bank will not be responsible for the insolvency of any Subcustodian which is not a branch or an Affiliated Subcustodian.

(c) Bank reserves the right to add, replace or remove Subcustodians. Bank will give prompt notice of any such action, which will be advance notice if practicable. Upon request by Customer, Bank will identify the name, address and principal place of business of any Subcustodian and the name and address of the governmental agency or other regulatory authority that supervises or regulates such Subcustodian.

5.3 Use of Agents.

(a) Bank may provide certain services under this Agreement through third parties, which may be Affiliates, provided the provision of services by such Affiliate complies with the 1940 Act and the rules issued thereunder and the policies and procedures of the Customer. Except to the extent provided in Section 5.2 with respect to Subcustodians, Bank will not be responsible for any loss as a result of a failure by any broker or any other third party that it selects and retains using reasonable care to provide ancillary services that it may not customarily provide itself, including, without limitation, delivery services and providers of information regarding matters such as pricing, proxy voting, corporate actions and class action litigation. Nevertheless, Bank will be liable for the performance of any such broker selected by Bank that is an Affiliate to the same extent as Bank would have been liable if it performed such services itself.

(b) In the case of the sale under Section 2.8 of a fractional interest (or in other cases where Customer has requested Bank to arrange for execution of a trade) Bank will place trades with a broker which is an Affiliate to the extent that: (1) Bank has established a program for such trading with such Affiliate, (2) trading with such Affiliate complies with the 1940 Act, as amended and the rules issued thereunder, and (3) trading with such Affiliate complies with the Customer’s policies and procedures, provided that such policies and procedures have been provided to Bank and Bank has agreed that they are acceptable to Bank. An affiliated broker may charge its customary commission (or retain its customary spread) with respect to any such transaction.

6. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CUSTOMER

6.1 Representations of Customer and Bank.

(a) Customer represents and warrants that (i) it has full authority and power, and has obtained all necessary authorizations and consents, to deposit and control the Financial Assets and cash in the Accounts, to use Bank as its custodian in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to borrow money or otherwise incur indebtedness as contemplated by this Agreement, to pledge Financial Assets as contemplated by Section 4.3, and to enter into foreign exchange transactions;

21

(ii) assuming execution and delivery of this Agreement by Bank, this Agreement is Customer’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms and it has full power and authority to enter into and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution of this Agreement (iii) it has not relied on any oral or written representation made by Bank or any person on its behalf, and acknowledges that this Agreement sets out to the fullest extent the duties of Bank; (iv) it is a resident of the United States and shall notify Bank of any changes in residency; and (v) except as granted under Section 4.3 of this Agreement or otherwise to Bank, the Financial Assets and cash deposited in the Accounts are not subject to any encumbrance or security interest whatsoever and the Customer undertakes that, so long as Liabilities are outstanding, it will not create or permit to exist any encumbrance or security interest over such Financial Assets or cash except with the prior written consent of Bank.

(b) Bank represents and warrants that (i) assuming execution and delivery of this Agreement by Customer, this Agreement is Bank’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms and (ii) it has full power and authority to enter into and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution of this Agreement.

Bank may rely upon the above or the certification of such other facts as may be required to administer Bank’s obligations hereunder. Customer shall indemnify Bank against all losses, liability, claims or demands arising directly or indirectly from any such certifications.

6.2 Customer to Provide Certain Information to Bank.

Upon request, Customer will promptly provide to Bank such information about itself and its financial status as Bank may reasonably request, including Customer’s organizational documents and its current audited and unaudited financial statements.

6.3 Customer is Liable to Bank Even if it is Acting for Another Person.

If Customer is acting as an agent for a disclosed or undisclosed principal in respect of any transaction, cash, or Financial Asset, Bank nevertheless will treat Customer as its principal for all purposes under this Agreement. In this regard, Customer will be liable to Bank as a principal in respect of any transactions relating to the Account. The foregoing will not affect any rights Bank might have against Customer’s principal.

7. WHEN BANK IS LIABLE TO CUSTOMER

7.1 Standard of Care; Liability.

(a) Bank shall exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in carrying out all its duties and obligations under this Agreement, and shall be liable to each Customer for any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, fines, penalties and expenses (“Losses”) suffered or incurred by

22

Customer resulting from the failure of Bank to exercise such reasonable care, prudence and diligence or resulting from Bank’s negligence or willful misconduct and to the extent provided in Section 5.2(a). In addition, Bank shall be liable to each applicable Customer for all Losses representing reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such Customer in connection with any claim by such Customer against Bank arising from the obligations of Bank hereunder, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by such Customer in connection with any investigations, lawsuits or proceedings relating to such claim; provided that such Customer has recovered from Bank for such claim.

Upon the occurrence of any event that causes or may cause any loss, damage or expense to Customer, Bank shall (i) promptly notify Customer of the occurrence of such event and (ii) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause any Subcustodian to use all commercially reasonable efforts and to take all reasonable steps under the circumstances to mitigate the effects of such event and to avoid continuing harm to Customer.

Nevertheless, under no circumstances will Bank be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including, without limitation, lost profits) of any form incurred by any person or entity, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to the Accounts, Bank’s performance hereunder, or Bank’s role as custodian.

(b) Customer will indemnify the Bank Indemnitees against, and hold them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of the Bank Indemnitees in connection with or arising out of (i) Bank’s performance under this Agreement, provided the Bank Indemnitees have acted with reasonable care and have not acted with negligence or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct in connection with the Liabilities in question or (ii) any Bank Indemnitee’s status as a holder of record of Customer’s Financial Assets. Nevertheless, Customer will not be obligated to indemnify any Bank Indemnitee under the preceding sentence with respect to any Liability for which Bank is liable under Section 5.2 of this Agreement. Customer shall have no liability whatsoever for any consequential, special, indirect or speculative loss or damages (including, but not limited to, lost profits) suffered by Bank in connection with the transactions and services contemplated hereby and the relationship established hereby even if Customer has been advised as to the possibility of the same and regardless of the form of action.

(c) Without limiting Subsections 7.1 (a) or (b), Bank will have no duty or responsibility to: (i) question Instructions or make any suggestions to Customer or an Authorized Person regarding such Instructions; (ii) supervise or make recommendations with respect to investments or the retention of Financial Assets; (iii) advise Customer or an Authorized Person regarding any default in the payment of principal or income of any Security other than as provided in Section 2.7(b) of this Agreement; (iv) evaluate or report to Customer or an Authorized Person regarding the financial condition of any broker, agent or other party to which Bank is instructed to deliver Financial Assets or cash; or (v) review or reconcile trade confirmations received from brokers (and Customer or its Authorized Persons issuing Instructions will bear any responsibility to review such confirmations against Instructions issued to and Statements of Account issued by Bank).

23

7.2 Force Majeure.

Bank will maintain and update from time to time business continuation and disaster recovery procedures with respect to its global custody business that it determines from time to time meet reasonable commercial standards. Bank will have no liability, however, for any damage, loss, expense or liability of any nature that Customer may suffer or incur, caused by an act of God, fire, flood, civil or labor disturbance, war, terrorism, act of any governmental authority or other act or threat of any authority (de jure or de facto), legal constraint, fraud or forgery, malfunction of equipment or software (except where such malfunction is primarily attributable to Bank’s negligence in maintaining the equipment or software), failure of or the effect of rules or operations of any external funds transfer system, inability to obtain or interruption of external communications facilities, or any cause beyond the reasonable control of Bank (including without limitation, the non-availability of appropriate foreign exchange).

7.3 Bank May Consult With Counsel.

Bank will be entitled to rely on, and may act upon the advice of professional advisers in relation to matters of law, regulation or market practice (which reasonably may be the professional advisers of Customer), and will not be liable to Customer for any action taken or omitted pursuant to such advice; provided that Bank has selected and retained such professional advisers using reasonable care and acts reasonably in reliance on the advice.

7.4 Bank Provides Diverse Financial Services and May Generate Profits as a Result.

Customer acknowledges that Bank or its Affiliates may have a material interest in transactions entered into by Customer with respect to the Account or that circumstances are such that Bank may have a potential conflict of duty or interest. For example, Bank or its Affiliates may act as a market maker in the Financial Assets to which Instructions relate, provide brokerage services to other customers, act as financial adviser to the issuer of such Financial Assets, act in the same transaction as agent for more than one customer, have a material interest in the issue of the Financial Assets; or earn profits from any of these activities. Customer further acknowledges that Bank or its Affiliates may be in possession of information tending to show that the Instructions received may not be in the best interests of Customer but that Bank is not under any duty to disclose any such information.

24

8. TAXATION

8.1 Tax Obligations.

(a) Customer confirms that Bank is authorized to deduct from any cash received or credited to the Cash Account any taxes or levies required by any revenue or governmental authority for whatever reason in respect of Customer’s Accounts.

(b) Customer will provide to Bank such certifications, documentation, and information as it may require in connection with taxation, and warrants that, when given, this information is true and correct in every respect, not misleading in any way, and contains all material information. Customer undertakes to notify Bank immediately if any information requires updating or correcting. Bank shall not be liable for any taxes, penalties, interest or additions to tax, payable or paid that result from (i) the inaccurate completion of documents by Customer or any third party; (ii) provision to Bank or a third party of inaccurate or misleading information by Customer or any third party; (iii) the withholding of material information by Customer or any third party; or (iv) as a result of any delay by any revenue authority or any other cause beyond the Bank’s control.

(c) If Bank does not receive appropriate certifications, documentation and information then, as and when appropriate and required, additional tax shall be deducted from all income received in respect of the Financial Assets issued (including, but not limited to, United States non-resident alien tax and/or backup withholding tax).

(d) Customer will be responsible in all events for the timely payment of all taxes relating to the Financial Assets in the Securities Account. Customer will indemnify and hold Bank harmless from and against any and all liabilities, penalties, interest or additions to tax with respect to or resulting from, any delay in, or failure by, Bank (i) to pay, withhold or report any U.S. federal, state or local taxes or foreign taxes imposed on, or (ii) to report interest, dividend or other income paid or credited to the Cash Account, regardless of the reason for such delay or failure, provided, however, that Customer will not be liable to Bank for any penalty or additions to tax due solely as a result of Bank’s negligent acts or omissions with respect to paying or withholding tax or reporting interest, dividend or other income paid or credited to the Cash Account.

8.2 Tax Relief Services.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section, Bank will apply for a reduction of withholding tax and any refund of any tax paid or tax credits in respect of income payments on Financial Assets credited to the Securities Account that Bank believes may be available. To defray expenses pertaining to nominal tax claims, Bank may from time-to-time set minimum thresholds as to a de minimus value of tax reclaims or reduction of withholding which it will pursue in respect of income payments under this section.

(b) The provision of a tax relief service by Bank is conditional upon Bank receiving from Customer (i) a declaration of its identity and place of residence and (ii) certain other

25

documentation (pro forma copies of which are available from Bank), prior to the receipt of Financial assets in the Account or the payment of income.

(c) Bank will perform tax relief services only with respect to taxation levied by the revenue authorities of the countries advised to Customer from time to time and Bank may, by notification in writing, in its absolute discretion, supplement or amend the countries in which the tax relief services are offered. Other than as expressly provided in this Section 8.2 Bank will have no responsibility with regard to Customer’s tax position or status in any jurisdiction.

(d) Customer confirms that Bank is authorized to disclose any information requested by any revenue authority or any governmental entity in relation to the processing of any tax relief claim.

9. TERMINATION

Either party may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party. If Customer gives notice of termination, it must provide full details of the persons to whom Bank must deliver Financial Assets and cash. If Bank gives notice of termination, then Customer must, within sixty days, notify Bank of details of its new custodian, failing which Bank may elect (at any time after the sixty day notice period) either to retain the Financial Assets and cash until such details are given, continuing to charge fees due (in which case Bank’s sole obligation will be for the safekeeping of the Financial Assets and cash), or deliver the Financial Assets and cash to Customer. Bank will in any event be entitled to deduct any amounts owing to it prior to delivery of the Financial Assets and cash (and, accordingly, Bank will be entitled to sell Financial Assets and apply the sale proceeds in satisfaction of amounts owing to it). Customer will reimburse Bank promptly for all out-of-pocket expenses it incurs in delivering Financial Assets upon termination. Termination will not affect any of the liabilities either party owes to the other arising under this Agreement prior to such termination.

10. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Notices.

(a) Notices pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement shall be sent or served by registered mail, overnight delivery services, such as Federal Express (FedEx) or United Parcel Service (UPS), etc., courier services or hand delivery to the address of the respective parties as set out on the first page of this Agreement, unless notice of a new address is given to the other party in writing. Notice will not be deemed to be given unless it has been received.

(b) The notice required in Section 4.3(f) of the Agreement shall be served by registered mail or hand delivery to the following:

Chairman of the Board of the J.P. Morgan Funds

c/o Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP

26

1177 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Carl Frischling, Esq.

With copies to

President, J.P. Morgan Funds

c/o J.P. Morgan Asset Management

245 Park Avenue, 3^rd Floor

New York, NY 10167

and

J.P. Morgan Funds

c/o J.P. Morgan Asset Management

245 Park Avenue, 3^rd Floor

New York, NY 10167

Attention: Funds Legal

10.2 Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement will be binding on each of the parties’ successors and assigns, but the parties agree that neither party can assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

10.3 Interpretation.

Headings are for convenience only and are not intended to affect interpretation. References to sections are to sections of this Agreement and references to sub-sections and paragraphs are to sub-sections of the sections and paragraphs of the sub-sections in which they appear.

10.4 Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, including the Schedules, Exhibits, and Appendices (and any separate agreement which Bank and Customer may enter into with respect to any Cash Account), sets out the entire Agreement between the parties in connection with the subject matter, and this Agreement supersedes any other agreement, statement, or representation relating to custody, whether oral or written including the Original Agreements and all Amendments thereto. Amendments must be in writing and signed by both parties.

10.5 Information Concerning Deposits at Bank’s London Branch.

Under U.S. federal law, deposit accounts that Customer maintains in Bank’s foreign branches (outside of the U.S.) are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. In the event of Bank’s liquidation, foreign branch deposits have a lesser preference than U.S. deposits, and

27

such foreign deposits are subject to cross-border risks. However, the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the “FSCS”) was created under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. The terms of the FSCS offer protection in connection with deposits and investments in the event of the persons to whom Bank’s London Branch provides services suffering a financial loss as a direct consequence of Bank’s London Branch being unable to meet any of its liabilities, and subject to the FSCS rules regarding eligible claimants and eligible claims, Customer may have a right to claim compensation from the FSCS. Subject to the terms of the FSCS, the limit on the maximum compensation sum payable by the FSCS in relation to investment business is £48,000 and in relation to deposits is £50,000. A detailed description of the FSCS (including information on how to make a claim, eligibility criteria and the procedures involved) is available from the FSCS who can be contacted at 7th Floor, Lloyds Chambers, Portsoken Street, London, E1 8BN.

10.6 Insurance.

Bank will not be required to maintain any insurance coverage for the benefit of Customer.

10.7 Governing Law and Jurisdiction.

This Agreement will be construed, regulated, and administered under the laws of the United States or State of New York, as applicable, without regard to New York’s principles regarding conflict of laws. The United States District Court for the Southern District of New York will have the sole and exclusive jurisdiction over any lawsuit or other judicial proceeding relating to or arising from this Agreement. If that court lacks federal subject matter jurisdiction, the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County will have sole and exclusive jurisdiction. Either of these courts will have proper venue for any such lawsuit or judicial proceeding, and the parties waive any objection to venue or their convenience as a forum. The parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of any of the courts specified and to accept service of process to vest personal jurisdiction over them in any of these courts. The parties further hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Laws, any right to a trial by jury with respect to any such lawsuit or judicial proceeding arising or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. To the extent that in any jurisdiction Customer may now or hereafter be entitled to claim, for itself or its assets, immunity from suit, execution, attachment (before or after judgment) or other legal process, Customer shall not claim, and it hereby irrevocably waives, such immunity.

10.8 Severability; Waiver; and Survival.

(a) If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect on the basis of any particular circumstances or in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision or provisions under other circumstances or in other jurisdictions and of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired.

28

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, no failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any power or right hereunder operates as a waiver, nor does any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise, or the exercise of any other power or right. No waiver by a party of any provision of this Agreement, or waiver of any breach or default, is effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be enforced.

(c) Bank’s rights, protections, and remedies under this Agreement shall survive its termination.

10.9 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts each of which will be deemed to be an original and together will constitute one and the same agreement.

10.10  Security Holding Disclosure.

With respect to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 14b-2 under The U.S. Shareholder Communications Act, regarding disclosure of beneficial owners to issuers of Securities, Bank is instructed not to disclose the name, address or Security positions of Customer in response to shareholder communications requests regarding the Accounts.

10.11  USA Patriot Act Disclosure.

Section 326 of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”) requires Bank to implement reasonable procedures to verify the identity of any person that opens a new account with it. Accordingly, Customer acknowledges that Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act and Bank’s identity verification procedures require Bank to obtain information which may be used to confirm Customer’s identity including without limitation Customer’s name, address and organizational documents (“identifying information”). Customer may also be asked to provide information about its financial status such as its current audited and unaudited financial statements. Customer agrees to provide Bank with and consents to Bank obtaining from third parties any such identifying and financial information required as a condition of opening an account with or using any service provided by Bank.

10.12  Confidentiality.

(a) Subject to Clause 10.13(b) Bank will hold all Confidential Information in confidence and will not disclose any Confidential Information except as may be required by Applicable Laws, a regulator with jurisdiction over the Bank’s business, or with the consent of Customer.

(b) Customer authorizes Bank to disclose Confidential Information to:

29

(i) any Subcustodian, subcontractor, agent, Securities Depository, securities exchange, broker, third party agent, proxy solicitor, issuer, or any other person that Bank believes it is reasonably required to provide the Confidential Information to in connection with Bank’s provision of relevant services under this Agreement;

(ii) its professional advisors, auditors or public accountants;

(iii) its Affiliates to the extent Bank reasonably believes is required in connection with the customary review of Customer’s credit profile by such Affiliates and branches, and

(iv) any revenue authority or any governmental entity in relation to the processing of any tax relief claim.

10.13    No Third Party Beneficiaries.

A person who is not a party to this Agreement shall have no right to enforce any term of this Agreement.

30

SIGNED for and on behalf of:
JPMORGAN INSTITUTIONAL TRUST JPMORGAN TRUST I JPMORGAN TRUST II J.P. MORGAN MUTUAL FUND GROUP J.P. MORGAN FLEMING MUTUAL FUND GROUP, INC. J.P. MORGAN MUTUAL FUND INVESTMENT TRUST UNDISCOVERED MANAGERS FUNDS UM INVESTMENT TRUST JPMORGAN INSURANCE TRUST PACHOLDER HIGH YIELD FUND, INC.
By:	/s/ Patricia A. Maleski
Name:	Patricia A. Maleski
Title:	President and Principal Executive Officer
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:	/s/ Timothy Hornbrook
Name:	Timothy Hornbrook
Title:	Executive Director

31

SCHEDULE A

List of Entities Covered by the Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement

Amended as of September 1, 2010

JPMorgan Institutional Trust

JPMorgan Intermediate Bond Trust

JPMorgan Core Bond Trust

JPMorgan Equity Index Trust

J.P. Morgan Fleming Mutual Fund Group, Inc

JPMorgan Mid Cap Value Fund

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Group

JPMorgan Short Term Bond Fund II

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Investment Trust

JPMorgan Growth Advantage Fund

JPMorgan Insurance Trust

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Equity Index Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust International Equity Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Intrepid Growth Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Intrepid Mid Cap Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Mid Cap Value Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Small Cap Core Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust U.S. Equity Portfolio

JPMorgan Trust I

Highbridge Dynamic Commodities Strategy Fund

Highbridge Statistical Market Neutral Fund

JPMorgan 100% U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Access Balanced Fund

JPMorgan Access Growth Fund

JPMorgan Alternative Strategies Fund

JPMorgan Asia Equity Fund

JPMorgan California Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan California Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan China Region Fund

JPMorgan Credit Opportunities Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Current Yield Money Market Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Disciplined Equity Fund

JPMorgan Diversified Fund

32

JPMorgan Trust I (continued)

JPMorgan Dynamic Growth Fund

JPMorgan Dynamic Small Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Emerging Economies Fund

JPMorgan Emerging Markets Debt Fund

JPMorgan Emerging Markets Equity Fund

JPMorgan Federal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Global Focus Fund

JPMorgan Global Natural Resources Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Growth and Income Fund

JPMorgan Growth Long/Short Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Income Builder Fund

JPMorgan India Fund

JPMorgan Inflation Managed Bond Fund

JPMorgan Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan International Currency Income Fund

JPMorgan International Equity Fund

JPMorgan International Opportunities Fund

JPMorgan International Opportunities Plus Fund

JPMorgan International Realty Fund

JPMorgan International Small Cap Equity Fund

JPMorgan International Value Fund

JPMorgan International Value SMA Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid America Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid European Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Growth Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid International Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Multi Cap Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Value Fund

JPMorgan Latin America Fund

JPMorgan Managed Income Fund

JPMorgan Mid Cap Equity Fund

JPMorgan Multi-Cap Long/Short Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Multi-Sector Income Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan New York Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan New York Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan Prime Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Real Return Fund

JPMorgan Research Equity Long/Short Fund

JPMorgan Research Market Neutral Fund

JPMorgan Russia Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Core Fund

33

JPMorgan Trust I (continued)

JPMorgan Small Cap Equity Fund

JPMorgan Strategic Income Opportunities Fund

JPMorgan Strategic Preservation Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware Disciplined Equity Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware High Income Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware Real Return Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware Real Return SMA Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware U.S. Equity Fund

JPMorgan Tax Free Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Total Return Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Dynamic Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Equity Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Core Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Value Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Research Equity Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Small Company Fund

JPMorgan Value Advantage Fund

JPMorgan Value Discovery Fund

JPMorgan Trust II

JPMorgan Arizona Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Core Bond Fund

JPMorgan Core Plus Bond Fund

JPMorgan Equity Income Fund

JPMorgan Equity Index Fund

JPMorgan Government Bond Fund

JPMorgan High Yield Fund

JPMorgan International Equity Index Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Mid Cap Fund

JPMorgan Investor Balanced Fund

JPMorgan Investor Conservative Growth Fund

JPMorgan Investor Growth & Income Fund

JPMorgan Investor Growth Fund

JPMorgan Large Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Large Cap Value Fund

JPMorgan Limited Duration Bond Fund

JPMorgan Liquid Assets Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Market Expansion Index Fund

JPMorgan Michigan Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Michigan Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Mid Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Mortgage-Backed Securities Fund

JPMorgan Multi-Cap Market Neutral Fund

JPMorgan Municipal Income Fund

JPMorgan Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Ohio Municipal Bond Fund

34

JPMorgan Trust II (continued)

JPMorgan Ohio Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Short Duration Bond Fund

JPMorgan Short-Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Value Fund

JPMorgan Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan Treasury & Agency Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Government Money Market Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Real Estate Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

UM Investment Trust

Undiscovered Managers Multi-Strategy Fund

Undiscovered Managers Funds

JPMorgan Realty Income Fund

Undiscovered Managers Behavioral Growth Fund

Undiscovered Managers Behavioral Value Fund

Pacholder High Yield Fund, Inc.

This Schedule A supersedes and replaces any previously executed Schedule A between the parties.

35

SCHEDULE B

List of Transfer Accounts

Amended as of September 1, 2010

ACCOUNT NO.	ACCOUNT TITLE
323125794	Boston Financial Data Services as Agent for JPMorgan Clearing Account
323508561	Boston Financial Data Services as Agent for JPMorgan Funds WDC Teltran
323363792	BFDS as Agent for JPMorgan Funds for the One Hour Wire Redemption Account
323125840	BFDS as Agent for JPMorgan Funds Wire Redemption Account
323125832	BFDS Inc as Agent for JPMorgan Wire Purchase Account
614950074	BFDS as Agent for JPMorgan Check Redemption Account
323125824	Boston Financial Data Services as Agent for JPMorgan NSCC AC
614960061	Boston Financial Data Services as Agent for JPMorgan Dividend Account
614960029	Boston Financial Data Services as Agent for JPMorgan 12B-1
323220495	BFDS as Agent for JPMorgan TS Link Redemption Account
323220487	BFDS Inc as Agent for JPMorgan TS Link Purchase Account
614960037	BFDS Inc as Agent for Multi Strategy Clearing Account
9102652261	Boston Financial Data Services as Agent for JPMorgan ACH Account
323227627	Boston Financial Data Services as Agent for JPMorgan Sweep Account

36

SCHEDULE C

DESCRIPTION OF FUND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

• NAV Calculation / Fund Valuation:

• Standard transactional and NAV materiality thresholds

• 2a-7 pricing for Money Market Funds (weekly)

• Mark to market NAV test performed weekly at the composite and class level

• Fund Pricing and Reporting

• Utilizing standard and automated vendor inputs, including international Fair Valuation

• Standard valuation oversight reporting (e.g., Fair Value reports, Broker Prices, etc.)

• Capital Stock Processing and Reconciliation

• Utilizing automated data files from transfer agent

• Automated NAV transmissions to transfer agent

• Cash Availability Reporting for Money Market Funds

• Specialized cash reporting for the Highbridge Dynamic Commodities Strategy Fund

• Portfolio Trades Processing

• Utilizing standard and automated inputs

• Specialized trade processing and reconciliations for Highbridge Dynamic Commodities Strategy Fund for swaps and brokers statements

• Corporate actions processing

• Portfolio Income Recognition

• Automated Expense Processing

• Perform manual waiver process for the Money Market Funds

• Perform a manual ‘All-in’ cap calculation for the JPMorgan Alternative Strategies Fund

• Rate Calculations for Daily Distributing Funds

• SEC Yield Calculations (monthly)

• Cash Reconciliations (daily)

• Asset Reconciliations (weekly); Futures and Proprietary Fund of Funds daily

• NAV Dissemination

• Sleeves of JPMorgan Access Funds are reported manually via an excel spreadsheet

• Utilizing Unity Performance / GraphNet (Related out-of-pocket fees charged to client)

37

• Audit Reporting and Coordination

• External audit, SAS70, and client due diligence coordination

• Monitor as of trading for 60 days during the Audit Period

• Prepare Audit Confirms

• Specialized Audit support for Highbridge Dynamic Commodities Strategy Fund: generate monthly grossed-up holdings report for Commodity Swap positions

• Standard Client Reporting

• Standard End-of-Day Accounting Information

• Risk Oversight Reporting (e.g., Aged Receivables, Stale Prices, etc)

• Provide data for board reports and pricing committee materials

• Investment Manager / Sub-Advisor Reconciliation (3rd Party Recons)- Highbridge Dynamic Commodities Strategy Fund

• Provide short extension services for funds which operate a synthetic long/short investment strategy

38

SCHEDULE D

Global Derivative Services

The following provisions are added to the Agreement with respect to certain services provided by the Bank for certain OTC Derivative Contracts which are included in a Fund’s portfolio.

I. DEFINITIONS

“Back-Up Method” means an alternative method to be used to price an OTC Derivative Contract if the Customer’s selected method cannot be used.

“Calculated Price” for an OTC Derivative Contract on a given date means the amount determined by a Supported Pricing Model for such OTC Derivative Contract for such date.

“Non-Supported OTC” means an OTC Derivative Contract which cannot be priced using a Supported Pricing Model.

“OTC Derivative Contract” means any contract of a type that Bank, acting reasonably, determines to be an over-the-counter derivative.

“Reports” means information from Bank systems that is supplied to the Customer.

“Supported Pricing Model” means the theoretical algorithms that Bank has on its systems and the data sources which such algorithms use which can be used to price OTC Derivative Contracts.

II. INFORMATION REQUIRED FROM THE CUSTOMER

2.1 If the Customer requests that Bank provides any of the services under this Schedule in respect of any OTC Derivative Contract then:

(a) the Customer shall provide to Bank in a timely, accurate and complete manner all information relating to each OTC Derivative Contract that Bank requires and in such a format as Bank shall specify to allow Bank to capture each OTC Derivative Contract onto its systems;

(b) the Customer shall provide to Bank throughout the term of each OTC Derivative Contract in a timely, accurate and complete manner any amendments to each OTC Derivative Contract or otherwise notify Bank of any other events in relation to each OTC Derivative Contract which are likely to have an effect on the valuation of the OTC Derivative Contract.

III. TRANACTION PROCESSING AND LIFECYCLE MANAGEMENT

3.1 Subject to Clause 2.1 and Clause 6, Bank shall maintain a process for daily position management so that the Bank shall have an up-to-date record for each OTC Derivative Contract on its system. This daily position management process shall include the setting

39

up each OTC Derivative Contract on the system and amending the OTC Derivative Contract as reasonably required to reflect, without limitation, cancellations, terminations, option exercises and option expiries, maturities or credit events as notified to the Bank by the Customer The Bank shall also support cash break resolution, manage the reconciliation of trades, positions and cashflows related to the OTC Derivative Contract as well as provide the Customer with associated cashflow and lifecycle reporting.

IV. PRICING SERVICE

4.1 As soon as is reasonably practicable, the Customer and Bank shall agree upon a procedure for pricing any OTC Derivative Contract that may be entered into by the Customer. The Customer may request that Bank price any OTC Derivative Contract as follows:

(a) The Customer may request that Bank provides a Calculated Price from its Supported Pricing Models;

(b) The Customer may request that Bank sources the price of the OTC Derivative Contract from brokers, counterparties or from third-party vendors agreed upon with the Customer;

(c) The Customer may provide the price of the OTC Derivative Contract; or

(d) any reasonable combination of (a), (b) or (c).

4.2 If Bank and the Customer have agreed to price the OTC Derivative Contract under Clause 4.1(a) then the following shall apply:

(a) Bank shall notify the Customer of the relevant Supported Pricing Models;

(b) The Customer shall review and agree upon the Supported Pricing Models with Bank. Bank shall supply to the Customer such reasonable information relating to the Supported Pricing Models as the Customer requests. The Customer acknowledges and agrees that some information relating to the Supported Pricing Models may contain proprietary information and that Bank shall, in such case, not be required to provide such information. To the extent that Bank provides information relating to the Supported Pricing Models to the Customer, the Customer shall treat any Supported Pricing Model information as confidential information and shall not disclose it to any person without the prior written consent of Bank;

(c) If after reviewing the Supported Pricing Models the Customer does not wish any OTC Derivative Contract to be priced using the Supported Pricing Models, the

40

Customer shall notify Bank and the Customer and Bank shall agree the alternative method to be used under Clause 4.1(b) or (c);

(d) Bank and the Customer shall review, and modify as agreed between the parties, the Supported Pricing Models from time to time;

(e) If the Customer enters into a Non-Supported OTC, Bank shall notify the Customer that the OTC Derivative Contract is a Non-Supported OTC as soon as is reasonably practicable and the Customer and Bank shall agree the alternative method to be used under Clause 4.1(b) or (c).

4.3 Bank shall use the method agreed under Clause 4.1 for determining the price of any OTC Derivative Contract for the purpose of inputting such price in the net asset calculation.

4.4 Bank and the Customer shall agree upon a Back-Up Method. If Bank cannot provide a price for any OTC Derivative Contract as a result of:

(a) the Customer not providing all the information required under Clause 2.1;

(b) any brokers, counterparty or third party vendors not providing such price;

(c) the Customer not providing the price; or

(d) any reasons beyond the reasonable control of Bank, then Bank shall apply such Back-Up Method.

4.5 The Customer acknowledges that it is the Customer’s responsibility to ensure that any method of pricing any OTC Derivative Contract is authorized under the Customer’s Prospectus.

V. REPORTS

5.1 Bank may offer to the Customer reports of information relating to the OTC Derivative Contracts (“Reports”) that it has captured onto its systems as agreed between Bank and the Customer.

VI. ADDITIONAL DISCLAIMERS

6.1 The Customer acknowledges that Bank shall not be liable for the accuracy, timeliness, completeness or availability of any information provided by:

(a) the Customer;

(b) any agreed upon broker or counterparty;

(c) any agreed upon third party vendor of OTC Derivative Contract prices; or

41

(d) any agreed upon third party vendor of market data.

6.2 The Customer acknowledges that the Supported Pricing Models are algorithms which are theoretical in nature and accordingly the Customer acknowledges that the Supported Pricing Models may not adequately model all economic factors or events. The Customer acknowledges that Bank shall not be liable to the Customer for any inadequacy or defect of any kind with respect to the use of any Supported Pricing Model for the production of a price to input into the net asset calculation. The Customer agrees that its use of any Calculated Price is at the Customer’s own risk and Bank shall not be liable to the Customer for any loss which arises from the use of such Calculated Price for any purpose (including, without limitation, trading, risk management, treasury and hedging arrangements).

6.3 The Customer acknowledges that the prices of OTC Derivative Contracts, regardless of the source of such prices, are indicative values and may not indicate the actual terms upon which OTC Derivative Contracts could be liquidated or unwound or the calculation of an amount that would be payable or receivable following the expiry of, or the designation of an early termination date under, any applicable agreement. Prices determined using other pricing models, market data or assumptions may yield different results.

6.4 The Customer acknowledges any Reports produced using the Supported Pricing Models and supplied to the Customer by Bank may be inaccurate. The Reports are produced using the Supported Pricing Models which may not adequately model all economic factors or events and information which Bank cannot determine to be accurate or complete. The Customer uses such Reports at its own risk and Bank shall not be liable to the Customer for any loss which arises from the use of the Reports for any purpose (including, without limitation, trading, risk management, treasury and hedging arrangements).

6.5 Subject to the provisions of this Schedule and any other limitations which apply, Bank shall only be liable to the Customer to the extent that the Customer suffers a loss due to the net asset value of the Customer being inaccurate due to the negligence, wilful default or fraud of Bank in following the agreed procedures under this Schedule with respect to the valuation of OTC Derivative Contracts. With respect to losses resulting from the other services covered by this Schedule, the standard of care set forth in Section 7.1 of the Agreement shall govern.

42

SCHEDULE E

Money Market Holding Report Services

The information in this Schedule E covering the preparation of Money Market Fund Holding Reports may be modified pursuant to mutual written agreement between the parties.

A. Preparation and provision of the JPMorgan Money Market Fund Holding Report for the following Funds:

JPMorgan Trust I

JPMorgan 100% U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund (effective July 1, 2009)

JPMorgan California Municipal Money Market Fund (effective August 1, 2009)

JPMorgan Federal Money Market Fund (effective July 1, 2009)

JPMorgan New York Municipal Money Market Fund (effective August 1, 2009)

JPMorgan Prime Money Market Fund (effective June 1, 2009)

JPMorgan Tax Free Money Market Fund (effective July 1, 2009)

JPMorgan Current Yield Money Market Fund (effective September 30, 2010)

JPMorgan Trust II

JPMorgan Liquid Assets Money Market Fund (effective June 1, 2009)

JPMorgan Michigan Municipal Money Market Fund (effective August 1, 2009)

JPMorgan Municipal Money Market Fund (effective July 1, 2009)

JPMorgan Ohio Municipal Money Market Fund (effective August 1, 2009)

JPMorgan U.S. Government Money Market Fund (effective July 1, 2009)

JPMorgan U.S. Treasury Plus Money Market Fund (effective July 1, 2009)

B. Frequency of reports.

Daily

C. Manner in which reports will be delivered.

Via excel spreadsheet for the Money Market Fund Holding Reports.

43

SCHEDULE F

Global Custody, Fund Accounting Services, Global Derivative Services and Money Market Fund

Holding Reports Fee Schedule to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting

Agreement

(as of September 1, 2010)

Global Custody Fees: These fee schedules are applicable to the J.P. Morgan Funds.

Safekeeping and Settlement Charges

Global Custody Fee Schedule
Market	Safekeeping (BPs)*		Transaction** (US$)
Argentina		15.00		45.00
Australia		2.50		35.00
Austria		2.50		35.00
Bahrain		30.00		80.00
Bangladesh		30.00		80.00
Belgium		2.50		35.00
Bermuda		15.00		45.00
Botswana		30.00		80.00
Brazil		10.00		40.00
Bulgaria		30.00		75.00
Canada		2.00		15.00
Chile		20.00		45.00
China		20.00		50.00
Colombia		30.00		80.00
Croatia		30.00		65.00
Cyprus		20.00		75.00
Czech Republic		20.00		60.00
Denmark		2.50		35.00
Ecuador		30.00		65.00
Egypt		25.00		60.00
Estonia		30.00		65.00
Euro CDs		1.00		15.00
Euroclear		1.00		10.00
Finland		2.50		35.00
France		1.25		25.00
Germany		1.25		25.00
Ghana		30.00		80.00
Greece		12.00		50.00

44

Global Custody Fee Schedule
Market	Safekeeping (BPs)*		Transaction** (US$)
Hong Kong		2.50		45.00
Hungary		20.00		60.00
Iceland		20.00		60.00
India		14.50		45.00
Indonesia		10.00		50.00
Ireland		2.50		45.00
Israel		25.00		60.00
Italy		2.00		30.00
Ivory Coast		30.00		80.00
Jamaica		35.00		65.00
Japan		1.50		10.00
Jordan		30.00		80.00
Kazakhstan		30.00		80.00
Kenya		30.00		80.00
Korea		7.00		35.00
Kuwait		35.00		80.00
Latvia		20.00		80.00
Lebanon		30.00		80.00
Lithuania		25.00		65.00
Luxembourg		3.00		50.00
Malaysia		8.00		45.00
Malta		25.00		65.00
Mauritius		30.00		80.00
Mexico		6.00		35.00
Morocco		30.00		80.00
Namibia		30.00		80.00
Netherlands		2.00		30.00
New Zealand		2.00		35.00
Nigeria		30.00		80.00
Norway		2.50		35.00
Oman		30.00		80.00
Pakistan		30.00		80.00
Peru		30.00		80.00
Philippines		7.00		50.00
Poland		20.00		55.00
Portugal		12.00		60.00
Qatar		35.00		80.00

45

Global Custody Fee Schedule
Market	Safekeeping (BPs)*		Transaction** (US$)
Romania		30.00		80.00
Russia		15.00		80.00
Singapore		4.00		45.00
Slovakia		20.00		50.00
Slovenia		25.00		55.00
South Africa		5.00		40.00
Spain		2.50		40.00
Sri Lanka		20.00		80.00
Sweden		2.50		35.00
Switzerland		2.50		35.00
Taiwan		10.00		75.00
Thailand		12.00		40.00
Tunisia		35.00		80.00
Turkey		12.00		75.00
Ukraine		30.00		80.00
United Arab Emirates		30.00		80.00
United Kingdom		0.16		8.00
United States		0.09		2.50
Uruguay		30.00		80.00
Venezuela		30.00		80.00
Vietnam		25.00		65.00
Zambia		30.00		80.00
Zimbabwe		30.00		80.00

*       Annualized rate paid pro rata each month.

**     Cost for the entry and settlement of all primary transactions.

Additional Primary Transaction Charges

Description	Rates (US$)
Physical Security Receive/Deliver		20.00
Memo Positions (Blue Sheet)		7.50
Futures and Options		7.50

46

Secondary Transaction Charges

Custody and safekeeping related transactions process post security settlement. Trade instructions that require manual input will incur an additional $20.00 surcharge.

Description	Rates (US$)
Income Collections – Physical		5.00
Principal & Interest - Book Entry		5.00
Principal & Interest - Physical		5.00

Cash Transaction Charges

Non-securities-related cash payments levied for all outward free payments including third party foreign exchange payments. No charge is levied for the receipt of incoming funds. Cash instructions that require manual input will incur an additional surcharge of $20.

Description	Rates (US$)
Foreign Exchange Payments		7.00
Outgoing Wires (Fed, Chips, SWIFT)		7.00
Continuous Linked Settlement (round trip)		7.00

Global Proxy Voting Services

This service includes the provision of an extensive suite of secure online tools to assist clients exercise their corporate governance responsibilities, including in-market support for vote execution, share blocking, beneficial owner re-registration and power of attorney administration where required.

Global Proxy Voting Fee Schedule
Tier A: $15		Tier B: $35	Tier C: $60
Australia	Singapore	Argentina	Italy
Bahrain	South Africa	Austria	Jordan
Bangladesh	South Korea	Belgium	Lebanon
Bermuda	Spain	Brazil	Malta
Canada	Sri Lanka	Colombia	Mauritius
China+	Taiwan	Croatia	Mexico
Chile	Thailand	Cyprus	Netherlands
Estonia	Tunisia	Czech Republic	Norway+
Euroclear	Ukraine	Denmark	Pakistan
Hong Kong	United Kingdom	Egypt	Poland
India+	United States	Ecuador	Portugal
Indonesia	Vietnam	Finland	Slovakia
Ireland	Venezuela	France	Sweden+
Israel		Germany	Switzerland
Jamaica		Greece	Turkey
Japan		Hungary
Malaysia		Iceland
New Zealand
Philippines
Russia+

+ The fee for this country is the fee for the appropriate tier plus out of pocket expenses

47

Fund Accounting

The following schedule shall be employed in the calculation of the annual fees payable for the services provided under the Agreement. For purposes of determining the asset levels at which a Tier applies, assets for that fund type across the J.P. Morgan Funds will be used.

Money Market Funds*

Tier One	First $250,000,000,000	0.14 bps
Tier Two	Over $250,000,000,000	0.10 bps

Fixed Income Funds

Tier One	First $25,000,000,000	0.40 bps
Tier Two	Next $35,000,000,000	0.25 bps
Tier Three	Over $60,000,000,000	0.20 bps

U.S. Equity Funds

Tier One	First $25,000,000,000	0.35 bps
Tier Two	Next $35,000,000,000	0.20 bps
Tier Three	Over $60,000,000,000	0.15 bps

International Funds

Tier One	First $12,500,000,000	0.50 bps
Tier Two	Over $12,500,000,000	0.40 bps

Emerging Markets Funds

Tier One	First $12,500,000,000	0.60 bps
Tier Two	Over $12,500,000,000	0.50 bps

Other Fees

Minimums**
	U.S. Equity	$	20,000
	U.S. Fixed Income	$	25,000
	Money Markets	$	15,000
	International	$	35,000
	Emerging Markets	$	40,000
	Highbridge Managed Funds: Statistical Market Neutral Fund; Dynamic Commodities Strategy Fund	$	30,000
Additional Share Classes ****		$	2,000
Multi-Manager (per manager)		$	10,000
Fund Mergers (per Fund)		$	1,500

48

Other Fees

Fund of Funds*****	$	15,000
Short Extension Portfolio Services******	$	70,000

*	A cap on Fund Accounting fees for the Money Market Funds will be set at $1 Million per annum. When a Money Market Fund reaches the fee cap, fees on additional share classes will also be waived.
**	Fund minimums will apply only for Funds that have commenced operations. Start up funds will be charged at a rate of 50% of the Fund Accounting fees for a period of 6 months after commencement of operations.
***	Plus $20 per trade requiring manual entry into the WINS accounting platform
****	Fund of Funds will be charged a share class fee of $2,000 per annum after the 3rd share class.
*****	This flat fee applies to Fund of Funds investing in J.P. Morgan Funds only. For any long term funds investing only in other Funds as part of the overall investment strategy or for Funds of Funds investing in outside funds, the tiered pricing for Fund Accounting in the appropriate asset class would apply.
******	This fee is applied to each Portfolio Swap (inclusive of all currencies) held in the Fund.

Global Derivative Services

Instrument Coverage / Fees

Instruments covered are standard transactions of the types listed in the fee schedule below. Exotic or structured trades are excluded from this fee schedule. Instruments covered by the fee proposal may be expanded by mutual agreement of the parties.

Instruments	Transaction (STP+) Set up Fee US$* (per Trade)		Amendment (STP+) Fees US$ (per Trade)		Daily Lifecycle Management Fee US$ (per Position per Day)		Collection of Broker  Price Fee US$ (per Position per Day)		Independent Valuation US$ (per Position per Day)
Forward Rate Agreements		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		0.25
Interest Rate Swaps (including Caps & Floors)		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		0.25
Swaptions		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		0.25
Credit Default Swaps – Single Name & Index		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		Not in Scope

49

Instruments	Transaction (STP+) Set up Fee US$* (per Trade)		Amendment (STP+) Fees US$ (per Trade)		Daily Lifecycle Management Fee US$ (per Position per Day)		Collection of Broker  Price Fee US$ (per Position per Day)		Independent Valuation US$ (per Position per Day)
Price Locks		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		Not in Scope
Currency Options		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		Not in Scope
Bond Options		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		Not in Scope
Inflation Swaps		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		Not in Scope
Total Return Swaps		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		Not in Scope
Equity Total Return Swaps		40.00		10.00		0.40		1.50		Not in Scope

+    Straight Through Processing

*    Tiered Fees

A tiered structure will be applied to the new transaction set up fee for the J.P. Morgan Funds on the following basis:

• US$ 40 : 0 – 2,000 new transactions per month

• US$ 35: 2,001 – 4,000 new transactions per month

• US$ 30: > 4,000 new transactions per month

These transaction fees will be applied across all transactions on a pro-rata basis.

Notes

1) A one time set-up fee applies to, and will be charged for, all new transactions.

2) Amendment fees will be charged for the following types of transactions including, but are not limited to: trade amends, cancellations, partial/full terminations, amendments, unwinds, terminations, cancellations, novations, restructures, option exercises, notional re-sets, option expiries, maturities or credit events.

3) Independent Valuation fees and daily administration fees will be calculated based on the number of open positions at the end of each business day, aggregated across all funds/accounts. Broker price fees will be calculated based on the number of open positions at month end.

4) New non-STP trades will be charged at twice the rate of STP trades. Likewise, non-STP trade amendments will be charged at twice the rate of STP trade amendments. If Bank causes the trade or amendment not to be STP, then there will not be an extra charge.

Money Market Fund Holdings Reports

Bank will charge the following fees for providing the services described in Schedule E.

Annual price of $4,000 for each J.P. Morgan Money Market Fund listed on Schedule E.

50

Out-of-pocket and Direct Pass Through Expenses

Recovery of applicable out-of-pocket expenses will be made as of the end of each month. Out-of-pocket expenses include, but are not limited to the following*:

• Custody. Registration/transfer fees will be a pass-through when incurred by Bank. Stamp taxes/duties/script fees will be a pass-through when incurred by Bank. Other pass-through fees include:

• Account opening fees in the local market(s)

• Local administrator, legal counsel and tax consultant fees as required

• Local crossing, transaction, registration and/or depository fees

• Transportation costs for shipment of physical securities and/or script

• Translation services, travel and accommodation expenses, legal fee and personal attendance expenses as required

• Information, Pricing, Benchmarking and other Data Licensed Services. These charges include payments to service providers such as FT Interactive, Pricing Direct, Xciteck, Reuters, Bloomberg, CCH, Exchange fees, Options Price Reporting Authority, Standard and Poors, Hedgetek, Lipper Lana, Wall Street Concepts, GraphNet, GainsKeeper, Unity Confluence, Filing fees (example- N-SAR filing fee with Merrill Corp $100/fund/filing).

• Archives. Archive charges to include storage, transportation, and recalls of archive boxes.

• Printing/Copying. These charges include expenses associated with printing copying and fax support.

* Additional fee categories may be added in response to future developments, e.g., when new regulations are enacted that result in additional expense to comply with those regulations.

Fee Terms and Conditions

Bank’s fees shall remain in place for a period of 3 years from September 1, 2010.

Bank reserves the right to renegotiate its fee schedule at any time, should the Customer’s actual investment portfolio and/or trading activity differ significantly from the assumptions used to develop our fee proposal. In addition, Customer is permitted at any time to discontinue the use of Global Derivative Services for certain derivatives provided Customer has provided Bank with 30 days’ prior notice. The fee schedule may also be amended by mutual agreement of the parties if the Customer’s service requirements change; each party agrees to negotiate, diligently and in good faith, to agree upon new fees for such service requirement changes. Related to Fund Accounting services, bond broker quotes are currently included in the overall Fund Accounting fees. Should there be a significant increase in the use of bond broker quotes, Bank and the Customer agree to revisit this arrangement.

Fees for additional service(s) and/or market(s) added at the request of the Customer while this fee schedule is in effect will be assessed at Bank’s standard price(s), unless an alternative pricing arrangement is agreed upon in advance by the Customer and Bank.

51

Bank requires invoices to be paid in U.S. Dollars, unless Bank and the Customer have agreed upon alternative payment arrangements in advance of remittance.

Basis point fee(s), if applicable, will be calculated at the end of the monthly billing period using asset values derived by Bank from data provided by its selected pricing sources. In the event that Bank must rely on the Customer or a portfolio manager or other party(ies) selected by the Customer to provide valuation(s) for the purpose of calculating basis point fee(s), Bank must receive such valuations no later than 30 days after the end of the billing period in a format deemed acceptable by Bank. In the event that Bank does not receive valuations by the required date, Bank will render an invoice using the most recent valuation(s) received for the respective investment(s)/account(s).

Bank will present invoices monthly in arrears, with payment expected via appropriate billing arrangement, unless an alternative billing arrangement is negotiated between the Customer and Bank. All annual fees, including basis point fees, will be pro-rated based on the number of months included in the billing period.

Any customized technology projects required to meet the Customer specific requirements, such as non-standard reporting requirements, system interfaces or enhancements, will be billed to the Customer based on the time and materials required to design, develop, test and deliver the project, unless an alternative arrangement is negotiated between the Customer and Bank.

52

SCHEDULE G

J.P. Morgan Worldwide Securities Services Custody Restricted Markets Schedule

The following table identifies certain markets that J.P. Morgan has determined to be restricted markets and provides summary information about the nature of the restrictions applicable in each. J.P. Morgan reserves the right to update this Schedule from time to time upon notice to the Customer.

Market	Restrictions
Iceland	Asset servicing and settlement services J.P. Morgan can provide are subject to change, with or without prior notice. In particular, but without limitation, J.P. Morgan will not be able to provide a full service in relation to Corporate Actions, proxy voting, income collection and tax reclaims. J.P. Morgan will notify the Customer in writing from time to time of the details of the services offered in Iceland. Until further notice from J.P. Morgan, no deposits of Icelandic currency will be held in the Customer’s Account except for the proceeds of sales of Securities issued by companies listed on the Icelandic Stock Exchange (“Icelandic Securities”). Until further notice from J.P. Morgan, any credit of Icelandic currency to the Customer’s Cash Account with J.P. Morgan will be conditional and subject to reversal by J.P. Morgan upon notice to the Customer except to the extent that the funds are able to be applied at the Customer’s Instruction to the purchase of Icelandic Securities or J.P. Morgan is able to repatriate the funds from J.P. Morgan’s agent bank in Iceland via a foreign exchange transaction (upon Instruction received from the Customer) or other process. In this regard, the Customer will be entitled to no more than the Customer’s pro rata share of any recoveries that J.P. Morgan is able to obtain, as reasonably determined by J.P. Morgan.
Lithuania	Until further notice from J.P. Morgan, no deposits of Lithuanian currency will be held in the Customer’s account except for any existing balances and future proceeds of sales of Lithuanian Securities or where income and corporate action proceeds are paid in local currency. Until further notice from J.P. Morgan, any credit of Lithuanian currency to the Customer’s Cash Account with J.P. Morgan will be conditional and subject to reversal by J.P. Morgan upon notice to the Customer except to the extent that the funds are able to be applied at the Customer’s direction to the purchase of Lithuanian Securities or J.P. Morgan is able to repatriate the funds from J.P. Morgan’s agent bank in Lithuania via a foreign exchange transaction (upon Instruction received from the Customer) or other process. In this regard, the Customer will be entitled to no more than the Customer’s pro rata share of any recoveries that J.P. Morgan is able to obtain, as reasonably determined by J.P. Morgan.
Russia	See the current version of the applicable J.P. Morgan’s Russia briefing memo regarding the registrar company system of recording ownership of equity Securities issued by a Russian issuer (“Russian Equities”). Registrar companies licensed in Russia to provide share registration services to an issuer of Russian Equities (“Russian Registrar Companies”) are not Securities Depositories or Subcustodians or otherwise agents of

53

Market	Restrictions
	J.P. Morgan. J.P. Morgan provides custody services with respect to Russian Equities only when held through a Russian securities depository in which the Russian subcustodian participates or when the Russian subcustodian has a contract with the applicable Russian Registrar Company. See the current version of the applicable Russia briefing memo for information concerning these contracts and steps J.P. Morgan currently takes to monitor the performance of Russian Registrar Companies. J.P. Morgan’s responsibility with respect to the safekeeping of Russian Equities shall be limited to the safekeeping of the relevant extracts of share registration books issued by a Russian Registrar Company in respect of the Russian Equities (“Russian Share Extracts”) and extracts issued by a Russian Securities Depository (“Russian Depository Extracts”). J.P. Morgan will only transmit funds for the purchase of Russian Equities after receipt of a Russian Depository Extract from the Russian Securities Depository or a Russian Share Extract from the Russian Registrar Company showing the Customer’s interest in the Russian Equities. Due to unclear standards in the Russian market with respect to the completion and submission of corporate action elections, J.P. Morgan will be subject to a “reasonable efforts” standard of care with respect to any Corporate Action related to Russian Equities. For clients settling through Russian Registrar Companies, proxy services are available where a contract is in place with the applicable Russian Registrar Company.
Ukraine	See the current version of the applicable J.P. Morgan’s Ukraine briefing memo regarding the registrar company system of recording ownership of equity Securities issued by a Ukrainian issuer (“Ukrainian Equities”). Registrar companies licensed in Ukraine to provide share registration services to an issuer of Ukrainian Equities (“Ukrainian Registrar Companies”) are not Securities Depositories or Subcustodians or otherwise agents of J.P. Morgan. J.P. Morgan provides custody services with respect to Ukrainian Equities only when held through a Ukrainian securities depository in which the Ukrainian subcustodian participates or when the Ukrainian subcustodian has a contract with the applicable Ukrainian Registrar Company. See the current version of the applicable Ukraine briefing memo for information concerning these contracts and steps J.P. Morgan currently takes to monitor the performance of Ukrainian Registrar Companies. J.P. Morgan’s responsibility with respect to the safekeeping of Ukrainian Equities shall be limited to the safekeeping of the relevant extracts of share registration books issued by a Ukrainian Registrar Company in respect of the Ukrainian Equities (“Ukrainian Share Extracts”) and the extracts issued by a Ukrainian Securities Depository (“Ukrainian Depository Extracts”). J.P. Morgan will only transmit funds for the purchase of Ukrainian Equities after receipt of a Ukrainian Share Extract from the Ukrainian Registrar Company showing the Customer’s interest in the Ukrainian Equities.

54

Market	Restrictions
	Due to unclear standards in the Ukrainian market with respect to the completion and submission of corporate action elections, J.P. Morgan will be subject to a “reasonable efforts” standard of care with respect to any Corporate Action related to Ukrainian Equities. For clients settling through Ukrainian Registrar Companies, proxy services are available where a contract is in place with the applicable Ukrainian Registrar Company.
West African Economic and Monetary Union (“WAEMU”)	Asset servicing and settlement services J.P. Morgan can provide are subject to change, with or without prior notice. In particular, but without limitation, J.P. Morgan will not be able to provide a full service in relation to Corporate Actions, proxy voting, income collection and tax reclaims. J.P. Morgan will notify the Customer in writing from time to time of the details of the services offered in WAEMU. Local currency will be held in a separate cash account maintained by the Customer with J.P. Morgan’s subcustodian. If J.P. Morgan’s current WAEMU Subcustodian exits the market or becomes an unacceptable provider of subcustody services, or if market conditions otherwise deteriorate, J.P. Morgan may cease to provide custody services with respect to Securities issued in member states of WAEMU that are settled at Dépositaire Central/Banque de Règlement S.A. (DC/BR). Although J.P. Morgan will work with customers to mitigate the impact of any decision to exit the market, it may not be practicable to give significant advance notice of the exit.
Zimbabwe	Local currency will be held in a separate cash account maintained by the Customer with J.P. Morgan’s subcustodian. There may be limited choice of sub-custodians after the implementation of the Indigenisation and Economic Empowerment Bill. If that becomes the case, or if market conditions otherwise deteriorate, J.P. Morgan may cease to provide custody services with respect to Securities that are issued by companies listed on the Zimbabwean Stock Exchange. Although J.P. Morgan will work with customers to mitigate the impact of any decision to exit the market, it may not be practicable to give significant advance notice of the exit.

55

SCHEDULE H

Electronic Access

1. Bank may permit the Customer and its Authorized Persons to access certain electronic systems, applications and Data (as defined below) in connection with the Agreement (collectively, the “Products”). Bank may, from time to time, introduce new features to the Products or otherwise modify or delete existing features of the Products in its sole discretion. Bank shall endeavour to give the Customer reasonable notice of its termination or suspension of access to the Products, but may do so immediately if Bank determines, in its sole discretion, that providing access to the Products would violate Applicable Law or that the security or integrity of the Products is at risk. Access to the Products shall be subject to the Security Procedures.

2. In consideration of the fees paid by the Customer to Bank and subject to any applicable software license addendum in relation to Bank-owned or sublicensed software provided for a particular application and Applicable Laws, Bank grants to the Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable, limited and revocable license to use the Products and the information and data made available through the Products (the “Data”) for the Customer’s internal business use only. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to the records described in Section 2.13 of the Agreement. The Customer may download the Data and print out hard copies for its reference, provided that it does not remove any copyright or other notices contained therein. The license granted herein will permit use by Customer’s Authorized Person, provided that such use shall be in compliance with the Agreement, including this Schedule.

3. The Customer acknowledges that there are security, corruption, transaction error and access availability risks associated with using open networks such as the internet, and the Customer hereby expressly assumes such risks. The Customer is solely responsible for obtaining, maintaining and operating all software (including antivirus software, anti-spyware software, and other internet security software) and personnel necessary for the Customer to access and use the Products. All such software must be interoperable with Bank’s software. Each of the Customer and Bank shall be responsible for the proper functioning, maintenance and security of its own systems, services, software and other equipment.

4. In cases where Bank’s web site is unexpectedly down or otherwise unavailable, Bank shall, absent a force majeure event, provide other appropriate means for the Customer or its Authorized Persons to instruct Bank or obtain reports from Bank. Bank shall not be liable for any Liabilities arising out of Customer’s use of, access to or inability to use the Products via Bank’s web site in the absence of Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

5. Use of the Products may be monitored, tracked, and recorded. In using the Products, the Customer hereby expressly consents to such monitoring, tracking, and recording. Individuals and organizations should have no expectation of privacy unless local law, regulation, or contract provides otherwise. Bank shall own all right, title and interest in the data reflecting Customer usage of the Products or Bank’s web site (including, but not limited to, general usage data and aggregated transaction data). Bank may use and sublicense data obtained by it regarding the Customer’s use of the Products or Bank’s website, as long as J.P. Morgan does not disclose to others that the Customer was the source of such data or the details of individual transactions effected using the Products or web site.

6. The Customer shall not knowingly use the Products to transmit (i) any virus, worm, or destructive element or any programs or data that may be reasonably expected to interfere with or disrupt the Products or servers connected to the Products; (ii) material that violates the rights of another, including but not limited to the intellectual property rights of another; and (iii) “junk mail”, “spam”, “chain letters” or unsolicited mass distribution of e-mail.

56

7. The Customer shall promptly and accurately designate in writing to Bank the geographic location of its users upon written request. The Customer further represents and warrants to Bank that the Customer shall not access the service from any jurisdiction which Bank informs the Customer or where the Customer has actual knowledge that the service is not authorized for use due to local regulations or laws, including applicable software export rules and regulations. Prior to submitting any document which designates the persons authorized to act on the Customer’s behalf, the Customer shall obtain from each individual referred to in such document all necessary consents to enable Bank to process the data set out therein for the purposes of providing the Products.

8. The Customer will be subject to and shall comply with all Applicable Laws, rules and regulations concerning restricting collection, use, disclosure, processing and free movement of the Data (collectively, the “Privacy Regulations”). The Privacy Regulations may include, as applicable, the Federal “Privacy of Consumer Financial Information” Regulation (12 CFR Part 30), as amended from time to time, issued pursuant to Section 504 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (15 U.S.C. §6801, et seq.), the Health and Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. §1320d), The Data Protection Act 1998 and Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to processing of personal data and the free movement of such data.

9. The Customer shall be responsible for the compliance of its Authorized Persons with the terms of the Agreement, including this Schedule.

57

APPENDIX 1

Information Regarding Country Risk

1. To aid Customer in its determinations regarding Country Risk, Bank shall furnish annually and upon the initial placing of Financial Assets and cash into a country the following information (check items applicable):

	A.	Opinions of local counsel concerning:
X	i.	Whether applicable foreign law would restrict the access afforded Customer’s independent public accountants to books and records kept by an eligible foreign custodian located in that country.
X	ii.	Whether applicable foreign law would restrict Customer’s ability to recover its Financial Assets and cash in the event of the bankruptcy of an Eligible Foreign Custodian located in that country.
X	iii.	Whether applicable foreign law would restrict Customer’s ability to recover Financial Assets that are lost while under the control of an Eligible Foreign Custodian located in the country.
	B.	Written information concerning:
X	i.	The foreseeability of expropriation, nationalization, freezes, or confiscation of Customer’s Financial Assets.
X	ii.	Whether difficulties in converting Customer’s cash and cash equivalents to U.S. dollars are reasonably foreseeable.
	C.	A market report with respect to the following topics:

(i) securities regulatory environment, (ii) foreign ownership restrictions, (iii) foreign exchange, (iv) securities settlement and registration, (v) taxation, and (vi) depositories (including depository evaluation), if any.

2. To aid Customer in monitoring Country Risk, Bank shall furnish JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. the following additional information:

Market flashes, including with respect to changes in the information in market reports.

APPENDIX 2

List of Subcustodians

See attached Agent and Cash Network list

APPENDIX 3

List of Securities Depositories

See attached list of securities depositories

Last Updated September 19, 2010

AGENT AND CASH NETWORK (WSS CUSTODY)

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
ARGENTINA	HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. Florida 201, 7th Floor 1005 Buenos Aires ARGENTINA	HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. Buenos Aires
AUSTRALIA	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.** Level 37 AAP Center 259, George Street Sydney NSW 2000 AUSTRALIA	Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd. Melbourne
AUSTRIA	UniCredit Bank Austria AG Julius Tandler Platz - 3 A-1090 Vienna AUSTRIA	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
BAHRAIN	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited 1st Floor, Building No 2505, Road No 2832 Al Seef 428 BAHRAIN	National Bank of Bahrain Manama
BANGLADESH	Standard Chartered Bank 18-20 Motijheel C.A Box 536 Dhaka-1000 BANGLADESH	Standard Chartered Bank Dhaka
BELGIUM	ABN AMRO Bank N.V. Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 1082 PP Amsterdam THE NETHERLANDS	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
BERMUDA	The Bank of Bermuda Limited 6 Front Street Hamilton HMDX BERMUDA	The Bank of Bermuda Limited Hamilton
BOTSWANA	Barclays Bank of Botswana Limited Barclays House, Khama Crescent Gaborone BOTSWANA	Barclays Bank of Botswana Limited Gaborone
BRAZIL	HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. Banco Multiplo Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima 3064, 2nd Floor Sao Paulo, SP 01451-000 BRAZIL	HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. Banco Multiplo Sao Paulo

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 1 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
BULGARIA	ING Bank N.V. Sofia Branch 49B Bulgaria Blvd Sofia 1404 BULGARIA	ING Bank N.V. Sofia
CANADA	Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce Commerce Court West Security Level Toronto, Ontario M5L 1G9 CANADA	Royal Bank of Canada Toronto
	Royal Bank of Canada 155 Wellington Street West, 2nd Floor Toronto Ontario M5V 3L3 CANADA	Royal Bank of Canada Toronto
CHILE	Banco Santander Chile Bandera 140, Piso 4 Santiago CHILE	Banco Santander Chile Santiago
CHINA – SHANGHAI	China B-Shares: HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited 33/F, HSBC Building, Shanghai ifc 8 Century Avenue, Pudong Shanghai 200120 THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA China A-Shares: Please refer to your Client Relationship Team	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. New York (for B-Share Market)
CHINA – SHENZHEN	China B-Shares: HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited 33/F, HSBC Building, Shanghai ifc 8 Century Avenue, Pudong Shanghai 200120 THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA China A-Shares: Please refer to your Client Relationship Team	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Hong Kong (for B-Share Market)
COLOMBIA	Santander Investment Trust Colombia S.A. Calle 12, No. 7-32, Piso 3 Bogota COLOMBIA	Santander Investment Trust Colombia S.A. Bogota
CROATIA	Privredna banka Zagreb d.d. Savska c.28 10000 Zagreb CROATIA	Zagrebacka Banka d.d. Zagreb

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 2 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
CYPRUS	Marfin Popular Bank Public Company Ltd. 154 Limassol Avenue P.O. Box 22032 CY-1598 Nicosia CYPRUS	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
CZECH REPUBLIC	UniCredit Bank Czech Republic a.s. Revolucni 7 110 05 Prague 1 CZECH REPUBLIC	Ceskoslovenska obchodni banka, a.s. Prague
DENMARK	Nordea Bank Danmark A/S Helgeshoj Alle 33 Hoje Taastrup DK-2630 Taastrup DENMARK	Nordea Bank Danmark A/S Copenhagen
EGYPT	Citibank, N.A. 4 Ahmed Pasha Street Garden City Cairo EGYPT	Citibank, N.A. Cairo
ESTONIA	Swedbank AS Liivalaia 8 EE0001 Tallinn ESTONIA	SEB Eesti Uhispank Tallinn
FINLAND	Nordea Bank Finland Plc Aleksis Kiven katu 3-5 FIN-00020 NORDEA Helsinki FINLAND	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
FRANCE	BNP Paribas Securities Services S.A. Les Grands Moulins de Pantin 9, rue du Debarcadere 93500 Pantin FRANCE	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
	Societe Generale 50 Boulevard Haussman 75009 Paris FRANCE	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
GERMANY	Deutsche Bank AG Alfred-Herrhausen-Allee 16-24 D-65760 Eschborn GERMANY	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
	J.P. Morgan AG#** Junghofstrasse 14 60311 Frankfurt am Main GERMANY # For local German custody clients only.	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 3 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
GHANA	Barclays Bank of Ghana Limited Barclays House, High Street Accra GHANA	Barclays Bank of Ghana Limited Accra
GREECE	HSBC Bank plc Messogion 109-111 11526 Athens GREECE	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
HONG KONG	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited 5/F, Tower 1, HSBC Centre 1 Sham Mong Road Kowloon HONG KONG	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Hong Kong
HUNGARY	Deutsche Bank Zrt. Hold utca 27 H-1054 Budapest HUNGARY	ING Bank N.V. Budapest
*ICELAND*	Islandsbanki hf. Kirkjusandur 2 IS-155 Reykjavik ICELAND	Islandsbanki hf. Reykjavik
*RESTRICTED SERVICE ONLY. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR RELATIONSHIP MANAGER FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.*
INDIA	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited 2nd Floor, ‘Shiv” Plot No 139-140B Western Express Highway Sahar Road Junction Vile Parle-E Worli Mumbai 400 057 INDIA	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Mumbai
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.** 6th Floor, Paradigm ‘B’ Wing Mindspace, Malad (West) Mumbai 400 064 INDIA	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Mumbai
	Standard Chartered Bank 23-25 Mahatma Ghandi Road Mumbai 400 001 INDIA	Standard Chartered Bank Mumbai

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 4 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
INDONESIA	Deutsche Bank AG Deutsche Bank Building 80 Jl. Inman Bonjol Jakarta 10310 INDONESIA	Deutsche Bank AG Jakarta
IRELAND	Bank of Ireland New Century House Mayor Street Lower International Financial Services Centre Dublin 1 IRELAND	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
ISRAEL	Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M. 35, Yehuda Halevi Street 61000 Tel Aviv ISRAEL	Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M. Tel Aviv
ITALY	BNP Paribas Securities Services S.A. Via Asperto, 5 20123 Milan ITALY	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
JAPAN	Mizuho Corporate Bank, Limited 6-7 Nihonbashi-Kabutocho Chuo-Ku Tokyo 103 JAPAN	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Tokyo
	The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Limited 3-2 Nihombashi Hongkucho 1-chome Chuo-ku Tokyo 103 JAPAN	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Tokyo
JORDAN	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Level 1 Zahran Street, 5th Circle Amman JORDAN	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Western Amman
KAZAKHSTAN	SB HSBC Bank Kazakhstan JSC 43 Dostyk Avenue Almaty 050010 KAZAKHSTAN	SB HSBC Bank Kazakhstan JSC Almaty
KENYA	Barclays Bank of Kenya Limited c/o Barclaytrust Investment Services & Limited Mezzanine 3, Barclays Plaza, Loita Street Nairobi KENYA	Barclays Bank of Kenya Limited Nairobi

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 5 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
KUWAIT	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Kuwait City, Qibla Area Hamad Al-Saqr Street, Kharafi Tower G/1/2 Floors Safat 13017 KUWAIT	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Safat
LATVIA	Swedbank AS Balasta dambis 1a Riga, LV-1048 LATVIA	Swedbank AS Riga
LEBANON	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited HSBC Main Building Riad El Solh, P.O. Box 11-1380 1107-2080 Beirut LEBANON	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. New York
LITHUANIA	AB SEB Bankas 12 Gedimino pr. LT 2600 Vilnius LITHUANIA	AB SEB Bankas Vilnius
*RESTRICTED SERVICE ONLY. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR RELATIONSHIP MANAGER FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.*
LUXEMBOURG	BGL BNP Paribas 50 Avenue J.F. Kennedy L-2951 LUXEMBOURG	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
MALAYSIA	HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad 2 Leboh Ampang 50100 Kuala Lumpur MALAYSIA	HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad Kuala Lumpur
MALTA	HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c. 233 Republic Street Valletta VLT 05 MALTA	HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c. Valletta
MAURITIUS	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited HSBC Centre 18 Cybercity Ebene MAURITIUS	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Port Louis
MEXICO	Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A. Act. Roberto Medellin No. 800 3er Piso Norte Colonia Santa Fe 01210 Mexico, D.F. MEXICO	Banco Santander, S.A. Mexico, D.F.

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 6 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
MOROCCO	Societe Generale Marocaine de Banques 55 Boulevard Abdelmoumen Casablanca 20100 MOROCCO	Attijariwafa Bank S.A. Casablanca
NAMIBIA	Standard Bank Namibia Limited Mutual Platz Cnr. Stroebel and Post Streets P.O.Box 3327 Windhoek NAMIBIA	The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited Johannesburg
NETHERLANDS	BNP Paribas Securities Services S.A. Herengracht 477 1017 BS Amsterdam NETHERLANDS	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
NEW ZEALAND	National Australia Bank Limited National Nominees Limited Level 2 BNZ Tower 125 Queen Street Auckland NEW ZEALAND	Westpac Banking Corporation Wellington
NIGERIA	Stanbic IBTC Bank Plc Plot 1712 Idejo Street Victoria Island Lagos NIGERIA	The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited Johannesburg
NORWAY	Nordea Bank Norge ASA Essendropsgate 7 PO Box 1166 NO-0107 Oslo NORWAY	Nordea Bank Norge ASA Oslo
OMAN	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Bait Al Falaj Main Office Ruwi PC 112 OMAN	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Ruwi
PAKISTAN	Standard Chartered Bank (Pakistan) Limited P.O. Box 4896 Ismail Ibrahim Chundrigar Road Karachi 74000 PAKISTAN	Standard Chartered Bank (Pakistan) Limited Karachi
*PALESTINE*	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Jaffa Street P.O. Box 2067 Ramallah PALESTINE	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Amman, Jordan (for JOD settlement) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. New York (for USD settlement)
*RESTRICTED SERVICE ONLY. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR RELATIONSHIP MANAGER FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.*

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 7 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
PERU	Citibank del Peru S.A. Av. Canaval y Moreryra 480 Piso 4 San Isidro, Lima 27 PERU	Banco de Credito del Peru Lima
PHILIPPINES	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited 7/F HSBC Centre 3058 Fifth Avenue West Bonifacio Global City 1634 Taguig City PHILIPPINES	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Taguig City
POLAND	Bank Handlowy w. Warszawie S.A. ul. Senatorska 16 00-923 Warsaw 55 POLAND	BRE Bank S.A. Warsaw
PORTUGAL	BNP Paribas Securities Services S.A. Avenida D.João II, Lote 1.18.01, Bloco B, 7º andar 1998-028 Lisbon PORTUGAL	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
QATAR	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited 2nd Floor, Ali Bin Ali Tower Building 150 (Airport Road) PO Box 57 Doha QATAR	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Doha
ROMANIA	ING Bank N.V. 13-15 Kiseleff Avenue 011342 Bucharest 1 ROMANIA	ING Bank N.V. Bucharest
*RUSSIA*	J.P. Morgan Bank International** (Limited Liability Company) Building 2/1, 8th floor Paveletskaya Square 113054 Moscow RUSSIA	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. New York A/C JPMorgan Chase Bank London (USD NOSTRO Account)
	ING Bank (Eurasia) ZAO (Closed Joint Stock Company) 36 Krasnoproletarskaya ulitsa 127473 Moscow RUSSIA (For MinFins only)	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. New York A/C JPMorgan Chase Bank London (USD NOSTRO Account)
*RESTRICTED SERVICE ONLY. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR RELATIONSHIP MANAGER FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.*

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 8 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
SAUDI ARABIA	SABB Securities Limited 3/F HSBC Building Olaya Road, Al-Murooj Disrict Riyadh 11413 SAUDI ARABIA	SABB Securities Limited Riyadh
SERBIA	UniCredit Bank Srbija a.d. Airport City Belgrade Omladinskih Brigada 88 11070 Belgrade SERBIA	UniCredit Bank Srbija a.d. Belgrade
SINGAPORE	DBS Bank Ltd. 180 Clemenceau Avenue #03-01 Haw Par Centre 239922 SINGAPORE	Oversea-Chinese Banking Corporation Singapore
SLOVAK REPUBLIC	UniCredit Bank Slovakia a.s. Sancova 1/A SK-813 33 Bratislava SLOVAK REPUBLIC	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
SLOVENIA	UniCredit Banka Slovenija d.d. Smartinska 140 SI-1000 Ljubljana SLOVENIA	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
SOUTH AFRICA	FirstRand Bank Limited 1 Mezzanine Floor, 3 First Place, Bank City Cnr Simmonds and Jeppe Streets Johannesburg 2001 SOUTH AFRICA	The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited Johannesburg
SOUTH KOREA	Standard Chartered First Bank Korea Limited 100 KongPyung-dong ChongRo-Gu Seoul 110-702 SOUTH KOREA	Standard Chartered First Bank Korea Limited Seoul
SPAIN	Santander Investment, S.A. Ciudad Grupo Santander Avenida de Cantabria, s/n Edificio Ecinar, planta baja Boadilla del Monte 28660 Madrid SPAIN	J.P. Morgan AG Frankfurt
SRI LANKA	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited 24 Sir Baron Jayatillaka Mawatha Colombo 1 SRI LANKA	The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Colombo

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 9 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
SWEDEN	Nordea Bank AB (publ) Hamngatan 10 SE-105 71 Stockholm SWEDEN	Svenska Handelsbanken Stockholm
SWITZERLAND	UBS AG 45 Bahnhofstrasse 8021 Zurich SWITZERLAND	UBS AG Zurich
TAIWAN	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.** 8th Floor, Cathay Xin Yi Trading Building No. 108, Section 5, Hsin Yi Road Taipei 110 TAIWAN	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Taipei
THAILAND	Standard Chartered Bank (Thai) Public Company Limited 14th Floor, Zone B Sathorn Nakorn Tower 90 North Sathorn Road Bangrak Silom, Bangrak Bangkok 10500 THAILAND	Standard Chartered Bank (Thai) Public Company Limited Bangkok
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO	Republic Bank Limited 9-17 Park Street Port of Spain TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO	Republic Bank Limited Port of Spain
TUNISIA	Banque Internationale Arabe de Tunisie, S.A. 70-72 Avenue Habib Bourguiba P.O. Box 520 1080 Tunis Cedex TUNISIA	Banque Internationale Arabe de Tunisie, S.A. Tunis
TURKEY	Citibank A.S. O. Faik Atakan Cad. Inkilap Mah., Yilmaz Plaza, No: 3 Umraniye, 34768 Istanbul TURKEY	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Istanbul
*UKRAINE*	ING Bank Ukraine 30-A Spaska Street 04070 Kiev UKRAINE	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. New York A/C JPMorgan Chase Bank London (USD NOSTRO Account)
*RESTRICTED SERVICE ONLY. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR RELATIONSHIP MANAGER FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.*
UGANDA	Barclays Bank of Uganda Limited Barclays House, Plot 4 Hannington Road Kampala UGANDA	Standard Chartered Bank Ltd. Kampala

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 10 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES – ADX	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Emaar Square, Level 3, Building No. 5 P.O. Box 502601 Dubai UNITED ARAB EMIRATES	The National Bank of Abu Dhabi Abu Dhabi
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES – DFM	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Emaar Square, Level 3, Building No. 5 P.O. Box 502601 Dubai UNITED ARAB EMIRATES	The National Bank of Abu Dhabi Abu Dhabi
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES – NASDAQ Dubai	HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Emaar Square, Level 3,Building No. 5 P.O. Box 502601 Dubai UNITED ARAB EMIRATES	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. New York A/C JPMorgan Chase Bank London (USD NOSTRO Account)
UNITED KINGDOM	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.** 1 Tallis Street London EC4Y 5AJ UNITED KINGDOM	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. London
	Deutsche Bank AG The Depository and Clearing Centre Lower Ground Floor 27 Leadenhall Street London EC3A 1AA UNITED KINGDOM	Varies by currency
UNITED STATES	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.** 4 New York Plaza New York, NY 10004 U.S.A.	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. New York
URUGUAY	Banco Itaú Uruguay S.A. Zabala 1463 Montevideo URUGUAY	Banco Itaú Uruguay S.A. Montevideo.
VENEZUELA	Citibank, N.A. Centro Comercial El Recreo Torre Norte, Piso 20 Avda. Casanora, Sabana Grande Caracas 1050 D.C. VENEZUELA	Citibank, N.A. Caracas
VIETNAM	HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd. The Metropolitan, 235 Dong Khoi Street District 1 Ho Chi Minh City VIETNAM	HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd. Ho Chi Minh City

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 11 of 12

Last Updated September 19, 2010

COUNTRY	SUB-CUSTODIAN	CASH CORRESPONDENT BANK
*WAEMU – Benin, Burkina Faso, Ivory Coast, Guinea-Bissau, Mali, Niger, Senegal, Togo*	Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire 5 et 7, Avenue J. Anoma - 01 B.P. 1355 Abidjan 01 IVORY COAST	Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire Abidjan
*RESTRICTED SERVICE ONLY. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR RELATIONSHIP MANAGER FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.*
ZAMBIA	Barclays Bank Zambia Plc Elunda Park, Plot 4644 Lusaka ZAMBIA	Barclays Bank Zambia Plc Lusaka
*ZIMBABWE*	Barclays Bank of Zimbabwe Limited Corporate Centre 1st Floor, Eastern Wing Birmingham Road, Cnr. Paisley Road Harare ZIMBABWE	Barclays Bank of Zimbabwe Limited Harare
*RESTRICTED SERVICE ONLY. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR RELATIONSHIP MANAGER FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.*

** J.P. Morgan affiliate Correspondent banks are listed for information only.

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 12 of 12

Last Updated September 29, 2010

SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES

COUNTRY	DEPOSITORY	INSTRUMENTS
ARGENTINA	CDV (Caja de Valores S.A.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
	CRYL (Central de Registration y Liquidacion de Pasivos Publicos y Fideicomisos Financieros)	Treasury Bonds/Bills (issued after April 1996)
AUSTRALIA	ASX Austraclear (Austraclear Limited)	Corporate Debt, Money Market, Government Debt
	ASTC (ASX Settlement and Transfer Corporation Pty Limited)	Equity
AUSTRIA	OeKB (Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
BAHRAIN	CDS (Bahrain Stock Exchange Clearing, Settlement and Central Depository System)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
BANGLADESH	CDBL (Central Depository Bangladesh Limited)	Equity, Government Debt
BELGIUM	Euroclear Belgium	Equity, Corporate Debt
	NBB (National Bank of Belgium)	Corporate Debt, Government Debt
BERMUDA	BSD (Bermuda Securities Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
BOTSWANA	CSDB (Central Securities Depository of Botswana)	Equity
BRAZIL	CBLC (Companhia Brasileira de Liquidacao e de Custodia)	Equity
	CETIP (Central de Custodia e de Liquidacao Financiera de Titulos Privados)	Corporate Debt
	SELIC (Sistema Especial de Liquidacao e Custodia)	Government Debt
BULGARIA	BNB (Bulgaria National Bank)	Government Debt

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 1 of 8

Last Updated September 29, 2010

COUNTRY	DEPOSITORY	INSTRUMENTS
	CDAD (Central Depository A.D.)	Equity, Corporate Debt
CANADA	CDS (The Canadian Depository for Securities Limited)	Equity, Corporate, Government Debt
CHILE	DCV (Deposito Central de Valores S.A.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
CHINA – A-Share	CSDCC (China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
CHINA – B-Share (SHANGHAI)	CSDCC, Shanghai Branch (China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited, Shanghai Branch)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
CHINA – B-Share (SHENZHEN)	CSDCC, Shenzhen Branch (China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited, Shenzhen Branch)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
COLOMBIA	DCV (Deposito Central de Valores)	Government Debt
	DECEVAL (Deposito Centralizado de Valores de Colombia S.A.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
CROATIA	SKDD (Central Depository and Clearing Company Inc. – Stredisnje klirinsko depozitarno drustro, d.d.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
CYPRUS	CSD (Cyprus Stock Exchange Central Securities Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
CZECH REPUBLIC	CDCP (Centrální depozitář Cenných Papírůo)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
	CNB (Ceska Narodni Banka)	Government Debt
DENMARK	VP (VP Securities A/S)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
EGYPT	MCDR (Misr for Clearing, Depository and Central Registry)	Equity, Corporate Debt

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 2 of 8

Last Updated September 29, 2010

COUNTRY	DEPOSITORY	INSTRUMENTS
	CBE (Central Bank of Egypt)	Government Debt
ESTONIA	ECSD (Estonian Central Securities Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
FINLAND	Euroclear Finland (Euroclear Finland Ltd)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
FRANCE	Euroclear France (Euroclear France S.A.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
GERMANY	CBF (Clearstream Banking AG (Frankfurt))	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
GHANA	CSD (Central Securities Depository (Ghana) Limited)	Government Debt
	GSD (GSE Securities Depository Company Limited)	Equity. Corporate Debt
GREECE	CSD (Hellenic Exchanges S.A. Holding, Clearing, Settlement and Registry)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	BoG (Bank of Greece)	Government Debt
HONG KONG	HKSCC (Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited)	Equity
	HKMA CMU (Hong Kong Monetary Authority Central Moneymarkets Unit)	Corporate Debt, Government Debt
HUNGARY	KELER Zrt. (Central Clearing House and Depository (Budapest) Ltd.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
ICELAND	ISD (The Islandic Securities Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
INDIA	NSDL (National Securities Depository Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
	CDSL (Central Depository Services (India) Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
	RBI (Reserve Bank of India)	Government Debt

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 3 of 8

Last Updated September 29, 2010

COUNTRY	DEPOSITORY	INSTRUMENTS
INDONESIA	KSEI (PT Kustodian Sentral Efek Indonesia)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	Bank Indonesia	Government Debt
INTERNATIONAL SECURITIES MARKET	Euroclear Bank (Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.)	Internationally Traded Debt, Equity
	CBL (Clearstream Banking, S.A.)	Internationally Traded Debt, Equity
IRELAND	Euroclear UK & Ireland (Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt
ISRAEL	TA-SECH (Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Clearing House Ltd.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
ITALY	Monte Titoli S.p.A.	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
JAPAN	JASDEC (Japan Securities Depository Center, Incorporated)	Equity, Convertible Debt
	BoJ (Bank of Japan)	Registered Government Debt
JORDAN	SDC (Securities Depository Center)	Equity, Corporate Debt
KAZAKHSTAN	CSD (Central Securities Depository JSC)	Equity
KENYA	CBCD (Central Bank Central Depository)	Government Debt
	CDSC (Central Depository and Settlement Corporation Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt
KUWAIT	KCC (The Kuwait Clearing Company S.A.K.)	Equity, Corporate Debt
LATVIA	LCD (Latvian Central Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
LEBANON	Midclear S.A.L. (Custodian and Clearing Center of Financial Instruments for Lebanon and the Middle East S.A.L.)	Equity
	BDL (Banque du Liban)	Government Debt

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 4 of 8

Last Updated September 29, 2010

COUNTRY	DEPOSITORY	INSTRUMENTS
LITHUANIA	CSDL (Central Securities Depository of Lithuania)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
LUXEMBOURG	CBL (Clearstream Banking, S.A.)	Equity
MALAYSIA	Bursa Depository (Bursa Malaysia Depository Sdn Bhd)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	BNM (Bank Negara Malaysia)	Government Debt
MALTA	CSD (The Central Securities Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
MAURITIUS	CDS (Central Depository & Settlement Co. Ltd)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	BOM (Bank of Mauritius)	Government Debt
MEXICO	INDEVAL (S.D. INDEVAL S.A. de C.V.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
MOROCCO	Maroclear	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
NETHERLANDS	Euroclear Nederland	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
NEW ZEALAND	NZCSD (New Zealand Central Securities Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
NIGERIA	CSCS (Central Securities Clearing System Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
NORWAY	VPS (Verdipapirsentralen ASA)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
OMAN	MCD (Muscat Clearing and Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt
PAKISTAN	CDC (Central Depository Company of Pakistan Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	SBP (State Bank of Pakistan)	Government Debt
PALESTINE	CDS (Palestine Stock Exchange Central Depository and Settlement Department)	Equity
PERU	CAVALI (CAVALI ICLV S.A.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 5 of 8

Last Updated September 29, 2010

COUNTRY	DEPOSITORY	INSTRUMENTS
PHILIPPINES	PDTC (Philippine Depository and Trust Corp.)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	RoSS (Register of Scripless Securities)	Government Debt
POLAND	NDS (National Depository for Securities S.A.)	Equity, Long-Term Government Debt
	RPW (Registry of Securities)	Short-Term Government Debt
PORTUGAL	INTERBOLSA (Sociedade Gestora de Sistemas de Liquidação e de Sistemas Centralizados de Valores Mobiliários, S.A.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
QATAR	QE (Qatar Exchange)	Equity
ROMANIA	CD S.A. (Central Depository S.A.)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	NBR (National Bank of Romania)	Government Debt
RUSSIA	VTB (Vneshtorgbank)	Government Debt (Ministry of Finance Bonds)
	DCC (Depository Clearing Company)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	NDC (The National Depository Center)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt (GKOs/OFZs, T-bills)
SAUDI ARABIA	Tadawul (The Saudi Securities Exchange (Tadawul) Company)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	SAMA (Saudi Arabian Monetary Authority)	Government Debt
SERBIA	CSD (Central Securities Depository and Clearing House for Serbia)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
SINGAPORE	CDP (The Central Depository (Pte) Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	MAS (Monetary Authority of Singapore)	Government Debt

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 6 of 8

Last Updated September 29, 2010

COUNTRY	DEPOSITORY	INSTRUMENTS
SLOVAK REPUBLIC	CDCP (Centralny depozitar cennych papierov SR, a.s.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
SLOVENIA	KDD (Centralna klirinsko depotna druzba d.d.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
SOUTH AFRICA	Strate Ltd. (Strate Central Securities Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
SOUTH KOREA	KSD (Korea Securities Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
SPAIN	IBERCLEAR (Sociedad de Gestion de los Sistemas de Registro, Compensacion y Liquidacion de Valores, S.A.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
SRI LANKA	CDS (Central Depository System (Private) Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	LankaSecure	Government Debt
SWEDEN	Euroclear Sweden (Euroclear Sweden AB)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
SWITZERLAND	SIX SIS (SIX SIS AG)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
TAIWAN	TDCC (Taiwan Depository and Clearing Corporation)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	CBC (Central Bank of the Republic of China)	Government Debt
THAILAND	TSD (Thailand Securities Depository Company Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO	TTCD (The Trinidad and Tobago Central Depository Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
TUNISIA	STICODEVAM (Societe Tunisienne Interprofessionnelle pour la Compensation et le Depot des Valeurs Mobilieres)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
TURKEY	CRA (Central Registry Agency)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	CBRT (Central Bank of the Republic of Turkey)	Government Debt

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 7 of 8

Last Updated September 29, 2010

COUNTRY	DEPOSITORY	INSTRUMENTS
UGANDA	BoU (Bank of Uganda)	Government Debt
	SCD (Securities Central Depository Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt
UKRAINE	AUSD (All Ukrainian Securities Depository)	Corporate Debt, Equity
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES – ADX	ADX (Abu Dhabi Securities Exchange)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES – DFM	DFM (Dubai Financial Market)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES – NASDAQ Dubai	NASDAQ Dubai (NASDAQ Dubai Limited)	Corporate Debt
UNITED KINGDOM	Euroclear UK & Ireland (Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
UNITED STATES	DTC (The Depository Trust Company)	Equity, Corporate Debt
	FRB (Federal Reserve Bank)	Government Debt, Mortgage Backed Securities
URUGUAY	BCU (Banco Central del Uruguay)	Government Debt
VENEZUELA	BCV (Banco Central de Venezuela)	Government Debt
	CVV (Caja Venezolana de Valores, S.A.)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Money Market
VIETNAM	VSD (Vietnam Securities Depository)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
WAEMU – Benin, Burkina Faso, Ivory Coast, Guinea-Bissau, Mali, Niger, Senegal, Togo	DC/BR (Le Depositaire Central / Banque de Reglement)	Equity, Corporate Debt, Government Debt
ZAMBIA	CSD (LuSE Central Shares Depository Limited)	Equity, Government Debt
	BoZ (Bank of Zambia)	Government Debt

This document is for information only and is designed to keep you abreast of market conditions and procedures. This document is intended neither to influence your investment decisions nor to amend or supplement any agreement governing your relations with J.P. Morgan. It is not intended as a substitute for your own due diligence as to what actions should be taken as a result of the market conditions and procedures described herein. J.P. Morgan has gathered the information from a source it considers reliable; however, it cannot be responsible for inaccuracies, incomplete information or updating of the information furnished hereby.

Page 8 of 8

EX-99.(G)(1)(B)

Schedule A

List of Entities Covered by the Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement

Amended as of November 18, 2010

JPMorgan Institutional Trust

JPMorgan Intermediate Bond Trust

JPMorgan Core Bond Trust

JPMorgan Equity Index Trust

J.P. Morgan Fleming Mutual Fund Group, Inc

JPMorgan Mid Cap Value Fund

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Group

JPMorgan Short Term Bond Fund II

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Investment Trust

JPMorgan Growth Advantage Fund

JPMorgan Insurance Trust

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Equity Index Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust International Equity Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Intrepid Growth Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Intrepid Mid Cap Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Mid Cap Value Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Small Cap Core Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust U.S. Equity Portfolio

JPMorgan Trust I

Highbridge Dynamic Commodities Strategy Fund

Highbridge Statistical Market Neutral Fund

JPMorgan 100% U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Access Balanced Fund

JPMorgan Access Growth Fund

JPMorgan Alternative Strategies Fund

JPMorgan Asia Equity Fund

JPMorgan California Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan California Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan China Region Fund

JPMorgan Credit Opportunities Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Current Yield Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Disciplined Equity Fund

JPMorgan Diversified Fund

JPMorgan Diversified Real Return Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

1

JPMorgan Trust I (continued)

JPMorgan Dynamic Growth Fund

JPMorgan Dynamic Small Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Emerging Economies Fund

JPMorgan Emerging Markets Debt Fund

JPMorgan Emerging Markets Equity Fund

JPMorgan Federal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Global Equity Income Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Global Focus Fund

JPMorgan Global Natural Resources Fund

JPMorgan Growth and Income Fund

JPMorgan Growth Long/Short Fund

JPMorgan Income Builder Fund

JPMorgan India Fund

JPMorgan Inflation Managed Bond Fund

JPMorgan Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan International Currency Income Fund

JPMorgan International Equity Fund

JPMorgan International Opportunities Fund

JPMorgan International Opportunities Plus Fund

JPMorgan International Realty Fund

JPMorgan International Small Cap Equity Fund

JPMorgan International Value Fund

JPMorgan International Value SMA Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid America Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid European Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Growth Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid International Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Multi Cap Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Value Fund

JPMorgan Latin America Fund

JPMorgan Managed Income Fund

JPMorgan Mid Cap Core Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Mid Cap Equity Fund

JPMorgan Multi-Cap Long/Short Fund

JPMorgan Multi-Sector Income Fund

JPMorgan New York Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan New York Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan Prime Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Real Return Fund

JPMorgan Research Equity Long/Short Fund

JPMorgan Research Market Neutral Fund

2

JPMorgan Trust I (continued)

JPMorgan Russia Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Core Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Equity Fund

JPMorgan Strategic Income Opportunities Fund

JPMorgan Strategic Preservation Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware Disciplined Equity Fund (to be renamed JPMorgan Tax Aware Equity Fund as of 12/10/10)

JPMorgan Tax Aware High Income Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware Income Opportunities Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Tax Aware Real Return Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware Real Return SMA Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware U.S. Equity Fund

JPMorgan Tax Free Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Total Return Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Dynamic Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Equity Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Core Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Value Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Research Equity Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Small Company Fund

JPMorgan Value Advantage Fund

JPMorgan Value Discovery Fund

JPMorgan Trust II

JPMorgan Arizona Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Core Bond Fund

JPMorgan Core Plus Bond Fund

JPMorgan Equity Income Fund

JPMorgan Equity Index Fund

JPMorgan Government Bond Fund

JPMorgan High Yield Fund

JPMorgan International Equity Index Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Mid Cap Fund

JPMorgan Investor Balanced Fund

JPMorgan Investor Conservative Growth Fund

JPMorgan Investor Growth & Income Fund

JPMorgan Investor Growth Fund

JPMorgan Large Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Large Cap Value Fund

JPMorgan Limited Duration Bond Fund

JPMorgan Liquid Assets Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Market Expansion Index Fund

JPMorgan Michigan Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Michigan Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Mid Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Mortgage-Backed Securities Fund

3

JPMorgan Trust II (continued)

JPMorgan Multi-Cap Market Neutral Fund

JPMorgan Municipal Income Fund

JPMorgan Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Ohio Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Ohio Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Short Duration Bond Fund

JPMorgan Short-Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Value Fund

JPMorgan Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan Treasury & Agency Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Government Money Market Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Real Estate Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

UM Investment Trust

Undiscovered Managers Multi-Strategy Fund

Undiscovered Managers Funds

JPMorgan Realty Income Fund

Undiscovered Managers Behavioral Growth Fund

Undiscovered Managers Behavioral Value Fund

Pacholder High Yield Fund, Inc.

This Schedule A supersedes and replaces any previously executed Schedule A between the parties.

4

*    *     *     *     *     *

JPMorgan Trust I JPMorgan Trust II Undiscovered Managers Funds J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Group J.P. Morgan Fleming Mutual Fund Group, Inc. J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Investment Trust UM Investment Trust JPMorgan Institutional Trust JPMorgan Insurance Trust Pacholder High Yield Fund, Inc.
By:	/s/ Michael J. Tansley
Name:	Michael J. Tansley
Title:	Controller
Date:	November 18, 2010
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
By:	/s/ Tim Hornbrook
Name:	Tim Hornbrook
Title:	Executive Director
Date:	November 19, 2010

5

EX-99.(H)(1)(A)

Appendix A

List of Entities Covered by the Transfer Agency Agreement

As of November 18, 2010

JPMorgan Institutional Trust – Delaware Statutory Trust

JPMorgan Intermediate Bond Trust

JPMorgan Core Bond Trust

JPMorgan Equity Index Trust

J.P. Morgan Fleming Mutual Fund Group, Inc. – Maryland Corporation

JPMorgan Mid Cap Value Fund

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Group – Massachusetts Business Trust

JPMorgan Short Term Bond Fund II

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Investment Trust – Massachusetts Business Trust

JPMorgan Growth Advantage Fund

JPMorgan Insurance Trust – Massachusetts Business Trust

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Equity Index Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust International Equity Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Intrepid Growth Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Intrepid Mid Cap Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Mid Cap Value Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Small Cap Core Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust U.S. Equity Portfolio

JPMorgan Trust I – Delaware Statutory Trust

Highbridge Dynamic Commodities Strategy Fund

Highbridge Statistical Market Neutral Fund

JPMorgan 100% U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Access Balanced Fund

JPMorgan Access Growth Fund

JPMorgan Alternative Strategies Fund

JPMorgan Asia Equity Fund

JPMorgan California Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan California Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan China Region Fund

JPMorgan Credit Opportunities Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Current Yield Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Disciplined Equity Fund

JPMorgan Diversified Fund

1

JPMorgan Trust I – Delaware Statutory Trust (continued)

JPMorgan Diversified Real Return Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Dynamic Growth Fund

JPMorgan Dynamic Small Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Emerging Economies Fund

JPMorgan Emerging Markets Debt Fund

JPMorgan Emerging Markets Equity Fund

JPMorgan Federal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Global Equity Income Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Global Focus Fund

JPMorgan Global Natural Resources Fund

JPMorgan Growth and Income Fund

JPMorgan Growth Long/Short Fund

JPMorgan Income Builder Fund

JPMorgan India Fund

JPMorgan Inflation Managed Bond Fund

JPMorgan Intermediate Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan International Currency Income Fund

JPMorgan International Equity Fund

JPMorgan International Opportunities Fund

JPMorgan International Opportunities Plus Fund

JPMorgan International Realty Fund

JPMorgan International Small Cap Equity Fund

JPMorgan International Value Fund

JPMorgan International Value SMA Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid America Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid European Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Growth Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid International Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Multi Cap Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Value Fund

JPMorgan Latin America Fund

JPMorgan Managed Income Fund

JPMorgan Mid Cap Core Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Mid Cap Equity Fund

JPMorgan Multi-Cap Long/Short Fund

JPMorgan Multi-Sector Income Fund

JPMorgan New York Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan New York Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan Prime Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Real Return Fund

2

JPMorgan Trust I – Delaware Statutory Trust (continued)

JPMorgan Research Equity Long/Short Fund

JPMorgan Research Market Neutral Fund

JPMorgan Russia Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Core Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Equity Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement Income Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2010 Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2015 Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2020 Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2025 Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2030 Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2035 Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2040 Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2045 Fund

JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2050 Fund

JPMorgan Strategic Income Opportunities Fund

JPMorgan Strategic Preservation Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware Disciplined Equity Fund (to be renamed JPMorgan Tax Aware Equity Fund as of 12/10/10)

JPMorgan Tax Aware High Income Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware Income Opportunities Fund (effective upon the effectiveness of the Fund’s registration statement)

JPMorgan Tax Aware Real Return Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware Real Return SMA Fund

JPMorgan Tax Aware U.S. Equity Fund

JPMorgan Tax Free Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Total Return Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Dynamic Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Equity Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Core Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Value Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Research Equity Plus Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Small Company Fund

JPMorgan Value Advantage Fund

JPMorgan Value Discovery Fund

JPMorgan Trust II – Delaware Statutory Trust

JPMorgan Arizona Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Core Bond Fund

JPMorgan Core Plus Bond Fund

JPMorgan Equity Income Fund

JPMorgan Equity Index Fund

JPMorgan Government Bond Fund

JPMorgan High Yield Fund

JPMorgan International Equity Index Fund

JPMorgan Intrepid Mid Cap Fund

JPMorgan Investor Balanced Fund

3

JPMorgan Trust II – Delaware Statutory Trust (continued)

JPMorgan Investor Conservative Growth Fund

JPMorgan Investor Growth & Income Fund

JPMorgan Investor Growth Fund

JPMorgan Large Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Large Cap Value Fund

JPMorgan Limited Duration Bond Fund

JPMorgan Liquid Assets Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Market Expansion Index Fund

JPMorgan Michigan Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Michigan Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Mid Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Mortgage-Backed Securities Fund

JPMorgan Multi-Cap Market Neutral Fund

JPMorgan Municipal Income Fund

JPMorgan Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Ohio Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Ohio Municipal Money Market Fund

JPMorgan Short Duration Bond Fund

JPMorgan Short-Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Growth Fund

JPMorgan Small Cap Value Fund

JPMorgan Tax Free Bond Fund

JPMorgan Treasury & Agency Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Government Money Market Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Real Estate Fund

JPMorgan U.S. Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

UM Investment Trust – Massachusetts Business Trust

Undiscovered Managers Multi-Strategy Fund

Undiscovered Managers Funds – Massachusetts Business Trust

JPMorgan Realty Income Fund

Undiscovered Managers Behavioral Growth Fund

Undiscovered Managers Behavioral Value Fund

JPMorgan Value Opportunities Fund, Inc. – Maryland Corporation

This Schedule A supersedes and replaces any previously executed Schedule A between the parties.

4

*        *        *         *        *        *

JPMorgan Trust I

JPMorgan Trust II

Undiscovered Managers Funds

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Group

J.P. Morgan Fleming Mutual Fund Group, Inc.

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Investment Trust

UM Investment Trust

JPMorgan Institutional Trust

JPMorgan Insurance Trust

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

JPMorgan Value Opportunities Fund, Inc.

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

By:

Name:

Title:

Date:

5

EX-99.(B)

JPMorgan Trust I

JP Morgan Trust II

Undiscovered Managers Funds

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Group

J.P. Morgan Fleming Mutual Fund Group, Inc.

JPMorgan Institutional Trust

J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Investment Trust

JPMorgan Insurance Trust

Pacholder High Yield Fund, Inc.

UM Investment Trust

(each, a “Trust”)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints George C.W. Gatch, Robert L. Young, Patricia A. Maleski, Frank J. Nasta, Brian L. Duncan, Jessica K. Ditullio, Elizabeth A. Davin, John T. Fitzgerald, Pamela L. Woodley, Michael J. Tansley, Stephen M. Ungerman, Laura S. Melman, Joseph Bertini, Francesco Tango and Gregory S. Samuels, and each of them, as her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution for such attorney-in-fact in such attorney-in-fact’s name, place and stead, to sign any and all registration statements or other filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state regulatory agency or authority applicable to the above named Trusts, and any amendments or supplements thereto, and withdrawals thereof, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state regulatory agency or authority, as appropriate, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do in person in her capacity as a Trustee or officer of the Trusts, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

/s/Joy C. Dowd
Joy C. Dowd	Dated: August 26, 2010